United States
              Environmental Protection
              Agency
                Great Lakes
                National Program Office
                230 South Dearborn Street
                Chicago, Illinois 60604
EPA-905/9-91-005C
GL-07C-91
&EPA
Genesee River
Watershed  Study                |
Volume III -p Special  Studies
Renssalaer Polytechnic Institute -
Cornell University
                                                   Printed on Recycled Pa\.

-------
              GENESEE   Rl VER  WATERSHED  STUDY
VOLUME 1:   Summary
VOLUME 2:  Special Studies -  New York\State
    REPORT I:  Sediment Nutrient  and
               Heavy M^tal Cha ract eri zat i

    REPORT II:  Geo/fhemi st ry of  Oxide Pre
                           and Water Col umn
                         m in the Genesee River

                         :ipitates in the
                Geafesee Watershed

    REPORT III:  Sflrf i ci al Geology of/the Genesee Valley
VOLUME 3:  Special Studies -  Renssel^er Polytechnic Institute
           and Cornell Uni versi t

    REPORT I :   l>n"v|entory of flprms  of  Nutrients Stored in a
               Watershed

    REPORT II:  Evaluation of  the^Eogardi  T-3 Bedl oad Sampler
    REPORT I I i
Nitro^n and Phosphorus  in Drainage Water
from OroVni c Soi fts
VOLUME U:  Special  Studi es£-  United States Geological  Survey

    PART 1 :   Streamflow and Sediment  Transport in the Genesee
             Ri ver. New York

    PART II:  Hydrogeol ogi c Influences on Sediment-transport
              Patterns  in the  Genesee River Basin

    PART III:  Sources  and Movement  of Sediment in the
               Canaseraga Creek  Basin near Dansville,  New York

-------
                                                                EPA-905/9-91-005
                                                                February 19P1
                   GENESEE RIVER WATERSHED STUDY
                           SPECIAL STUDIES
                  RENSSELAER POLYTECHNIC INSTITUTE
                         CORNELL UNIVERSITY
                              VOLUME  3
                                 for
            United States Environmental Protection Agency
                          Chicago, Illinois
                       Grant Number R005144-01
                           Grants Officer
                        Ralph G. Christensen
                 Great Lakes National Program Office
This study, funded by a Great Lakes Program grant from the U.S. EPA,
was conducted as part of the TASK C-Pilot Watershed Program for the
International Joint Commission's Reference Group on Pollution from
Land Use Activities.        rt *
                            Stttf    ""-ad.uy«5 Otl-viGt
                GREAT LAKES NATW^L%OG^«FFICE'~ ::
             ENVIRONMENTAL  PROTECTION AGENCY, REGION V
                     230 SOUTH DEARBORN STREET
                      CHICAGO, ILLINOIS  60604

-------
                  DISCLAIMER
                                                   •

This report has been reviewed by the Great Lakes National

Program Office, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, and

approved for publication.  Approval does not signify that

the contents necessarily reflect the views and policies

of  the  U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency  nor  does

mention of trade names or commercial products constitute

endorsement or recommendation for use.

-------
                      REPORT  I
            INVENTORY OF FORMS OF NUTRIENTS
                 STORED IN A WATERSHED
                          by
                   Hassan El-Baroudi
   Associate Professor of Environmental Engineering

                   Deborah A. James
                   Graduate Student

                    Kevin J. Walter
                   Graduate Student

           Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute


                     Prepared for
New York State Department of Environmental Conservation
                          and
     United States Environmental Protection Agency

-------
                               REPORT I

                               CONTENTS
Abstract	  i
Figures	 ii
Tables	 iv
Acknowledgements	vii
Abbreviations and Symbols	 .viii

      1.  Introduction	  1

      2.  Summary and Conclusions	  3

      3.  Project Rationale....	  5

            Nutrients in watersheds	  5
              Background	  5
              Soil nitrogen and phosphorus	  5
              Forest	.	  6
              Inactive agriculture	 12
              Agriculture	 21
              Residential	 21

            Characteristics of Mill Creek watershed	 26
              Geology	 26
              Land use	•	 26
              Soils	 28
              Slope	 34
              Climate	 34
              Timber resources	• 35

            Design of field sampling and analysis program	 35

            Design of laboratory soil leaching studies	 55

      4.  Results	 57

            Residents'  survey	 57

            Field nutrient study	 57

            Leaching studies	 62

-------
                                                                   Page
      5.  Discussion and interpretation of results	109

References	136
Appendix A:  Analytical methods	142
Appendix B:  Sample resident survey form and layman's summary of
            project	154
Appendix C:  Fortran program for best line fit using least squares
            analysis	161

-------
                                ABSTRACT
An inventory of the organic and inorganic forms of phosphorus and nitrogen
was carried out in Mill Creek watershed, Rensselaer County, New York.  A
direct sampling and analysis program was conducted on watershed soils and
surface debris.  Parameters  of land use, season, soil types and ground
slopes were considered in the design of the field survey and interpretation
of data.  Supplemental nutrient storage, input, and output figures were
compiled from resident survey information, previous studies in the County
and the State and reported literature.  The final inventory of nutrients
was designed to provide figures on annual inputs, winter storage, summer
increments and annual outputs.
                                   I-i

-------
                                 FIGURES

Number                                                             Page

   1    Location of Mill Creek in Rensselaer County, New York	 27

   2    Land use in Mill Creek watershed	 30

   3    Soils map of Mill Creek watershed	 31

   4    Identification of watershed sampling sites	42

   5    Map of sampling sites in Mill Creek watershed	49

   6    Leaching patterns of Series 1 and 2	86

   7    Oxygen consumption in leaching studies - Series 1	88

   •8    Oxygen consumption in leaching studies - Series 2	89

   9    Chloride removal in leaching studies - Series 1	 90

   10    Chloride removal in leaching studies - Series 2	91

   11    Dissolved carbon removal in leaching studies - Series 1,
          inactive agriculture and forest soils	92

   12    Dissolved carbon removal in leaching studies - Series 2,
          inactive agriculture and forest soils	93

   13    Dissolved carbon removal in leaching studies - Series 1,
          agricultural soils	94

   14    Dissolved carbon removal in leaching studies - Series 2,
          agricultural soils	95

   15    Ammonia nitrogen removal in leaching studies - Series 1	96

   16    Ammonia nitrogen removal in leaching studies - Series 2	97

   17    Nitrate nitrogen removal in leaching studies - Series 1	98

   18    Nitrate nitrogen removal in leaching studies - Series 2	99

   19    Phosphorus removal in leaching studies - Series 1, inactive
          agriculture and forest soils	100

                                   I-ii

-------
                           FIGURES (continued)
Number                                                             Page


  20    Phosphorus removal in leaching studies - Series 2, Inactive
          agriculture and forest soils	101

  21    Phosphorus removal in leaching studies - Series 1,
          agricultural soils	102

  22    Phosphorus removal in leaching studies - Series 2,
          agricultural soils	103

  23    Effect of water rate on leaching of inorganic phosphorus.... 106

  24    Effect of water rate on leaching of inorganic nitrogen	107

  25    Relation between phosphorus and nitrogen leaching rates	108

  26    Soil organic phosphorus concentration vs. inorganic
          concentration by slope	110

  27    Soil organic nitrogen concentration vs. inorganic
          concentration by slope	Ill

  28    Soil organic nitrogen concentration vs. inorganic
          concentration by land use	113

  29    Soil organic phosphorus concentration vs. inorganic
          concentration by land use	114

  30    Interface inorganic nitrogen concentration vs.  organic
          nitrogen by land use	....115

  31    Interface organic phosphorus concentration vs.  inorganic
          phosphorus concentration by land use	116

  32    Model for nutrient flow and storage	117
                                 I-iii

-------
                                 TABLES


Number                                                              Page

   1    Total forest: mean annual standing crop	  9

   2    Forest surface vegetation: trunk woody biomass mean annual
          standing crop	 10

   3    Forest interface: mean annual standing crop	 11

   4    Forest leaf canopy: growing season standing crop	 12

   5    Forest surface vegetation: non-woody biomass growing season
          standing crop	 14

   6    Forest surface vegetation: trunk woody biomass growing
          season increment	 15

   7    Forest soil:  mean annual root standing crop	 16

   8    Forest soil:  mean annual nutrient standing crop	 17

   9    Forest nutrient transfer: interface to soil	 18

  10    Forest nutrient transfer by precipitation and runoff	 19

  11    Non-forest areas: nutrient transfer by precipitation and
          runoff	 22

  12    Inactive agriculture surface vegetation:  growing season
          standing crop	 23

  13    Agriculture surface vegetation: growing season standing
          crop	 24

  14    Agriculture:  chemical nature of different types of manure.... 25

  15    Yield rates of residential wastewater	 25

  16    Mill Creek watershed land use and natural resources	 29

  17    Soils in Mill Creek watershed	 32

  18    Soils series characteristics	 33
                                    I-iv

-------
                           TABLES (continued)


Number                                                               Page

  19    Average temperature and precipitation data	 36

  20    Volume of growing stock trees on commercial forestland in
          Rensselaer County, by forest type	 37

  21    Volume of growing stock trees on commercial forestland in
          Rensselaer County, by species.	 38

  22    Volume of growing stock trees on commercial forestland in
          the Capital District	 39

  23    Volume, average annual net growth, removal and mortality of
          commercial growing stock trees in the Southeast Region	 40

  24    Watershed areas covered by the sampling survey	 43

  25    Actual areas for land use - soil type combinations	 44

  26    Percentages of surveyed land uses in various soils	 46

  27    Winter survey sampling site characteristics....	 47

  28    Soil physical data - February-March,  1975	 50

  29    Interface physical data - February-March, 1975	 52

  30    Results of resident questionnaire - March 1975	 58

  31    Results of farmer questionnaire and personal interview -
          March 1975	 60

  32    Soil analyses results - February 1975	 63

  33    Plant interface analyses results - February 1975	 65

  34    Sample physical data - July 1975	 68

  35    Sample analyses results - July 1975	 69

  36    Laboratory soil leaching studies,  Series 1	 70

  37    Laboratory soil leaching studies,  Series 2	 78

  38    Leaching rates of Series 1 samples using best straight line
          f it	104
                                   I-v

-------
                           TABLES (continued)
Number
  39    Leaching rates of Series 2 samples using best straight
          line fit	105

  40    Mill Creek watershed nutrient inventory	118

  41    Nutrient inputs in Mill Creek watershed	121

  42    Extrapolation of soil phosphorus - February-March, 1975	123

  43    Extrapolation of soil nitrogen - February-March, 1975	124

  44    Extrapolation of interface phosphorus - February-March, 1975..125

  45    Extrapolation of interface nitrogen - February-March, 1975....126

  46    Forest natural stand woody biomass nutrient storage and
          annual net growth	127

  47    Forest brush cover woody biomass nutrient storage and annual
          net growth	128

  48    Yearly crop growth	129

  49    Yearly canopy and subsurface vegetation growth	130

  50    Interface nutrient changes February-July, 1975	131

  51    Extrapolation of interface nutrient changes.	132

  52    Agricultural soil nutrient changes April-July,  1975	133

  53    Nutrient output in Mill Creek watershed	134
                                   I-vi

-------
                              ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
     This report was prepared as an account of the project sponsored by the
New York State Department of Environmental Conservation and the International
Joint  Commission - Proposal No. 59 (75R) B101 (5), October 1, 1974 - C81739.

     The authors acknowledge gratefully the cooperation and the counsel of
Drs. Leo Hetling and G. A. Carlson during the various stages of the project.
                                    I-vii

-------
                 Abbreviations and Symbols



AOAC       American Organization of Agricultural Chemists

Cone,      Concentration

ha         Hectare

Kg         Kilogram

Ib         Pound

mg         Milligram

jug         Microgram

NH0-N      Ammonia Nitrogen
N.         Inorganic Nitrogen
 a         (equal to NH.-N plus NO,

NO         Organic Nitrogen
           (TKN minus NH -N)
                        o
NO -N      Nitrite Nitrogen

NO.-N      Nitrate Nitrogen
  O

NT         Total Nitrogen
 1         (NO + NI)

P.         Inorganic Phosphorus

PO         Organic Phosphorus
           (PT minus P^)

ppm        Part per Million

PT         Total Phosphorus

Ref.       Reference

TKN        Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen
                           I-viii

-------
                                  SECTION 1

                                INTRODUCTION
      Characterization of  the quality of water bodies for the purpose of
water  resource management and pollution control is only possible through
knowledge  and  interpretation of the terrestrial ecosystem activities in the
watershed.   Such  activities  may be man-made or natural, and may result in
point  or non-point  discharges which may be controllable and non-control-
lable.  With the  knowledge of the impact that these activities have on the
water  quality, decisions  can be made with regard to the most beneficial
land uses  and  associated  environmental control systems.

     The Department of Environmental Conservation of New York State is par-
ticipating  in a study of  the origin and transport of pollutants from land
use activities as part of the International Joint Commission Investiga-
tions.  A  special project for this activity calls for continuous gaging and
daily  water quality monitoring of Mill Creek in Rensselaer County, New
York.  Mill Creek is a small stream draining approximately 2454 ha of land
subject to  a variety of land uses that include agriculture, forested land
and residential development.  The daily sampling and analysis program will
be carried  out for  the main  purpose of defining the statistical
characteristics of  stream water quality data.  The second, and related
objective,  is  the identification of the influence of terrestrial activities
with regard to organic and inorganic nutrients.  Since the water quality
data provide a measure of the rate of nutrient losses from the watershed,
the relationship  of this  rate to the total quantities and forms of terres-
trial  nutrients is  of vital  importance in interpreting the controllability
of the loss rate.   If the quantity of a nutrient generated by a certain
land use activity represents a significant portion of the total amount
stored in  the watershed,  the concept of control becomes practical.  An
estimate of location within  the terrestrial ecosystem and in what form the
nutrients are stored is essential in developing control measures.  Con-
sequently,  associated with monitoring the Mill Creek water quality, an
inventory of the  total quantities and forms of nutrients in the watershed
has been carried  out.

     The primary  objective of this project is to accomplish a detailed in-
ventory of  nitrogen and phosphorus stored in the Mill Creek watershed above
the sampling station of the  Department of Environmental Conservation.  The
inventory subdivides the  nutrients into their chemical forms (organic and
inorganic),  and their ecological state (animal, vegetable and mineral), as
well as their transformations within the watershed.  The latter disaggrega-
tion will be done according  to the relevance to stream water quality.  To


                                    1-1

-------
characterize two major transformations,  two  seasonal  values  for  the inven-
tory were obtained:  winter inventory  (non-growing  season) and the  summer
inventory (maximum growing season).  To  achieve  these objectives,  the
investigators utilized a combination of  established basic knowledge in re-
ported literature as well as in a sampling and testing program of  the
terrestrial surface cover and soil components.   These activities may be
divided into the following main tasks:

     1.  Construction of the Mill Creek  watershed  topographic and  land use
         maps and field reconnaissance.

     2.  Review of relevant literature on organic  transformations  and  yield
         data for various terrestrial  and meteorological characteristics.

     3.  Terrestrial sampling and testing programs  for nitrogen  and phos-
         phorus and their chemical forms in  Mill Creek watershed (inventory
         of nutrients).

     4.  Analysis and application of available data for estimation of
         stored organic and inorganic  nutrients  in  the watershed and ex-
         pected seasonal variations and  yields.

     To aid in the understanding and quantification of the changes  in  nu-
trient content of soil due to leaching by runoff and  groundwater,  a labora-
tory soil leaching analysis was conducted to supplement the  above  tasks.
                                    Ir2

-------
                                 SECTION  2

                          SUMMARY AND  CONCLUSIONS
     Nutrients in terrestrial  systems  encounter  periodic transformations,
additions, and losses to adjacent water  resources,  depending on natural and
man-made activities.  Major nutrients  of interest  in ecosystems are nitro-
gen and phosphorus in their organic  and  inorganic  forms.  For the purpose
of effective water quality control in  natural  drainage systems (streams,
lakes), knowledge of the nutrients conversions and transport on land is of
prime importance.

     The objective of this project was to carry  out an inventory of the
quantities and forms of nitrogen and phosphorus  stored in the Mill Creek
watershed, Rensselaer County,  New York.   The  study area was located above
the sampling station of the Department of Environmental Conservation for
monitoring the water of Mill Creek.  To  achieve  this objective, the study
carried out the following four major tasks on  Mill Creek watershed:

     First:   Preparation of soils,  topographic, and land use maps for the
              watershed.

     Second:  Design and implementation  of a  field sampling and analysis
              program on nutrients in  soils and  interface.

     Third:   Gathering of all relevant  data  on  human activities in the
              watershed that influence input,  storage and output of
              nutrients.

     Fourth:  Design and carrying out  of laboratory leaching studies on
              soil samples from major  watershed  land uses.

     Data gathered from these  tasks  were supplemented by reported informa-
tion on the study area, New York State and the general relevant literautre.
Extrapolation of the data to account for the  total inventory in the water-
shed was based on the existing land  uses of forest  natural stand, forest
brush cover, and active and inactive agriculture.   The final proposed
nutrient inventory was designed to provide annual  inputs, winter storage,
summer increments and annual outputs of  organic  and inorganic phosphorus
due to major activities and transformations.

     While it is conceded that the objective  of  the study of providing a
nutrient inventory was accomplished, the following conclusions and recom-
mendations are In order:


                                    1-3

-------
1.  In general, there is a lack of knowledge  on  nutrients  in watershed
    and terrestrial systems.  Further understanding  of  land  ecosystems
    should provide a sound basis for land use and  water quality
    policies.

2.  The study area of this project encountered a multitude of land
    uses.  For the purpose of acquiring basic knowledge on nutrients
    in land systems, a single land use watershed (or area) should be
    studied and modelled.

3.  In the utilization of the nutrient inventory values for environ-
    mental quality control, one must identify the  rate  and extent of
    nutrient availability and mobility.  This was  partly accomplished
    in this project by the leaching studies.  Further fundamental and
    field research are needed in this area.

4.  It is concluded that the choice of Mill  Creek  watershed for this
    study was an appropriate one.  While there  is  a  wide variety of
    activities in the watershed, none occurs  with  such  intensity as to
    significantly affect environmental quality.  For this reason, this
    area should be considered when further research  and studies are
    contemplated.
                                1-4

-------
                                 SECTION 3

                             PROJECT RATIONALE
NUTRIENTS IN WATERSHEDS

Background

     Intact terrestrial ecosystems  tend  to  develop  steady  state  nutrient
cycles as they mature; only small amounts of  the available nutrient  capital
are lost from the system.  Nutrients  occur  in four  areas of the  ecosystem;
the atmosphere, living and dead organic  matter, the available  nutrient  pool
and in soil and rock as primary and secondary minerals.  There are two  dis-
cernible nutrient fluxes among these  areas.   The biologic  flux tends to be
a closed cycle of living and  dead organic materials.  The  geochemical flux
is open-ended and involves meteorologic  and geologic inputs and  outputs.

     The biologic flux, or cycle, concerns  the circulation of  nutrients
between soil and plant and animal communities; it  involves nutrient  uptake,
storage and return.  During this cycle,  loss  can occur in  any  form;  animal
and human movement, wind dispersal  of leaves  and seeds, harvesting,  or
leaching by runoff.  The bioelements  having the best chance of entering the
cycle may be called the available nutrient  pool.   These are the  nutrients
taken up and stored as plants, organic debris, animals, and excreta.

     The geochemical flux, or cycle,  concerns input and output to the eco-
system, primarily the  soil:   The meteorologic inputs include dissolved
substances in rain or  snow, gases such as  002 and  N£» and  windborne
particulate matter.  Geological fluxes include bedrock weathering,
dissolved and particulate matter transport  by surface and  subsurface
drainage and mass movement of material.

     The following sections and tables represent  literature data concerning
the storage forms and  dynamics of the nutrients in these  cycles.

Soil Nitrogen and Phosphorus

     Nitrogen content  of mineral soil ranges  from  0.02 to 0.25 percent and
is closely related to  soil organic  matter  of  which nitrogen makes up about
5 percent.  Nitrates,  nitrites and  exchangeable ammonium  make up less than
1 percent of total soil nitrogen.   Mineralization  of nitrogen is the out-
come of the degradation of organic  nitrogenous compounds  in freshly added  .
residue as well as the complex organics  in the humus layer.  In  mineraliza-
tion, the initial reduction to ammonium, Nlty, constitutes ammonification.

-------
Further oxidation constitutes nitrification with nitrate,  NOJ,  as  the  end
product.  Only ammonia and nitrate are assimilable  forms of  nitrogen.
These compounds are readily lost by  leaching  or volatilization  and must  be
conserved by immobilization.  This process involves  the assimilation of
ammonia and nitrate into microbial cells which, when dead, complex with  the
soil organic fraction releasing stored nitrogen.  Mineralization and immo-
bilization occur simultaneously with microbial fixation of nitrogen from
the atmosphere and nitrate removal by microbial denitrification.   Where
conditions are favorable, nitrogen fixation by legumes  is  an important in-
put to the system.  Nitrogen compounds are excreted  when nitrogen  fixed  by
the plant exceeds plant requirements.  Nitrogen is  also released at the
time of root decay.*

     Phosphorus content of most mineral soils ranges from  0.02  to  0.5  per-
cent with 0.05 percent being the general average in  most soils. There are
two primary sources of soil phosphorus.  The  organic compounds  present in
plant and animal residues and the products of microbial synthesis  are  one
source.  Inorganic phosphorus compounds are found complexed  with calcium,
magnesium, iron, aluminum, and clay; all insoluble  forms.  Growing plants
depend on inorganic phosphate in the soluble  form,  chiefly orthophosphate.
Replenishment of available phosphorus to the  soil is closely linked to the
activities of microorganisms.  These activities include decomposition  and
subsequent mineralization of phosphorus bound in organic residues; alter-
ing the solubilities of inorganic phosphorus  compounds; and  immobilization
of phosphorus into microbial cell matter with subsequent return to the
humus layer upon death.  When soluble phosphate is  released, there is  a
rapid reduction of phosphorus availability to plants known as phosphorus
fixation, due to chemical precipitation of phosphorus by hydrated  aluminum,
iron, and/or calcium in the soil.

Forest

Natural Stand—

     The cycling of nutrients within the forest ecosystem  occurs  with  a
variety of periodicities; seasonal,  annual and longer cycles.  Two major
pathways of nutrient flux are discernible; the biologic or "closed" cycle
and the geologic or "open" cycle.

     The biologic cycle involves mostly the cyclic  transfer  of  nutrients
between forest soil and plant-animal communities.   It includes  the phenom-
ena of uptake, retention, and return.  Uptake of nutrients occurs  princi-
pally through the root system.  Retention  represents the accumulation  of
nutrients within the biomass where  they are essentially unavailable.  The
return of nutrients to the cycle occurs in  the form of litter fall, or
leaching of leaves and trunks by rain water.^ Changes in  the biomass  and
nutrient content occur during the year and  over a  long-term  basis.  In a
relatively mature  natural forest,  the weight of plant organic  matter  is
fairly constant year to year:   there occurs an equilibrium between
decomposition and production.^*  >^»"
                                    1-6

-------
     Within the biologic  cycle,  a  number of  transfer pathways are of sig-
nificance.  The return  of nutrients  from the forest  to the floor is of
prime Importance and  occurs  primarily through litter fall.  Other pathways
include stemflow and  leaf wash which carry nutrients released directly from
the foliage by decomposition and leaching.   Once on  the floor, nutrients

return to the soil  by decomposition  and  leaching. '  '   It is estimated
that as much as 10  percent of the  nitrogen and 50 percent  of the phosphorus
in the leaf canopy  are  returned  by leaf  and  litter wash.6

     The geochemical  "open"  cycle  involves the input and output of nut-
rients.  Nutrient addition occurs  with precipitation in a  variety of ways;
aerosols are washed from  the air,  dust is washed from the  canopy, and nut-
rients are directly leached  from stems and leaves.  In a relatively stable
community, net nutrient loss must  be compensated for by weathering of soil
and rock materials.   Nitrogen input  from the atmosphere via nitrogen-fixing
bacteria and legumes  is significant.  Major  output sources are from drain-
age water and harvesting  practices.*»3»8

     The dynamics of  litter  fall are vital in understanding nutrient avail-
ability.  Biomass in  the  litter  fall or  interface increases during the
fall, decreases through winter,  peaks again  in spring (bed scale and flower
addition) and decreases throughout the summer.   Litter fall is approxi-
mately the same in  evergreen forests as  in deciduous forests.   The
forest floor accumulates  nutrients in this interface layer at the expense
of the soil. '    The release of nutrients is affected by  soil animal
activity involved in  decomposition,  tree species, precipitation temperature
and nutrient content  of the  current  litter»^»^»^

     Maximum nutrient release occurs in  the  fall and summer, the autumn
loss occurring primarily  by  physical leaching of the fresh interface layer.
Greatest winter phosphorus losses  from the interface are due to leaching  ,
although this phosphorus  may be  retained in  lower layers.^  The loss
rate peaks again in late  summer  when physical disintegration is greatest.
After initial leaching, highest  rates of decomposition do  not occur until
summer temperatures encourage microbial  activity. Nitrogen content tends
to increase due to  immobilization  within the microbial biomass.  As the C:N
ratio approaches 30:1 during the summer, nitrogen is released via mineral-
ization and nitrogen  concentration begins to decrease..»  In temperate
regions, little organic matter accumulates annually. '    Within coniferous
forests, the interface  layer may consist of  several  years' litter fall,
leading to-the assumption that coniferous litter fall takes 3 to 5 years to
decompose. '    Coniferous litter  fall tends to be more acid, discouraging
decomposers but producing an acid  leachate which attacks the mineral soil
below.-*  Branch decomposition is maximum during the  summer.  Hardwoods
decompose 3 to 6 times  faster than softwoods, the difference being attrib-
uted to water insoluble resins.  »

     Forest nutrient  uptake  varies seasonally, reaching a  peak in early
summer or about the same  time the  preceding  year's Interface is giving up
its nutrient content. '    Leaf  biomass  peaks in late spring and decreases

-------
through summer to autumn"; young leaves and current twigs are  richer
in nitrogen and phosphorus.  During active growth, N and P steadily  de-
crease until autumn, when chemical composition of foliage is most  stable
and yellowing begins. 2»^»^

     Productivity and nutrient uptake of the .herb-shrub stratum is small  in
comparison to that of the tree stratum.  '  '    Herb-shrub biomass change
is minimal until late summer, and there, is,. little change during growth in
the chemical composition of the shrub.   *  '    The rate of accumulation  of
organic matter in standing trees is high for the first 35 to 40 years,
after which rates decline.  Growth and decay are in balance around 50
years.  In middle-aged woodlands, 75 percent of the total plant biomass is
in the trees.  Root biomass may exceed the canopy, with trunk biomass ex-
ceeding that of the roots and canopy. 3

     Within the forest system, nitrogen  input comes largely from the atmo-
sphere via rainfall and nitrogen fixation. ' '   Nitrogen fixation may be
as much as 20 to 60 kg/ha/yr.   Nitrate  and ammonia nitrogen are generally
conserved in the undisturbed forest ecosystem. *'  Some researchers have
found a tendency towards nitrogen accumulation ranging from 14  to  60  ,,
kg/ha/yr while others indicate nitrogen  depletion as high as 35 kg/ha/yr I
The mechanisms are not well understood.  Phosphorus is present  in  smaller
concentrations, tenaciously held within  the system- with small amounts re-
cycled quickly to maintain system equilibrium.   '    Research indicates
phosphorus accumulations up to 2.2 kg/ha/yr and losses as high  as  6.3
kg/ha/yr. *   Geologic weathering occurs in the Hubbard Brook experimental
forest at the rate of 800 kg/ha/yr.8

     Assuming a 1:1 ratio of shale to sandstone  (predominant rock strata  in
Mill Creek), an estimate of nitrogen and phosphorus input by weathering can
be made for the Mill Creek watershed.
         Weathering yield  rate              =        800 kg/ha/yr

                         18
         Shale P content    700 ppm          »        0.28 kg/ha/yr

                             18
         Sandstone P content    170  ppm      -        0.068 kg/ha/yr

                        1 8
         Rock N content   20 ppm            «        0.016 kg/ha/yr

This produces a possible geologic input  of 0.35 kg/ha/yr phosphorus and
0.016 kg/ha/yr nitrogen.   The estimate  is to be compared to the yield rate
for forest runoff which is  3 to 13  kg/ha/yr for nitrogen and 0.03 to 0.9
kg/ha/yr for phosphorus. *'

     Table 1 summarizes the available literature data concerning the mean
standing crop of nutrients  in various forest types.  Tables 2 and 3 give an
estimate of standing crop  values  (non-growing season) for woody biomass in
the surface vegetation  layer (tree  trunks only) and an estimate for the

                                    1-8

-------
               TABLE  1.   TOTAL FOREST:  MEAN ANNUAL STANDING CROP
Forest
Type
Pine

Spruce
Douglas Fir
Birch
Oak


Beech


Mixed Oak


Birch-poplar

Oak-pine

Hardwood-pine
Hardwood
Conifers
Temperate Forest




Biomass
kRx!03/ha
17-23
141
-
205
-
156C>
380C<
—
150-250
166
—
156
245C*
-
104-158
47-65
64
97c.
13-18
6-12
-
-

100-500

863/ha
Nitrogen8 '
ke/ha EN
_
- -
750
360 .18
240
406 .026
947
369
_ _
-
283
_
•» w
1157C*
» _
- -
_ ..
-
-
-
1.5b>
53-1200
1150
•. _
1.5b'

Phosphorus8 *
ke/ha £P

-
100
72 0.035
30
32 0.021
63
31
«• ^
— —
38

•• •»
101C*
•• ^
-
^
-
-
- -
0.13b*
40-100
130
•— •—
0.2b'

Ref .
3
3
7
3
2
2
2
2
13
20
2
2
^
9
9
13
13
18
18
4
4
18
9
3
9
18


b*  Calculated percentages based on nutrient divided by total biomass,
c*  Reported percentages.
    Includes root structure.

-------
         TABLE 2.  FOREST SURFACE VEGETATION:  TRUNK WOODY BIOMASS
                          MEAN ANNUAL STANDING CROP
Forest
Type
Pine


Spruce



Larch
Birch
Alder
Oak

Beech


Chestnut

Poplar
Mixed Oak
Birch-Poplar
Oak-Pine
Mixed Oak
Temperate Forest




Biomass
kf?xlOJ/ha
30
97
97
106
85
196
249
146
134
157
83
188
161
131
232
-
108
—
105
189
40-58
57
112
60-85% live
biomass
77% live
biomass

Nitrogen8
kg/ha
145 0
154 0
-
183 0
123 0
-
—
108 0
213 0
62
220 0
151 0
2
155 0
-
128
2
116 0
116
-
-
-
-
-
-

—

Ava" * 0
Phosphorus
%N ks/ha %P
.112
.159
-
.173
.144
-
-
.074
.158
.265
.080
>
.118
-
>
.107
—
-
-
-
-
-
—

—

7139"
13
18
-
21
16
_
-
13
23
8
26
11
-
16
—
16
6
6
-
-
-
-
-
—

-

Av1
0.010
0.019
-
0.020
0.019
—
-
0.009
0.017
0.020b*
0.031
0.006
0.15b*
0.012
—
0.12b<
0.006
-
-
-
-
-
-
—

—

l' - 0.015
Kpf .
3
3
3
3
3
20
20
3
3
3,22
2
3
3
3
2,23
3
3
2
2,23
3
2
3
9
13
21
2
9

13



'Calculated percen
tages based on nutrient divided b]
r total
biomass.

"Reported percentages (not used to calculate averages)
                                   I- 10

-------
          TABLE 3.   FOREST INTERFACE;  MEAN AKNUAL  STANDING CROP

Forest
Type
Pine



Spruce
Douglas Fir
Larch
Birch

Alder
Oak


Beech

Chestnut


Biomass Nitrogen
kgxl03/ha kg/ha %N
13
45
—
-
26
25
117
35
5
-
5
4
37
-
11
-
4
-

409
192
_
-
360
463
119
594
47
264
65
71
-
393
180
285
80
196
A S'
Av
3.2
0.4
-
-
1.4
1.7
0.1
1.7
1.0
-
1.2
1.9
-
-
1.7
-
1.9
-
- T757
«
Phosphorus
ke/ha %P
9
28
15
24
19
20
11
9
25
6
33
5
5
35
35
11
39
6
14
A a-
Av
0.071
0.062
—
-
0.073
0.080
0.009
0.072
0.128
-
0.093
0.135
-
-
0.103
-
0.146
-
- 0.088
Pef.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
2
3
2
3
2


a*Calculated percentages based on nutrient divided by total biomass.
                                   1-11

-------
interface layer.  Tables 4, 5 and 6 show  the  summer  increases.   Leaf  canopy
standing crop and non-woody surface vegetation standing  crop  are considered
to belong entirely to the summer growth increment.   Woody  biomass summer
increment (tree trunk increment) is also  shown.  The root  and nutrient
standing crops in the soil layer are estimated in Tables 7  and  8.
     Nutrient change in the soil is difficult to estimate.  While nutrients
are being taken out to support a season's  growth, the previous  season's
leaf canopy is in the litter layer returning  its nutrient  content to  the
soil.  An estimate of this nutrient transfer  is presented  in  Table 9.
Hydrologic nutrient transfers by precipitation and runoff  are presented  in
Table 10.

Scrub brush—

     Forest ecosystem research has concentrated almost exclusively on nat-
ural stand forests between 20 and 50 years of age.   For  the purpose of  this
inventory, the scrub brush forest ecosystem will be  viewed as a combination
of inactive agriculture grassland and  forest  understory  growth.  Visual
evaluation of the actual sites confirms the validity of  this  assumption.
All data in Tables 11 and 12 will apply with  the addition  of  limited  under-
story data.  Woodwell^  estimated the  shrub biomass  of an  oak-pine
stand at 1430 kg/ha and tree sprout biomass at 1585  kg/ha. Duvigneaud^
estimates the shrub stratum of a mixed oak stand at  2500 kg/ha  and all
other ground flora at 2190 kg/ha.  Annual Increment  is estimated at 216
kg/ha/yr for shrubs and 658 kg/ha/yr for  all  other ground  flora.

Inactive Agriculture

     Inactive agriculture can best be  approximated as grassland, a plant
community where the dominant species are  perennial grasses.  There are  few
shrubs and trees.  The major cycles can characterize this  land  use.  The
biological or "closed" system is composed of  producers,  consumers and de-
composers.  The geochemical or "open"  system  encompasses the  inputs and
outputs  in the form of precipitation,  nitrogen fixation by bacteria-and
legumes, elevation of elements from subsoil and  erosion and runoff.  *

     Stems and leaves are the primary  producers.   Biomass  estimates of
standing crop at  the end of the  growing  season do  not necessarily measure
the total productivity.  The mortality from rapid  turnover is not measured
and productivity  may be higher than standing  crops.   Consumers  affect the
"closed" cycle for nutrients.  Large populations  of  wild herbivores
particularly influence the phosphorus  cycle with phosphorus-rich urine and
feces.    Records indicate that  insects may consume  as much as  940
kg/ha of above ground vegetation over  one summer.*8   Carnivores  com-
plicate  the cycle further.  Losses  from  the ecosystem occur through
consumer metabolism; the residue returns  to the  ecosystem as excreta,
secreta, and dead organic materials.   Animal  biomass has not  been treated
in this  text, but further  treatment may be found in References  3 and 28.
                                    1-12

-------
          TABLE 4.  FOREST LEAF CANOPY:  GROWING SEASON STANDING CROP

Forest
Type
Pine







Spruce


Douglas Fir

Larch
Birch



Alder
Oak



Beech

Chestnut
Poplar
Mixed Oak
Birch-Poplar
Oak-Pine
Temperate Forest

Biomass
27
20
21.4
-
9.9
6.6
5-6.4
12.55
26.4
23.4
31
29.9
40
43.6C>
29.5
14.1
4.94
-
28C'
3.8
3.5
3.2
2
2.7
7.9
82C'
10.2
1.6%Tot.
4.7%
4.7?
1.5-3%
1.5-3.5%
Nitrogen8*
kg/ha XN
_
124
51
124
—
-
-
-
128
91
-
_
-
357
78
-
-
-
420
218
-
m^
-
155
_
65
-
Forest
"
"
ii
"
.
0.62
0.24
-
-
-
-
-
0.48
0.39
-
—
-
0.82
0.26
-
-
-
1.5
5.7
-
2>
-
5.7
2.0b'
0.08
-
biomass -
-
-
_
-
Av*' - O3
Phosphorus8 "
kp/ha %P
_
11
5
—
-
-
-
-
20
15
-
_
-
31
4
—
-
-
30
21
-
:
-
22
*•"
6
-
-
-
-
_
-
Av8'
.
0.055
0.023
-
-
-
—
-
0.076
0.064
-
_
-
0.071
0.014
-
-
0.2
0.017
0.553
-
0~15b'
-
0.815
oTl2b'
6.007
-
-
-
-
_
-
' - 0.088
Ref.
3
3
3
24
13
13
3
7
3
3
7
3
7
3
3
3
7
23
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
7
2
3
3
9
13
21
9
13

a
 'Calculated percentage based on nutrient divided by total  biomass.
 ['Reported percentages.
 "Includes some branch material.
                                   1-13

-------
            TABLE 5.  FOREST SURFACE VEGETATION:  NON-WOODY BIOMASS
                        GROWING SEASON STANDING CROP
Forest
Type
Pine

Spruce
Douglas Fir
Larch
Birch

Alder
Oak



Chestnut
Beech
Poplar
Mixed Oak
Oak-Pine
Pine-Oak
Ferns & Mosses
Flowering Plants

Biomass
kgx!03/ha
7.0
2.6
1.0
0.1
4.6
_
2.0% Forest
2.1
1.6
0.6
3.7
4.7
1.2
-
3.6
9.6% Forest
1.6
18% Forest
-
—

&
Nitrogen
ke/ha TX
40 0.57
- -
-
49 49
-
24
-
50 2.4
24
- -
- -
_
15 1.25
2
-
-
-
-
2.43K
2.37b'
Ava* - T707~
a
Phosphorus
ke/ha ZP
9 0.129
3 0.115
7
-
10
_ _
-
4 0.19
3
_ _
— —
- -
2 0.167
<1
-
-
-
-
0.16b'
0.19b*
Av3' - 0.158
Ref.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
9
13
15
15
15

b.
'Calculated percentages based  on nutrient divided by total biomass.
 Reported percentages.
                                    I-J4

-------
      TABLE 6.  FOREST SURFACE VEGETATION:  TRUNK WOODY BIOMASS
                      GROWING SEASON INCREMENT
Forest Type
Nitrogen
kg/ha/yr
Phosphorus
 kg/ha/yr
Ref.
Pine


Douglas Fir

Beech


Oak


Birch


Spruce
  10
  12.1

  27.4

  10
  16

  30
  27

   8
   3.0

   8
  20.6
    1
    0.9

    2.5

    3
    1.2

    2.2
    3

    0.5
    0.3
    1.8
  7
  2
  7
  2

  7
  2

  2
  3

  2
  2
                              1-15

-------
         TABLE 7.   FOREST SOIL:  MEAN ANNUAL ROOT  STANDING  CROP

Forest
Type
Pine

Spruce

Douglas Fir
Birch

Oak


Beech


Mixed Oak

Oak Pine

Biomass
kexlCT/ha
34.1
—
65.4
64.7
12.3
49.8
43.1
38.3
15.0
-
26.2
46.3
6.4
15.1% live biomass
35.0
33.2

Nitrogen
kg/ha %N
184 0.54
184
«. _
-
49 0.40
152 0.31
-
— „ f
- -
127
— —
— -
•
•w —
-
_ _
Av3' *> OI
a
Phosphorus
kE/ha %P
17 0.050
_ —
_ —
- —
11 0.089
7 0.014
- -
^ n
- -
12
^ . _ .
— —
-
_ . ^
-
_ _
Ava* = OT05"l
Ref .
3
24
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
2
9
2
21


'Calculated percentages based on nutrient divided by total biomass.
                                   I-.16

-------
TABLE 8.  FOREST SOIL;  MEAN ANNUAL NUTRIENT STANDING CROP

Forest Type
Pine


Spruce


Douglas Fir

Larch
Birch
Alder
Oak
Beech


Chestnut
Soil Depth
cm
70
70
70
70
70
50
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
40
40
70
Nitrogen
ku/ha
7308
-
—
6596
7781
6067
7701
—
6125
1300
2396
7476
6640
24.5(inorg. only)
26. 2( " " )
6863
Phosphorus
k«/ha
107
59
319
102
5
-
4
50
463
230
194
36
42
-
-
39
Ref.
3
3
3
3
3
25
3
3
3
2,3
3
2,3
3
22
22
2.3

                            1-17

-------
TABLE 9.  FOREST NUTRIENT TRANSFER;  INTERFACE TO SOIL
Forest Type
Birch
Oak
Beech
Pine
Elm
Ash
Temperate Forest
Oak
Douglas Fir
Nutrient Return
£ Interface Biomass/Yr
83
100
17-26
90
55
70
64
40
100
100
43 N
41 P
65.5 Kg N/ha/yr 5.9 Kg P/ha/yr
4.8 Kg N/ha/yr 0.95 F.p P/ha/yr
Reference
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
9
9
9
6
                          1-18

-------
   TABLE 10.  FOREST NUTRIENT TRANSFER BY PRECIPITATION & RUNOFF
Item
Area Yield Rate (Kg/ha/yr)
Nitrogen       Phosphorus
                                                              Reference
PRECIPITATION INPUT

   Temperate Forest



   Deciduous (Hubbard Brook)


   Mixed Oak


RUNOFF OUTPUT
0.8-4.9
  1.1
  9.7

  4.9
  6.5

  8.7
                 0.2-0.6
                   Neg.
                   0.4
                                                 Neg.
                                                                  2
                                                                  5
                                                                  2

                                                                  8
                                                                  8
Deciduous (Hubbard Brook)
(N.C.)
(Canada)
Temperate Woodland (Ohio)
Coniferous Forest (Wash.)
(Wash.)
(Ore.)
Deciduous Forest
(Lake George, N.Y.)
Forest
2.3
2.3
2.5
0.6
1.2-2.7
0.5
2.4
3-13
0.01
0.10
0.16
0.05
0.02
0.07-0.08
0.52
0.07
0.03-0.9
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
27
19
                                1-19

-------
     In a system thatohasqreached  equilibrium,  annual decomposition should
equal net production.   '    Grasses  and  legumes are  characterized by the
short time a high proportion  of  the  plant  lives.   Grass  plant units or
sward are long lived,  on  the  order of  decades,  While individual leaves may
last only 8 weeks.     With  the beginning of  warm weather in spring,
mid-April through the  end of  May,  rapid  decomposition occurs in the inter-
face layer.  From the  end of  May through mid-October, a  balance develops
between decomposition  and organic  accumulation  in the interface.  With the
beginning of cold weather in  November, dead  matter accumulates and reaches
a kg/ha density similar to  that  found  in early  spring.  Production of
utilizable above ground material continues until mid-September when   ...
vegetation growth more or less ceases  or is  translocated below ground.

     The dynamics of below  ground  matter produce the greatest quantity of
root biomass in spring (March) and late  autumn  (October).  During the
summer, the period  of  greatest above ground  growth,  there is a marked
reduction in the quantity of  root  biomass.  This is  in part due to more
rapid turnover, less storage  or  reserve  substances and depletion of reserve
substances stored earlier in  the spring.  Autumn is  the  period of greatest
root activity as plants build up carbohydrate reserves.   Maxima occur also
in the spring during the  first Intensive above-ground growth and in late
summer as growth rates begin  to  slow up.30  Studies  are  usually con-
fined to the upper  30  cm  of soil where 95 percent of the root mass is
located.2^

     Total nitrogen is closely correlated with  soil  organic matter, and is
higher in grassland than  in forest soil. '     The amount of inorganic
nitrogen is always  small  even if total nitrogen is quite large.  *
Grasses are very responsive to nitrogen  fluctuation.  Larger differences
exist in response to nitrogen than to  phosphorus.33  Nitrogen recircu-
lates at high rates in grassland,  determined by the short time nitrogen is
incorporated in plants and  animal  bodies.  The  circulating quantity is ag-
proximately 0.3 percent of  the nitrogen  in dry  soil to a depth of 5 cm.

     Total nitrogen content of grasses decreases from May to October.
Above-ground nitrogen  is  greater than  below-ground until October when the
pattern is reversed.3* phosphorus concentration in above-ground forage
shows a peak in spring at about  0.16 percent dry weight and decreases
rapidly until early summer  to approximately 0.12 percent.  Late summer
begins a slow decline  through winter to Q.04 percent.  As spring ap-
proaches, phosphorus  levels again  rise.3

     Nitrogen and phosphorus  inputs  occur via precipitation and animal
immigration.  Nitrogen fixation  by microbes and symbiotic fixation  by
legumes is the most important nitrogen input.  31  Available nitrogen
due  to leaf fall may average  0.2 kg N/ha/wk.  Most nutrients are returned
to  the soil by plant death  and decay.*°   Nitrogen and phosphorus output
occurs via animal  immigration, wind  or water-borne organic matter,  soil
erosion,  leaching  and  volatilization,  particularly of ammonia.  Leaching  is
the  most  important  source of  loss.3*  Rainstorm loss  of nitrogen may  be
slightly  less  than  0.1 kg N/ha/storm.   The release from roots  that  have

                                  I-r20

-------
been defoliated is approximately the  same.28  Runoff  from  range  land
may contain 0.65 kg N, 0.76 kg total  P and 0.02 kg  soluble P/ha/yr.19

     Phosphorus cycling in grassland  ecosystems  is  not yet well  defined.
Some studies have shown striking correlation  between  available phosphorus
                                                              34
and grass production while other studies  show no  correlation.     It  appears
that phosphorus does not cycle readily.   The  primary  input comes from  the
apatite group of minerals.  Most of the available phosphorus  in  the  nutri-
ent pool comes from the breakdown  of  dead organics.35  The phosphate
anion has a strong affinity to clay and rapidly becomes unavailable  to
plants.  These phosphorus compounds are insoluble,  but tend to become  some-
what more available with more soil moisture.35,36

     Table 11 gives information on nutrient transfer  by precipitation  and
runoff.  Table 12 estimates grass  production  and  percentage composition.
All surface vegetation will be considered part of the summer  increment.
Further information on grassland sampling procedures  is reported in
Reference 37.

Agriculture

     Agriculture lands differ from other  land uses  in the  degree of  human
manipulation to which they are subjected. Fertilizers are the primary
source of nutrient input.  Harvested  crops and livestock products trans-
ported outside the ecosystem are primary  sources  of nutrient  loss or  out-
put.  There occurs an intra-system cycle  of the  feed-livestock-manure  type,
where, in the simplest case, a fixed  amount of nutrients is variously
proportioned among these three components.  The  only  change occurring  in
this fixed amount comes from fertilizer input or  harvest output.

     Fertilizers are generally high  in phosphorus due to the fact that
phosphorus rapidly combines with soil elements,  becoming unavailable  to
plants.31  Estimates of phosphorus recovery range from from 1 to 20
percent and 5 to 10 percent** of total phosphorus applied.  Fertilizer
nitrogen recovery varies from 50 to 70 percent.**  Generally, no more
than 50 percent of the nitrogen is recovered  in  the harvested crop,  but  up
to 80 percent may be recovered by  grasses.*9  The normal soil cycles
take place more quickly due to the available  nature of the nutrients.   The
effects of animal excreta are relatively  small due  to uneven distribution
of excreted material.  Grass growth may recover  25  to 30 percent of  the  ex-
creted nutrients.28

     Table 11 indicates nutrient flux in  precipitation and runoff.  Crop
and grass biomass and composition  are shown in Tables 12 and 13.  Chemical
composition and yield rate of manure  are  shown  in Table 14.

Residential

     Residential land use nutrient flux  is generally  concerned with solid
waste handling and fertilizer usage.  Table  15 gives  literature  data
concerning nutrient transfer in wastewater.


                                   1-21

-------
TABLE 11.  NON-FOREST AREAS;  NUTRIENT TRANSFER BY PRECIPITATION AND RUNOFF3'

                           	Area Yield Rate (kg/yr/ha)	
        Item                 COD      BOD     NO -N   Total N     Total P


Precipitation Input          124       -     1.5-4.1   5.6-10     0.05-0.05

Runoff Output

  Range Land                  -                        0.1-13     0.06-2.9

  Agricultural Cropland       -                          4-13      0.8-2.9

  Irrigation Subsurface       -        -        83      42-186    0.01-0.3
  Drainage

  Cropland Tile Drainage      -                        0.3-13     0.01-0.3

  Urban Land Drainage      220-310   30-50      -        7-9       1.1-5.6

  Seepage From Stacked                                    3
  Manure

  Feedlot Runoff	7,200    1.560       	100-1600     10-620


a*Reference 28.
                                    1-22

-------
             TABLE  12.   INACTIVE AGRICULTURE SURFACE VEGETATION:
                        GROWING SEASON STANDING CROP
Grass Type
Bluegrass
Bromegrass
Clover (all types)
(Ladino)
(red)
(vhite)
Crabgrass
Forage
Forage (Great Plains)
(Calif.)
Grasses

Herbage



Meadow

Mixed grass
Orchard grass
Prairie grass



Ryegrass
Timothy

Wheatgrass
Weeds

Biomass
kgx!03/ha 7,
1.06
3.5-4.0
_
2.5-2.7
3.5-3.6
7.0C'
-
3.2
_
-
2.7
5.5-7.7c'
1.5
4.4
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.4
-
3.4-3.5
3.4
0.5-3.0
0.9-1.6
2.2-2.4
13. 3C'
0.07
1.1
15. 2C'
3.5-4.5
Average biomass
M
Nitrogen
2.4
1.8
3.4
4.0
2.9
4.4
1.6
-
1.2-14b'
2.3B'
•»
1<5b.,c.
—
-
-
-
_
-
1.7
2.2
1.7
-
—
-
2.6
1.8
-
1.7
-
- 2.4 x 103
% Phosphorus
0.38
0.30
0.33
0.37
0.29
0.46
0.23
-
_
-
w
_
-
-
-
-
_
-
0.2
.51
0.43
-
-
-
0.35
0.34
-
0.22
-
kg/ha
Ref.
38
38
38
38
38
38

35
35
35
31
28
30
30
30
31
10
35

38
31
34
39
39
28
28
38
10
3

 'All % composition data from Reference 42 except where noted^g
.  lated from crude protein values.  N x 6.25 * crude protein.
 'Reported value.
 'Root biomass only.
N calcu-
                                   1-23

-------
                TABLE 13.  AGRICULTURE SURFACE VEGETATION:
                       GROWING SEASON STANDING CROP
Crop
Alfalfa
Barley
Beans
Clover (ladino)
(red)
(all types)
Corn
Hay
Meadow hay
Oats
Potatoes
Rye
Soybean
Turnips
Wheat
Biomass
kgxlO^/ha
6.68
7.73-8.18
3.36-8.74
3.9
4.89
4.2
4.3
1.5-2.8
3.2
4.5
22.7
3.36-8.74
2.0
5.2
4.2
3.36-8.74
1.3
a
7 Nitrogen
3.09
3.39
-
4.02
2.91
3.42
1.36
1.2-1.3b'
1.7
2.88
-
3.71
2.66
-
3.62
% Phosphorus
0.31
0.37
0.4-0.5b*
0.37
0.29
0.33
0.22
0.30
0.20
0.37
0.1-0.4b*
0.45
0.53
-
0.35
Ref .
38
40
38
3,23
38
3
24
38
3
3
23,24
38
24
3
3
38
24
a'All % composition from Reference 42 except where otherwise noted
  % N calculated from crude protein analysis.  % N x 6.25 - Crude protein.

 'Reported value.
                                     1-24

-------
    TABLE  14.   AGRICULTURE:   CHEMICAL NATURE  OF DIFFERENT  TYPES OF MANURE

Animal
Cow
Pig
Sheep
Poultry
Horse
Animal* *
Biomass
kg/individual
500
200
60
2
630
Yield Rateb>
kgxlO /yr per
500 kg live weight
13.5
15.3
6.3
4.3
9.0
% Nitrogen
1.67
3.13
1.87
5.92
1.25
% Phosphorus
0.485
1.37
0.816
2.58
0.546

a.
b.
Reference 41.
Reference 43.
              TABLE  15.  YIELD RATES OF RESIDENTIAL WASTEWATER
           Item and Units
                                           Yield Rate
Remarks and
References
                                                        U.S., 1966 (44)
                                                             "
                                                        U.K., 1960 (45)
                                                        U.?., 1969 (46)
Phosphorus

  In human waste, gm/person/day                  1.6
  In detergents, gm/person/day (where legal)     3.4

Organic Carbon

  In urine, gin/adult/day                         3-7
  In faeces, gm/adult/day                      12-22
  In kitchen wastes, gm/person/day               8
  In washing, gns/person/day                      7

Nitrogen

  Total Organic nitrogen, gm/person/day          12
  Ammonia nitrogen, gm/person/day                4.1

Oxygen Demand

  Chemical, gm/person/day                      160
  Biochemical, gm/person/day                     65

Mineral Solids,, gm/person/day                    70

Organic Solids, gm/person/day                  120

Septic Tank Effluent

  Total phosphorus, mg/ 1-P                   2.9-19
  Ortho-Phosphate, mg/ 1-P                  up to 10.8
  Ammonia nitrogen, mg/ 1-N                  20.5-60
  Chemical Oxygen Demand, mg/1               175-575
  Biochemical Oxygen Demand, mg/1            182-410
                                                        Germany,  1967 (47)
                                                        U.S.,  1970 (48)
                                                             it
                                    1-25

-------
CHARACTERISTICS OF MILL CREEK WATERSHED

     Mill Creek is a small stream located in the  southwest  region  of
Rensselaer County, New York  (Fig.l).  Its Water Index  Number  is H-224,  classi-
fied D class from mouth to tributary 4, C from tributary  4  to 11 and  D  from
tributary 11 to source.  It  flows a total distance  of  approximately
16 kilometers from its origin in the town of North  Greenbush  south through
East Greenbush, and finally  west through the town of Rensselaer to its
junction with the Hudson River.  The drainage basin of Mill Creek, upstream
from the gaging station operated by the New York  State Department  of
Environmental Conservation,  covers an area of approximately 2455 ha.  A
variety of land uses including agriculture, forested land and residential
development exists within the drainage basin.  The  population density is
approximately 0.39 parsons per ha and the area may  be  categorized  as  rural
agricultural-residential.  Located within the watershed are 240 residences
including several farms and  one trailer park, two automobile  junkyards,
three orchards and two tree  nurseries.  There is  no commercial industry
located within the watershed.*'  There are no sewer lines within the
watershed and all residences utilize septic tanks or cesspools as  a means
of sewage disposal.

Geology

     Rensselaer County, located about midway along  the eastern border of
New York State, is bounded on the east by the Taconic  Mountains at the
Vermont - Massachusetts border and on the west by the  Hudson  River.  There
are three major topographical divisions within the  county.   In the east is
a succession of parallel ridges, trending north and northeast, composed of
shale and schist.  Bordering the Hudson River on  the west side of  the
county is a gentle sloping lowland underlain by folded beds of shale  and
sandstone which extend east  from the Hudson 0.4 to  2 km and includes  eleva-
tions up to about 61 m in height.  In the center  of these two regions is a
broad plateau underlain by coarse grit or graywacke.   '     Mill Creek
watershed lies on the western edge of the plateau region.  Elevations
within the watershed range from 197 m in  the extreme  northern portion to
76 m at the New York State Environmental  Conservation  Department stream
gaging station at the southern end.

Land Use

     After a study of existing maps  of  the watershed,  it  was  concluded that
available topographic maps were not  adequate for  the  purpose  of the
project; consequently an enlarged topographic map in  the  scale of 1:8000
was constructed.  The map was made from a mylar enlargement of the U.S.
Geological Survey East Greenbush and Troy south  quadrangles (topographic
lines only) of 1957, combined with the  New York  State  Department of
Transportation quadrangles of 1967  (showing  roads,  houses,  power lines,
etc.).  Land Use and Natural Resource data,  compiled  in  1967-1970 by
Cornell University Department of Agronomy and  drawn on mylar overlays  for
                                    1-26

-------
                            Washington Co.
             Saratoga
             Co.
            MOHAWK
             Albany
             Co.
 MILL
 CHEEK
 WATERSHED
     HUDSON
     RIVER
FIGURE 1.  Location of Mill Creek in Renssalaer County, New York.
                                 1-27

-------
U.S.G.S. quadrangles, was obtained  and  transposed  from a scale of 1:24000
to the scale of 1:8000.  This data  was  then  recorded  on a 91  x 122 cm white
print of the enlarged watershed maps.   The areas of each land use, as shown
in Table 16, were then measured by  a planimeter.   Figure 2  Illustrates the
areas of each of the following land uses; forest (natural stand, brush
cover), inactive agriculture, agriculture, residential, wetland and
miscellaneous (commercial, public use,  recreational,  etc.).
Soils

     As is shown later in this report,  the identification of  soils is one
of the basic parameters in the sampling and  analysis  program.  Conse-
quently a soils map of the watershed was needed.   The most recent completed
soils map of Renssel^er County dates to the  early  1930s.  This map was con-
sidered unacceptable because of its small scale and  lack of  detail, as well
as the fact that the Soil Conservation  Service has changed and upgraded
many soil classifications in the  intervening time. Although a new soil
survey of Rensselaer County, based  on  1972 aerial  photographs, will not be.
completed until 1977, the area of Mill  Creek was completed in early 1975.
The soils data had not yet been published and existed only on aerial photo-
graphs, so it was necessary to trace the soils information from several
photographs and transpose it to a scale of  1:8000  for transfer to the en-
larged watershed map previously described.   A photographic copy of the map
is shown as Figure 3.  This map shows  only the 3 major soils  which cover
65.8 percent of the watershed; Bernardston gravelly silt loam, Pittstown
gravelly silt loam and Scriba gravelly  silt  loam.   All three major soils
are deep, coarse-loamy, and exist over  glacial till.   Twenty-one soil types
belonging to 15 general series were identified in  the Mill Creek watershed.
A listing of the soil types and the area of  each is contained in Table 17.
A general description of  the parent material and drainage class of each of
the 15 major soil series  is contained  in Table 18.  Further discussion of
the three major soils is  warranted, due to  their importance to the sampling
and analysis program.

     Bernardston gravelly silt loam,  the soil occupying the largest portion
of Mill Creek watershed,  41.22 percent, is a deep, well drained, medium
textured soil with a very firm fragipan layer.  The soil is derived from
glacial till composed of  shale, slate  and sandstone.   The surface horizon
is a dark brown gravelly  silt  loam  15  cm thick, underlain by  a  subsoil of
brown  friable loam to a depth of  38 cm.  A cover subsoil of yellowish brown
friable loam extends to a 66 cm  depth,  which rests on a fragipan  layer of
very firm gravelly loam.   In the  spring and  during wet periods, the water
table  is perched on  the  fragipan  layer for short periods.  Permeability  is
moderate above the fragipan and  slow within  it. Available water capacity is
moderate to high.  This  soil  is  generally found on convex hillsides and
hilltops in the uplands  from which  the runoff is medium.  Many  of  the  soils
have formed in drumlins.   Individual  areas are elongated and  generally less
than 10 ha  in size.  It  is  suited to  crops,  pasture or woodland.   The
hazard of erosion  is moderate  to  severe, so erosion control  practices  are
needed, especially on  long  slopes.
                                      1-28

-------
   TABLE 16.  MILL CREEK WATERSHED LAND USE AND NATURAL RESOURCES

                                                               % of
                                            Area             Watershed
    Land Use                                (ha)	(%)
1.  Residential
      Low Density
      High Density
      Strip Development
      Medium Density

                 TOTAL

2.  Agricultural
      Cropland
      Pasture
      Orchards & Forest
      Plantations

                 TOTAL

3.  Inactive Agriculture
      & Grassland

4.  Forest Land
 20
  1
  1
 _2

 24
447
137

 16

600


445
 0.80
 0.03
 0.05
 0.09

 0.97
18.3


5.

6.
Forest Brush Cover
Forest Natural Stand
TOTAL
Wetland
Wooded Wetland
Bog, Marsh
Natural Lake
TOTAL
Miscellaneous
Commercial, Public Use
Recreational , etc.
WATERSHED TOTAL
706
622
1328
19
19
__2
40
18
2455
28.8
25.3
54.1
0.78
0.77
0.07
1.62
0.74
100.00
                                1-29

-------
1500
1250
1000
 750
   10
 500
 250
                                                                              15
                                                         TOTAL AREA  =  2U.6  kilT

                                                                        2455  ha
           54.U
        FORESTLAND
NATURAL
 STAND
 25.3%
          BRUSH
          COVER
          28.8%
                                                                              10



                                                                               VI

                                                                               01
                                                                               *••

                                                                               i
                                                                               o
                                                                                        L.
                                                                                        n

                                                                                        cr
             24.4 %
           AGRICULTURE
             ORCHARDS
              0.67%
              PASTURE
               5.57%
                      CROPLAND
                       18.22
  18.1  %
 INACTIVE
AGRICULTURE
 GRASSLAND.
                                              WETLAND 1.6*
                                               WOODED 0.78%
                                               MARSH  0.77%
                                               LAKES  0.07%
                                                   RESIDENTIAL
                                                      0.97%
                                         MISC.
                                         0.7 %
                                         COMMERCIAL
                                         PUBLIC USE
                                         ETC.
  FIGURE  2.   Land use  in Mill Creek watershed.
                                          1-30

-------
FIGURE 3.  Soils map of Mill Creek watershed.
                                   1-31

-------
                  TABLE 17.   SOILS IN MILL CREEK WATERSHED


1.
2.
3.
4.

5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.

12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.



Soil Name
Bernardston gravelly silt loan
Scriba gravelly silt loan
Pittston gravelly silt loam
Bernardston-Nassau shaly silt
loam
Alden silt loam
Nassau shaly silt loan
Hoosic gravelly loam
Limerick silt loam
Chenango gravelly loam
Carlisle muck
Fluvaquents, alluvial land,
loamy
Madalin silt loam
Rayhnam silt loam
Palms muck
Nassau-rock outcrop association
Castile gravelly silt loam
Hudson silt loam
Teel silt loam
Hoosic association
Bernardston-Nassau association
Oakville loamy fine sand
TOTAL LAND AND MARSH
NATURAL LAKES
TOTAL
. a.
ha
1012
307
297
233

173
116
113
39
34
30
27

17
15
12
9
6
4
3
2
2
2
2453
2
2455
% of
Watershed
41.22
12.51
12.09
9.50

7.06
4.73
4.60
1.60
1.38
1.23
1.11

0.67
0.61
0.49
0.38
0.23
0.15
0.13
0.08
0.08
0.06
99.91
0.09
100.00

a
 "Top 9 soils occupy collectively more than 90 percent of total watershed
  area.
                                    1-32

-------
                               TABLE 18.   SOIL SERIES CHARACTERISTICS
                                                                     a.
Parent Material
Well Brained
  throuph
Excessively
  Drained
    Soil Drainage Class


               Somewhat
Moderately      Poorly
  Drained	Drained
                                                                                                  Very
                                                                                      Poorly     Poorly
                                                                                      Drained    Drained
    A.  Soils on Glacial Till
        1.  Shale & slate prominent
            a.  Shallow, loamy
                 skeletal
            b.  Deep, coarse, loamy
            c.  Deep, fine loamy

    B.  Soils on Gravelly Outwash
        1.  Shale, slate, sandstone
             quantzite & gneiss
V            prominent
o?           a.  Deep, sandy-skeletal
            b.  Sandy loam-fine loam
            c.  Deep, loamy skeletal

    C.  Soils on Lacustrine Deposits
         & Stream Terraces
        1.  Deep, fine
        2.  Deep, coarse-silty

    D.  Soils on Recent Alluvium
        1.  Deep, coarse-silty

    E.  Organic Soils
        1.  Deep, sapric
        2.  Moderately deep over
             loamy material, sapric
                                     Nassau
                                     Bernardston
                 Pittstown
               Scrlba
                                                                                             Alden
                                     Foosic
                                     Chenango
                 Castile
                                                      Hudson
                                                      Teel
                                                                     Raynham
                                Teel
                            Madalln    Madalin
                            Raynham


                            Limerick


                                       Carlisle

                                       Palms
a.
  Reference 53.

-------
     Scriba gravelly  silt  loam occupies  12.51  percent of the watershed and
is a deep medium textured  soil which  is  somewhat  poorly drained.  As is the
Bernardston series, Scriba soil is  derived from glacial till of slate,
shale and sandstone.   The  subsoil from a 30.5  to  46 cm depth is a firm
dense fragipan.  In the  spring and  during wet  periods, the water table is
perched on the fragipan  15 to  46 cm below the  surface.  During these
periods, the  soil may be ponded. Permeability above the fragipan is
moderate and very slow within  it.   Available water capacity is low to
moderate.  Plant roots generally do not  penetrate the pan.  This soil is
found in level areas  between hills  in the uplands and it receives runoff
from adjacent hills.   Surface  runoff  is  slow.   Individual areas are oval
shaped and.2 to 6 ha  in  size.   It is  suitable  for cropping, hay, pasture or
woodland.    Muck of  this  soil has  been  cleared of forest and stones and is
used for hay and mid-season pasture.

     Pittstown gravelly  silt loam is  a well drained, deep soil very similar
to the Bernardston series  except that the pan  is  shallower and exists from
a 46 to 71 cm depth.   The  soil is found  on gently sloping and sloping hilly
uplands.  Runoff is medium and individual areas are, in general, irreg-
ularly shaped and less than 8  ha in size,  it  is  suited to crops, pasture
or woodland."
     Since  the  enlarged  watershed  map used to measure soil and land use
areas was a flat projection  of  rolling and irregular terrain, any direct
measure of  area upon  it  will be less than the actual area represented.  An
area correction factor derived  from the average slope of the watershed was
obtained as follows:  Twenty east-west grid lines were drawn across the
watershed map.  The slope  of consecutive 50.3 meter sections was measured,
working west  to east  across  each grid line, using contour lines with 3.05 m
intervals.  This series  of slopes,  across each grid line was then averaged.
Finally the average slope  of each  of the twenty grid lines, ranging from
7.08 percent  to 13.18 percent was  averaged.  An overall watershed average
slope of 9.65 percent was  obtained.  The angle formed by this slope with
the horizontal  is  equal  to the  arctan of 0.0965, or 5.512°.  The reciprocal
of the cosine of 5.512°  is equal to 1.0046.  This figure was used as an
area correction factor in  the final inventory extrapolation in Section 5.
Measured areas  will be multiplied  by this factor to compensate for the
actual area of  the watershed topography.

Climate

     Temperatures  in  the survey area are typical of those found in the
continental climates  of  the  Northern Hemisphere.  Average monthly tempera-
tures range from below zero  in  the winter to the mid-twenties in the
summer, degrees Centigrade.   A  noticeable moderating effect is caused by
the area's  proximity  to  the  Atlantic Ocean and its associated marine
weather systems that  move  up the Hudson Valley.  Precipitation in
Rensselaer  County  is  about average for the state as a whole, approximately
88.9 cm a year, and it is  distributed fairly evenly throughout the year.


                                    1-34

-------
Average snowfall is about 124.5 cm,  or  approximately 20  percent of the
total precipitation.  Table 19 shows  the monthly  average temperature and
precipitation recorded by the nearest U.S. Weather  Bureau Station at Albany
Airport, approximately 12.9 km east  of  Mill  Creek watershed.54

Timber Resources

     Based on a forest survey conducted in 1968   ,  Tables 20 and 21 list
the tree densities in m^/ha of the different forest classes and individ-
ual species for Rensselaer County.   The trees included in this survey are
growing stock trees, which are defined  as "live  trees of commercial species
which are in turn classified as saw  timber,  poletimber,  saplings, and seed-
lings (greater than 2.54 cm diameter at breast height);  i.e. all live trees
of commercial species except rough and  rotten trees".  Table 22 lists the
densities of trees of the Capital District Forest Region (7 counties) by
species including rough or unmillable trees  (due  to irregular shape) and
rotten trees.  The distribution of species in the Capital District is very
similar to Rensselaer County.  In the Capital District,  rough and rotten
trees account for approximately 17.3 percent of  the total timber volume on
commercial land.  Table 23 lists volumes (m^) of  species of growing stock
trees in the southeast region of New York State  (Capital District and
Catskill Hudson District) and average net yearly growth, or the increase in
tree volume minus trees that died or became  rough or rotten within the
sapling period.  Removal and mortality  are also  listed by species.  Since
all the timber data compiled was based  on trees  on  commercial forestland,
the definition of this term is important; it is  "Forestland that is produc-
ing, or is capable of producing, crops  of industrial wood and is not with-
drawn from timber utilization  (industrial wood Includes all roundwood
products except firewood),"  Commercial forestland  occupies 47 percent of
the state and 57 percent of Rensselaer  County.  Within Rensselaer County,
ownership of commercial forestland is as follows; 0.47 percent Federal,
2.60 percent State, 1.33 percent other  public, 2.58 percent lumber indus-
try, 2.19 percent other forest industry, 25.87 percent farmer, 64.96
percent other private ownership.  In all Rensselaer County, 95.6 percent of
commercial forestland is privately owned.

DESIGN OF FIELD SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS PROGRAM

     On what basis will sampling sites  in the watershed be located and how
many sites are needed to represent  the  main  features of the watershed?
These questions were examined  with regard  to the objectives and prospective
use of the study as follows:

     First;   A sampling site  for  the inventory of  nutrient forms  is
              selected and  Identified on the basis  of three parameters:

                A.  Land use
                B.  Soil type
                C.  Ground  slope
                                    1-35

-------
       TABLE 19.  AVERAGE TEMPERATURE AND PRECIPITATION DATA8'

Month
January
February
March
April
May
June
July
August
September
October
November
December
YEARLY AVERAGE
Average
Temperature
(C°>
-5.17
-4.61
0.56
7.89
14.39
19.61
22.28
21.11
16.44
10.44
3.94
^3.06
8.67
Average
Precipitation
(cm)
6.27
5.59
6.91
7.04
8.81
8.26
8.86
7.79
9.09
7.04
6.86
6.58
89.10

a"Data is from U.S. Weather Bureau Station, Albany Airport, based on
  the years 1938-1960, from Reference 54.
                                  1-36

-------
           TABLE 20.  VOLUME OF GROWING FTOCK TREES ON COMMERCIAL
              FORESTLAND IN RENSSELAER COUNTY. BY FOREST TYPE
Forest Type
Area
(ha)
% of Comm.
Forestland
   Volume
Growing Stock
  fa3 x 10*)
Density1"'
 (m3/ha)
White/Red Pine
Spruce-Fir &
 other softwood
Oak Pine
Oak & Oak Hickory
Elm-Ash-Red Maple
Maple-Beech-Birch
Aspen-Birch

            TOTAL
20939
   21.21
              4.
              3.
98739
     .31
     .36
   14.77
   23.26
   29.24
    3.85

  100.00
   206.59

    38.77
    29.72
    95.65
   111.79
   170.65
    15.28

   668.45
  98.66
     Avg. Density - 70.40 cr/ha
     (all forest types)
Total number trees for entire state greater than 2.6 cm diameter:
                    softwood
                    hardwood
                       TOTAL
N.Y.S. area of commercial
               forestland
K.Y.S. total volume timber
(including rough & rotten
                  trees)
            1,359,023 x 10; trees
            3,816,925 x 10, trees
            5,175,948 x 10J trees

            5.783846 x 106 ha
        -   4.1751839 x 108 (m3)
Average number trees/ha commercial forestland K.Y.S. * 894.9   o nonj  3/«-
Average density (m3/ha) commercial forestland N.Y.S. -  72.2   u-ueu/ m /cree
b.
 'Reference 55.
  Based on commercial forest area of 98,739 ha or 57% of total county land
  area of 172,449 ha.
                                    1-37

-------
          TABLE 21.  VOLUME OF GROWING STOCK TREEF ON COMMERCIAL
               FORESTLAND IN RFNSSELAER COUNTY, BY SPECIES
                                                          a.

Species
1 . Softwoods
White Pine
Red Pine
Spruce
Fir
Hemlock
Other softwoods
TOTAL SOFTWOODS
2. Hardwoods
Select white oaks
Select red oaks
Other oaks
Hickory
Yellow Birch
Sweet Birch
Sugar Maple
Soft Maple
Beech
Ash
Basswood
Aspen
Black Cherry
Elm
Other hardwoods
TOTAL HARDWOODS
3. Total All Species

Volume
(m xlO )

128.48
21.51
6.23
—
87.45
6.79
250.46

15.00
59.43
21.79
17.83
10.76
7.92
87.73
56.32
20.94
30.56
13.30
20.09
9.34
22.92
24.06
417.99
668.45
% of
All Species

19.22
3.22
0.93
_
13.08
1.02
37.47

2.24
8.89
3.26
2.67
1.61
1.18
13.12
8.43
3.13
4.57
1.99
3.01
1.40
3.43
3.60
62.53
100.00
Density1*'
(m3/ha)

13.01
2.18
0.63
-
8.86
0.69
25.37

1.52
6.02
2.21
1.81
1.09
0.80
8.88
5.70
2.12
3.09
1.35
2.03
0.95
2.32
2.44
42.33
67.70

a.
b.
Reference 55.
Based on a commercial forest area of 98,739 ha or 57T< of total county land
area of 172,449 ha.
                                   1-38

-------
           TABLE 22.  VOLUME OF GROWING STOCK TREES ON COMMERCIAL
                    FORESTLAND IN THE CAPITAL DISTRICT8*


1.





2.















3.



4.
Species
Softwoods
White Pine
Red Pine
Hemlock
Other Softwoods
TOTAL SOFTWOODS
Hardwoods
Select White Oaks
Select Red Oaks
Other Oaks
Hickory
Yellow Birch
Sweet Birch
Sugar Maple
Soft Maple
Beech
Ash
Basswood
Aspen
Black Cherry
Other hardwoods
TOTAL HARDWOODS
Growing Stock Total
All Species
Rough Trees
Rotten Trees
Total All Timber

Volume
(m xlCT)

609.58
99.06
387.14
59.71
1155.49

76.41
289.23
100.18
81.22
45.28
37.36
385.16 .
255.27
92.81
142.07
58.58
101.88
45.56
243.95
1954.96

3110.45
476.29
172.92
3759.66
% of
All Timber

16.21
2.63
10.30
1.59
30.73

2.03
7.69
2.67
2.17
1.20
0.99
10.24
6.79
2.47
3.78
1.56
2.71
1.21
6.49
52.00

82.73
12.67
4.60
100.00
Densitv
(m3/ha)

12.13
1.97
7.71
1.19
23.00

1.52
5.76
1.99
1.62
0.90
0.74
7.67
5.08
1.85
2.83
1.17
2.03
0.91
4.86
38.93

61.93
9.48
3.44
74.85

a*Reference 55.  Capital District includes Albany, Columbia, Montgomery,
  Rensselaer, Saratoga, Schenectady and Washington Counties.

 'Based on a Capital District commercial forest area of 502,281 ha or
  47% of the total district area of 1,064,056 ha.
                                    1-39

-------
     TABLE 23.  VOLUME, AVERAGE ANNUAL NET GROWTH, REMOVAL AND MORTALITY
         OF COMMERCIAL GROWING STOCK TREES IN THE SOUTHEAST REGION3*
     Species
   Volume
  (m

Net,
 (m"xlOJ)
   %
Growth
Removal
fm xlO 1
                              Mortality
                              (m3x!03)
1.  Softwoods
      White Pine          1075.12      222.35     2.07    109.58      93.19
      Red Pine             219.89       81.05     3.68     10.78      10.67
      Hemlock              877.02      152.42     1.74     88.72      47.60
      Other Softwoods      159.04       39.48     2.48     16.33      30.71

      TOTAL SOFTWOODS     2331.07      495.30     2TTT    225.41     182.17
2.   Hardwoods
      Select white oaks    413.75       50.77
      Select red oaks     1026.72      230.42
      Other oaks           846.17      179.31
      Hickory              291.49       30.71
      Yellow Birch         142.63        6.25
      Sweet Birch          211.40       45.20
      Sugar Maple          826.93      184.88
      Soft Maples         1029.84      209.22
      Beech                262.06       18.25
      Ash                  433.27       92.85
      Basswood             147.16       17.12
      Aspen                177.16       36.87
      Black Cherry         183.67       31.31
      Other Hardwoods      396.48       51.36

      TOTAL HARDWOODS     6388.73     1184.52
                          1.85
                     11.83
                     69.65
                      8.94
                      2.86
                      4.90
                     50.69
                     30.39
                     36.87
                     32.12
                     16.44
                      1.36

                     18.59
                     22.44
                    307.08
                                 22.44
                                 73.44
                                 68.68
                                 11.29
                                 24.20
                                  6.57
                                 34.75
                                 53.20
                                 25.47
                                 24.17
                                 11.01
                                 36.68
                                 17.77
                                106.52

                                516.19
3.  All Species
  8719.80
1679.82
             1.93
         532.49
            698.36
a.
  Reference 55
  Southeast Region includes the Capital District and the.Catskill Lower Hudson
  Region.  Total commercial forest area is 1334.677 x 10  ha or 45% of total
  land area 2,787.169 x
1(T ha.
                                    1-40

-------
     Second;  The  number  of  sampling sites should include the various
              combinations of  the  above parameters,  reasonably proportional
              to the  areas represented, and as many  as the project staffing
              and  time  permit.

     Referring  to  Table 16,  four major land uses comprised about 96 percent
of the total watershed  area:   cropland 18.2 percent, forestland 25.3 per-
cent, forest brush cover  28.8  percent, and inactive  agriculture, grassland
and pasture 23.7 percent.  The  remaining 4 percent includes residential,
commercial, public use, wetland and  orchard plantations.  The decision was
then made that  the sampling  sites  should include these four land use cate-
gories which account  for  96.0  percent of the watershed area.

     With regard to soil  types, Table 17 shows the 21 types of soils en-
countered in the project  area.  As shown in the table, the watershed soils
are mostly varieties  of gravelly silt loam, shaly silt loam and silt loam.
Considering the distribution of these soils in the watershed, it was
decided that the survey sampling sites should include the three major soil
categories which account  for 65.82 percent of the project area.  These
soils are Bernardston gravelly  silt  loam 41.22 percent, Scriba gravelly
silt loam 12.51 percent and  Pittstown gravelly silt  loam 12.09 percent.  As
shown in Table  17,  the  remaining 34.18 percent of the area included 18
other types of  soils.  Sampling from each of the four land uses as it
existed on each of the  three major soil types seemed reasonable except for
the case of cropland.  Agricultural  activities of tilling, soil condition-
ing, and fertilizing  should, in the  long term, be the dominant factors in
soil characteristics  and  nutrient  content.  After field reconnaissance and
consultation with  the U.S.D.A.  Farmers Agent, Mr. Phillip Bemas in
Wyantskill, it  was disclosed that  there were fewer than a dozen working
farms remaining in the  area, and only the very basic crops were being grown
at any sizable  scale  (hay for  silage, limited oats,  corn, alfalfa and a
small amount of miscellaneous  vegetable crops).  It  was finally decided
that sampling site selection on cropland would be carried out according to
the type of crop grown  and not  on  the basis of soil  type.

     According  to  topography,  sample sites were selected in pairs; one site
with a slope of 20 percent or  more (steep) and a comparison site with the
same land use and  soil  type with a slope of 5 percent or less (flat).
Sites located in cropland are  only limited to flat or gently rolling topog-
raphy.  Based on the  above analysis, Figure 4  shows the parameters in-
volved in the identification of each sampling site.

     Table 24 shows the percentage of the total watershed area included in
the sampling program  designed  on the basis of the four major land uses and
the three main  soil types.  By  this  approach, the total area covered by
actual sampling represented 69.06  percent of the total watershed.  This
ratio included  50.86  percent on the  basis of three land uses and three soil
types, and 18.2 percent on the  basis of grown crops  in agricultural land on
all soils.  Since  the percentages  in Table 24 are all with respect to total
watershed area, the shown figures  for the various land use-soil combina-
tions are in direct proportion  to  the actual area of each.  These areas are
shown in Table  25  and can be used  as the basis for proportional sampling

                                   1-41

-------
1

A. TANI)

I
k \t
Forest Forest
Nat'l Stand Brush Cover

H
SOIL &
CROP TYPE

— Soil 1 —
— Soil 2 —
— Soil 3 —

Steep 1 4-
C.
TOPOGRAPHY

Flat 2 •*-


— Soil 1
— Soil 2
— Soil 3

Steep 1 4
Flat 2 «
USE


1, «. \
Inactive Agr. „ , .
and Pasture Cropland etc
_
—

1—
I—


— Soil 1 —
— Soil 2 —
— Soil 3 —

Steep 1 ^_
Flat 2 ^-




•^Cropl
-^•Crop 2
•*"Crop 3
-*CroP4

^etc.
FIGURE 4.  Identification of watershed sampling sites.

-------
     TABLE 24.  WATERSHED AREAS COVERED BY THE SAMPLING SURVEY*'
                         1
              Use
 Soil Type
Forest
 Nat'l
 Stand
   7
Forest
Brush
Cover
  7
 Inactive
Agriculture
 & Pasture
                                          of
                               Janpled
 Bernardston g.s.l.
12.59
           8.30
            11.25
                                                      32.14
                                                              41.22
 Scriba g.s.l.
 3.57
           2.46
             3.25
                                                       9.28
 Plttstown g.s.l.
 2.32
           3.84
             3.28
                                                       9.44
                                                              12.09
                                            23.7
 Total
 Sampled
                                           Total 3 soils
                                           Total 3 uses

                  Total sampled on basis of uses & soils
                  + cropland, based on crops

                             Total Sampling Survey Area
                                                      2
                      Total watershed area - 24.545 km
                                                      2
                    Area covered by survey g 16.952 km
                                       65.82%
                                       77.807

                                       50,867
                                       18.207

                                       69.06%
a
 'All percentages in Table are of the total watershed
                            1-43

-------
   TABLE 25.  ACTUAL AREAS FOR LAND USE - SOIL TYPE COMBINATIONS

      Land Use on                                     Actual Area
    Shown Soil Types       	(ha)

a.  Forest Nat'l Stand on;

    1.  Bernardston g.s.l.                                309
    2.  Scriba g.s.l.                                      88
    3.  Pittstown                                          57
    4.  18 other soils                                    167

b.  Forest Brush Cover on;

    1.  Bernardston g.s.l.                                204
    2.  Scriba g.s.l.                                      60
    3.  Pittstown g.s.l.                                   94
    4.  18 other soils                                    340

c.  Inactive Agriculture on;

    1.  Bernardston g.s.l.                                276
    2.  Scriba g.s.l.                                      80
    3.  Pittstown g.s.l.                                   81
    4.  18 other soils                                    145

d.  Agriculture on;

    1.  Bernardston g.s.l.                                134
    2.  Scriba g.s.l.                                      54
    3.  Pittstown g.s.l.                                   40
    4.  18 other soils                                    218

        TOTAL 4 USES
	(96% of watershed)	2356
                             I-M

-------
from each combination.  The distribution of  agricultural cropland on
various soils is also shown in  the  Table even though this type of land use
is sampled according to the types of  crops.   For the purpose of the present
report, only the three major  soils  are  considered.   This is shown in
Table 26 which provides the percentage  of each land use located on each of
the three main soil types.  By  visual examination of soil maps with acetate
land use overlays, the remaining portions of each land use were found to be
scattered on the majority of  the 18 other soil types.

     Based on the above criteria, a sampling program was designed to cover
69.06 percent of the total watershed  area with the  following characteris-
tics:

     1.  The program includes combinations of three land uses (forest
         natural stand, forest  brush  cover,  and inactive agriculture)
         and three soil types (Bernardston,  Scriba  and Pittstown gravelly
         silt loams).  Consequently,  there are nine different categories of
         sampling areas based on land use and soil  type (excluding crop-
         land).

     2.  For each of the nine sampling  areas, a minimum of two companion
         sampling sites is required;  one on  a steep slope and another on a
         flat slope.

     3.  The number of sampling sites for each land use-soil type combina-
         tion can be determined in  proportion to the area covered by this
         combination.  Referring to Table 27, comparable areas of each land
         use are covered by the survey  criteria (18.48, 14.6, 17.78 and
         18.2 percent of total  watershed for natural forest stand, brush
         cover, inactive and  active agriculture, respectively).  Conse-
         quently, the same number of  sampling sites for each land use can
         be adopted.  However,  the  breakdown of each land use over the
         three main soils is  not uniform.  As shown in Table 27, for the
         three land uses other  than cropland, the areas located on
         Bernardston gravelly silt  loam are  almost  twice as big as those
         located on Scriba and  Pittstown combined.   Consequently, if the
         minimum number of two  sampling sites is assigned to the Scriba and
         Pittstown areas, then  eight  sites should be selected on
         Bernardston, with a  total  of 12 sites per land use.  This approach
         would have been adopted if the sampled areas represented the total
         occupied by each land  use.  Instead, data  from these sites will
         have to be extrapolated to the portions of each land use existing
         on the other types of  soils  (27 percent of forest natural stand,
         50.8 percent of forest brush cover  and 24.9 percent of inactive
         agriculture).  This  extrapolation can be based on the average
         characteristics particular to  the land use or on those of the
         soils.  Actual analyses of soil-land use combinations will indi-
         cate which factor is dominant  for the purpose of extrapolation
         (see Section 5).  For  this reason,  it is seen that the more
         samples taken from the three major  land uses and soil types, the
         more reliable the extrapolation results are.  As shown in
                                   1-45

-------
                     TABLE 26.   PERCENTAGES OF SURVEYED LAND USES IN VARIOUS SOILS
Soils
Bernardston g.s.l.
Scriba g.s.l.
Pittstown g.s.l.
Total Surveyed
In 18 other soils
%
Forest
Nat'l Stand
49.7
14.1
9.2
73.0
21.0
Of Each Land Use
Forest
Brush Cover
28.9
8.6
13.3
50.8
49.2
In Shown Soils
Inactive
Agriculture
& Pasture
47.5
13.7
13.9
75.1
24.9

Cropland
30.1
12.2
9.0
100.0*
48.7
% of Each
Soil Sampled
91.3
91.9
91.7


*Total cropland was sampled according to grown crops.

-------
                        TABLE 27.   WINTER SURVEY SAMPLING SITE CHARACTERISTICS

% of Land Sampled Soil Type
Use Covered and Corresp. % of No. of No. of Samples No. of Analyses
Land Use to Tot. W.S. Tot. Area Sites8' per Soil Type ' per Soil Type0'
1. Forest, natural stand 18.5


2. Forest, brush cover 14.6


3. Inactive agriculture 17.8
and grassland

4 . Cropland 18 . 2
TOTAL 69.1
Bernards ton
Scrlba
Plttstown
Bernards ton
Scriba
Plttstown
Bernardston
Scrlba
Plttstown
Misc. Soils

12.6
3.6
2.3
8.3
2.5
3.8
11.3
3.2
3.3
18.2
09.1
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
9
45
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
9
81
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
72
648

 'For soil specific sites (non-agricultural),  half the sites are on steep slopes and the companion half
  are on flat topography.
 'Two composite samples were taken from each site; soil and Interface.  (Agricultural crop residue
  Interface was not sampled.)
°*There are eight measurements performed on each sample:  moisture content, unit weight per volume or
  area, total and Inorganic phosphorus: total kjeldahl nitrogen, ammonia nitrogen, nitrate nitrogen and
  nitrite nitrogen.

-------
         Table 27, four sampling sites have been  selected  from  each of  the
         major soil types and land use regardless  of  the area represented,
         with a total of 12 sites per land use.

     4.  Guided by types of crops, sampling of agricultural  land was  based
         on information obtained directly from farm owners.  Appendix B
         shows a copy of the questionnaire which was  directed to all  resi-
         dents and from which all farmers were identified  in addition to
         those already identified by field reconnaissance.   Other  relevant
         data concerning nutrients in the residential areas  were also ob-
         tained.  Nine composite samples from farmland growing  different
         crops were obtained in the winter survey.
     5.  From each sampling site two composite samples from  the soil  and
         interface were collected (composition of  surface  life  biomass  is
         obtained from the literature).  For each  composite  sample, eight
         determinations were carried out; moisture content,  unit weight,
         total inorganic phosphorus, total kjeldahl nitrogen, ammonia
         nitrogen, nitrate nitrogen and nitrite nitrogen as  shown  in
         Table 27.

The 36 non-agricultural sample sites, selected using  acetate land  use over-
lay maps placed on top of the enlarged watershed  soils map,  were chosen so
as to be reasonably accessable to roads, yet as undisturbed  and consistent
as possible.  A considerable effort was made to spread the sites over all
portions of the watershed, to avoid any regional  irregularities.   Figure 5
shows a map of the watershed with the location of  all sample sites, includ-
ing agricultural sites #37 through 45.  It should be  noted that although
agricultural sample sites were selected by a combination of  map land use
and visual field identification, all non-agricultural sites  were  selected
solely on the basis of Cornell University Land Use and Natural  Resource
((LUNR) maps based on 1967-68 aerial photographs.

     Some minor differences between sites of similar  soil  type  and land use
were noted.  Physical descriptions of each site's soil and interface mate-
rial are contained in Tables 28 and 29.  Visually, forest  natural  stand
sites were all located in mixed pine and deciduous tree stands  and appeared
fairly homogeneous.  By nature, the differentiation  of forest brush cover
and inactive agriculture sites was often understandably questionable.  In-
active agriculture develops into forest brush within  a few years.   For the
most part, however, forest brush cover  sites were well covered  with 0.3 to
1.8 m scrubby trees and bushes in addition to high grass and weeds,
although the density of growth varied from site  to site.   Inactive
agriculture sites also contained brambles and weeds  and high grass but
generally no high, heavy bush.  Most sites seemed to  be pasture or hay
fields not used in several years.

     Locating sample sites in  the field,  staking  and  collecting samples
from the 45 sample sites in the winter  survey required 6 weeks  field work
in February and March 1975.  After analyses  were  performed on the winter
samples, the results were examined for  trends and correlations  (see
Section 5).  During this time, extensive  literature  review of nutrients  in


                                    1^48

-------
FIGURE 5.  Map of sampling sites in Mill Creek watershed.
                                  1-49

-------
                               TABLE 28.  SOIL PHYSICAL DATA - FEBRUARY-MARCH 1975
i
m
o
Sample
Site
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12


13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

Date
Sampled
3/14/75
2/1/75
3/10/75
3/10/75
2/1/75
2/1/75
3/14/75
3/14/75
2/1/75
2/1/75
3/22/75
3/22/75


2/29/75
2/29/75
3/14/75
3/14/75
3/4/75
3/4/75
3/6/75
3/6/75
2/26/75
2/26/75
3/10/75
3/10/75

Slope
m
30
5
25
0
19
5
22
0
20
0
25
0


20
0
27
5
31
0
30
0
18
5
21
5

a. INACTIVE AGRICULTURE
Moisture
Soil Tvoe (%)
Bernardston
Bernardston
Bernardston
Bernardston
Scriba
Scriba
Scriba
Scriba
Pittstown
Pittstown
Pittstown
Pittstown

b. FOREST BRUSH
Bernardston
Bernardston
Bernardston
Bernardston
Scriba
Scriba
Scriba
Scrlba
Plttstown
Pittstown
Pittstown
Pittstown

18.1
21.1
25.7
41.7
21.8
25.0
18.9
37.0
23.6
30.4
23.8
19.6

COVER
26.2
27.6
21.4
22.3
25.9
31.3
15.5
27.9
23.8
12.7
21.3
22.9

Field Density a Dry
(k*/m3) (
1950
1886
1730
1979
1604
1743
2158
1896
1652
2304
1708
1825
average dry density «

2044
1%5
1622
1764
1574
1652
1559
2185
2179
2209
2313
1845
average dry density -
Density
1223
1339
1013
1066
1169
1170
1290
1080
1163
1529
1116
1059
1185

1359
1154
952
1192
942
1060
1031
1373
1393
1519
1453
1069
1208

-------
                                        TABLE 28 (continued)

Sample
Site
Number
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36


37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45

Date
Sampled
2/26/75
2/26/75
3/22/75
3/22/75
3/4/75
3/4/75
3/6/75
3/6/75
3/18/75
3/18/75
3/22/75
3/22/75


4/10/75
4/10/75
4/10/75
4/10/75
4/10/75
4/10/75
4/12/75
ft/13/75
4/13/75

Slope
(%)
27
0
20
7.5
27
0
29
0
24
0
20
7.5


0-5
0-5
0-5
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat
0-5

c. FOREST NATURAL STAND
Moisture
Soil Type (%)
Bernards ton
Bernardstoti
Bernards ton
Bernardston
Scriba
Scriba
Scriba
Scriba
Pittstown
Pittstown
Pittstown
Pittstown

d. AGRICULTURE










12.0
10.2
18.5
25.4
23.2
29.6
22.9
26.2
19.4
21.4
24.1
24.4


21.0
21.0
21.9
25.2
24.7
23.2
19.3
20.3
17.5

Field Density a Dry Density
(kg/m3) (kp/m3)
1497
1700
1359
1832
1552
1984
2099
2058
1754
1864
2183
2387
average dry density «

1802
2259
2073
1906
2369
2365
1792
1956
2172
average dry density -
1020
1136
1120
1070
1017
1353
1433
1374
1122
1123
1357
1429
1213

1060
1457
1378
1193
1484
1604
1093
1351
1532
1350

a) Field density » weigbt soil + moisture -4- rocks per m  field volume.
                                                    3
b) Dry density « weight dry soil without rocks per m  field volume.

-------
                         TABLE 29.  INTERFACE PHYSICAL DATA - FEBRUARY-MARCH 1975
                                         a.  INACTIVF AGRICULTURE
M
I

Sample
Site
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Interface
Moisture
(%)
36.4
75.0
50.8
56.1
50.2
63.6
40.8
44.0
29.7
68.1
43.3
39.0
Dry Density
(kg/m2)
0.665
0.379
0.892
0.685
1.019
1.098
0.482
0.983
0.564
0.511
0.355
0.794
Remarks
Dead grasses, brambles, herbaceous stalks, clover, slight
decomposition .
Same as 91 with more matted grass.
Long matted dead straw grass, few herbaceous stalks, moderate
decomposition.
Same as #3 with more decomposition.
Long matted dead straw grass, some herbaceous stalks, dead
scrub tree branches.
Adjacent to small stream, subject to innovation during large
flow. Same as #5 with more stalks and scrub branches,
moderate decomposition.
Dead matter straw grass, many bramble and scrub branches and
twigs, medium decomposition.
Same as #7 with heavier grass layer, few branches, twigs.
Dead matted straw grass, scrub branches and twigs, slight
decomposition .
More twigs and branches than #9.
Dead matted straw grass, very few bramble twigs, slight
decomposition .
Same as #11 with milkweed and more bramble twigs.
Average dry density « 0.702
                                             (continued)

-------
 TABLE 29 (continued)
b.  FOREST BRUSH COVER

Sample
Site
Number*
13
14
15
16
17
M 18
in
19
20
21
22
23
24
Interface
Moisture
(%)
62.6
' 73.8
37.0
46.6
50.7
78.0
55.9
84.2
38.8
52.0
47.6
36.6
Dry Density
(kg/m2)
0.926
0.412
0.505
0.773
0.899
0.524
0.534
0.403
0.579
0.411
0.566
0.705
Remarks
Thick straw grass, many twigs and stalks, moss, very moist,
moderate decomposition.
Same as #13, more moss.
Mostly thick straw grass with brambles and twigs, slight
decomposition .
Same as 915 with more grass.
Some straw grass, many leaves and bramble twigs, medium
decomposition.
Many leaves and herbaceous stalks and twigs, very wet,
medium decomposition.
Half grass and half twigs and branches, moss, moderate
decompos it ion .
Same as #19 with more moss, milkweed and more branches.
Matted grass with many branches and twigs, medium
decomposition.
Same as #21 with more scrub twigs.
Leaves and grass, twigs and branches, moss and sedge,
moderate decomposition.
Same as #23 with less leaves.
Average dry density « 0.603

      (continued)

-------
                                       TAF.LE 29  (continued)
                                     c.  FOREST  NATURAL  STAND

Sample
Site
Number
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
Interface
Moisture
52.9
58.9
44.0
46.4
59.7
75.4
47.2
66.0
45.9
26.9
32.0
33.7
Average dry density
Dry Density
(kg/m2)
1.016
0.897
0.887
1.230
0.419
0.454
0.442
0.580
0.911
0.877
0.834
1.051
• 0.800
Remarks
Few pine needles and many deciduous leaves and
decomposit ion .
Same as #25.
Mostly pine needles and twigs with a few leaves
branches, moderate decomposition.
Same as #27.
Whole leaves and twigs, very few pine needles,
decomposition .
Same as #29 with slightly more decomposition.
Leaves and twigs, slight decomposition.
Same as #31 with moss and sedges.

twigs, medium

and deciduous

slight



Leaves and twigs with some pine needles, moderate-heavy
decomposition.
Same as #33.
Leaves and twigs, slight decomposition.
Same as #35 with more decomposition.






a) Interface samples were collected at the same sites and on the same dates as  soil  samples.

-------
terrestrial  systems was undertaken.  Based on this literature information,
it was  conlcuded  that  the  net  flow (input minus output) of nutrients
through the  soil  of unmanlpulated land was a small percentage of the total
amount  of  fixed nutrients.  This fact was also illustrated by the
laboratory soil leaching studies detailed in Section 4.  Due to the rela-
tively  limited number  of sample sites utilized in the study, and the
accuracy of  analytical procedures (Appendix A), it was decided that this
net flow of  nutrients  through  unmanipulated land would be more accurately
estimated  by literature values than by actual additional sampling.  The
simultaneous nutrient  uptake by vegetation and nutrient release by decom-
posing  interface  would make interpretation of summer soil data open to
question.  The interface layer is more suitable to this type of measure-
ment however, since the addition of material to the interface between
winter  and summer is small and estimatable.  In the forest, almost all of
the interface layer material input occurs during full leaf fall.  The
effect  of  additional leaf  litter in early spring is small.  The only dif-
ference in the nutrient content of the Interface between summer and winter
will be due  to leaching by precipitation into the soil or to groundwater,
runoff  and decomposition.   Using this reasoning, only agricultural soils
and the interface layer were sampled and analyzed in the summer survey.  In
all, the summer survey included soil samples from 3 agricultural sites and
interface  samples from 4 forest brush cover and 4 forest natural stand
sites.   Inactive  agriculture sites were considered to be similar to forest
brush cover  and were not sampled.

     Soil  samples were taken in winter and summer with an Oakfield appara-
tus soil auger 3.175 cm in diameter.  In order to calculate the inplace
density of each composite  sample, the volume of soil taken per sample must
be known.  When using  a tube corer, this volume is usually taken as the
volume  of  the tube, and compression of the soil is assumed to be
negligible.   Since  the winter  survey required samples to be taken in frozen
ground,  an auger  type  core had to be used to take soil samples.  To
determine  the actual volume picked up by the auger, a series of calibration
tests were run in unfrozen ground using a tube type soil core.  Ten tube
cores of soil were  obtained and weighed.  Their volume was taken as the
volume  of  the inside of the tube.  The soil density was then calculated for
each core  and the results  averaged to obtain an average soil density.  This
was followed by taking 10  auger core samples; and based on the weight of
each core, the volume  was  calculated based on the previously calculated
soil density for  that  location.  The volumes for each auger core were then
averaged.  This was done on separate days on 2 separate samples of gravelly
loam soil.   Then  the final results were averaged.  In this way, an average
volume  per 30.48  cm section of auger of 120.794 cm^ was calculated.  This
volume  per core was used to calculate all soil field or inplace densities.


DESIGN  OF  LABORATORY SOIL  LEACHING STUDIES

     Six duplicate  soil samples of the winter survey, from sites of dif-
ferent  land  uses, were used in an 8 week leaching experiment to determine
the "leachabillty"  of  phosphorus,  nitrogen and carbon for given rates of


                                  I-.55

-------
water application.  They included three  agricultural  soil  samples  (#37
corn, #39 alfalfa and #41 hay) and three Pittstown  gravelly  silt  loam
samples (#10 inactive agriculture, #23 forest  brush cover, and #33 forest
natural stand).  Samples were placed  in  twelve one  gallon  insulated plastic
containers.  About one kilogram of undried  soil with  known moisture content
was placed in each container on a bed of clean gravel and  900 ml  of dis-
tilled water was added to each sample.   To  one set  of six  samples
(Series 2), a limited amount of distilled water,  450  ml  (the minimum amount
required for analysis) was drained every 2  weeks  and  replaced with fresh
distilled water.  To the duplicate set of six  samples (Series 1),  all
available water (750 to 850 ml) was drained every two weeks  and replaced.
The leaching vessels were kept in a laboratory room where  the temperature
incurred slight fluctuations around an average of 23° C.   With the addition
of 900 ml, all samples were completely saturated  and  submerged.in  water and
were undisturbed except at start-up and  bi-weekly leachate sampling periods
when the soil and water were gently mixed with a  glass rod prior  to
leachate removal.  Dissolved oxygen and  pH  of  the leachate was measured
immediately by probe and the sample was  frozen until  it  was  analyzed for
ammonia nitrogen, nitrate nitrogen, nitrite nitrogen, total  phosphorus,
inorganic phosphorus, chloride, dissolved organic carbon and total
dissolved carbon.  A description of the  analytical methods used is
contained in Appendix A.
                                   1-56

-------
                                 SECTION  4

                                  RESULTS
RESIDENTS' SURVEY

     A resident survey questionnaire was  prepared  to  gather data on activi-
ties which influence the movement of nutrients  in  the watershed.  After as
much personal contact as possible was  established  and a layman's summary of
the project objectives was delivered to all  residents, the questionnaire,
along with a stamped return envelope,  was distributed door to door to each
of the 240 residences.  Samples of  the project  summary and the question-
naire are included  in Appendix B.   Seventy-five questionnaires (31%) were
completed and returned; a reasonable response for  the purpose of the 'study.
Table 30 shows the  summarized results  of  this survey.  The questionnaire
results were averaged and extrapolated linearly to represent the total
number of watershed residences.

     Additional data was needed from residents  who managed farmland.  Only
farmers who produce and sell crops  or  livestock products for a major por-
tion of their Income were considered.  Five  farmers were identified from
the resident questionnaire results  and four  additional farmers were inter-
viewed in person.   Table 31 shows the  results of the  farmer's survey and
Interviews.  As shown in the table, the total area of cultivated cropland
is 373.4 ha.  According to the data reported in Section 3, based on the
LUNR reports, the watershed cropland was  estimated as 447.1 ha in 1970.
The difference of 73.7 ha, about 16 percent, may be mainly attributed to
the general decline in farming activities within the  watershed in the last
five years.  This interpretation was supported  by personal communication
with the local office of the U.S. Dept. of Agriculture in Wyantskill.
FIELD NUTRIENT SURVEY

     During February and March  1975,  soil  samples were obtained from sites
1 through 45 using a 30.5 cm auger.   Plant  interface  samples were gathered
from sites 1 through 36.  Interfaces  on  cropland sites 36 through 45 were
neglected as insignificant.  Throughout  the winter sampling period,
temperatures remained at or below freezing  during the night.  In general,
the ground was frozen to depths  of 2.5 to  20 cm.  On  a few occasions, day-
time temperatures in the 5 to 10°C range would melt the snow cover and top
soil layer, particularly In low  protected  areas.  During most of the winter
survey period, the ground was covered with  snow.
                                   1-57

-------
	TABLE 30.  RESULTS OF RESIDENT QUESTIONNAIRE - MARCH 1975**'	


                                                                 No.      £
1.  Sample Size

      Questionnaires distributed (one per residence)             240
      Questionnaires completed by residents                       75    31.25

2.  Population

      Average number of persons per household                      3.8
      Estimated number of watershed residents                    912

3.  Lawn

      Average size                                       .425 ha
      Estimated total watershed lawn                  102.1 ha

4.  Garden Crops

      Watershed residents having vegetable gardens
        for their own consumption (non-farmers)                  170    70.7
      Average garden plot size                           .38 ha
      Estimated total area of vegetable gardens        64.0 ha
      Crops grown for personal consumption -
        corn, potatoes, tomatoes and miscellaneous
        vegetables

5.  Sewage Disposal

      Surveyed residents with
           septic tanks                                          237    95
           cesspools                                              10     1.25
           cesspools and septic tanks                              7     3.75

6.  Trash and garbage

      Residents having both trash & garbage collected            173    72
      Residents having trash collected, but compost               67    28
        garbage

7.  Animals (not including house pets)
      Residents keeping animals (non-farm)                        35    14.7
      No. of animals among surveyed residences (non-farm)
           cows                                                   14
           chickens                                              127
           pigs                                                    7
           horses                                           	15	
                                 (continued)
                                   1-58

-------
                            TABLE 30  (continued)
                                                                 No.      %_

      Estimated no. of animals in watershed  (non-farm)
           cows                                                   45
           chickens                                              406
           pigs                                                   22
           horses                                                 48

8.  Fertilizer-Lawns

       Surveyed residents who fertilized lawn - Spring  '74              29.3
       Surveyed residents who plan to fertilize - Spring  '75       *    30.7
       Estimated total watershed lawn area fertilized -
         Spring '75                                       31.3 ha
       Total weight fertilizer applied to lawns by surveyed
         residents.- Spring  '74 on 9.4 ha -  869.4 kg
       Composition   - 82.8 kg phosphorus acid (P 0 ) - 36.1 kg Pc*
                       79.5 kg N                 z 5
       Estimated tot. weight fertilizer applied to tot. watershed
         lawns - Spring  '74                             115.6 kg P
                                                       254.2 kg N
       Estimated tot. weight fertilizer applied to tot. watershed
         lawns - Spring  '75  (4.8% increase)             121.2 kg P
                                                       266.5 kg N

9.  Fertilizer-Gardens

       Surveyed residents fertilizing gardens - Spring  '74              79.6
       Surveyed residents planning to fertilize gardens - Spring '75    75.9
       Total weight fertilizer applied by surveyed res. -
          Spring '74 on  5.02 ha « 885.3 kg
       Composition 86.1  kg phosphorus acid (P-0 ) « 37.6 kg P '
                                             Z    « 60.4 kg N
       Estimated weight  fertilizer applied to total gardens -
          Spring '74                              2883 kg
                                                   120.3 kg P
                                                   193.2 kg N
       Est. weight fertilizer applied to total gardens -
          Spring '75 (4.6% decrease)                  2702.7 kg
                                                       125.8 kg P
	184.3 kg N	


  'Results in this table  exclude farmers who  sell crops or livestock products.

  'Approximate, since some residents did not  include fertilizer type and/or
  application rate.  In  these cases 5-10-5 fertilizer and 112.1 kg/ha
  loading was assumed.
p                                    ftn
  'To convert PjO. to P, multiply by -rrr « 0.437.
                                   1-59

-------
TABLF 31.  RESULTS OF FARMER QUESTIONNAIRr A?1D PKRSONAT. INTERVIEW - MARCH  1975
Farm Location
1) Snyders Rd.
North Watershed


TOTAL

2) Snyders Lake Rd.
North Watershed
(Dairy Farm)

TOTAL
7* 3) Lape Road
g Northwest Water-
shed (Horse Farm)
TOTAL
4) Sand Lake Road
East Watershed

TOTAL
5) Best Road
West Central
Watershed
TOTAL
6) Michel Road
South Watershed
(Dairy Farm)
TOTAL
Animals
1 cow
1 horse
50 chickens



75 cows
2 horses
30 chickens
75 rabbits

25 horses
1 cow
15 chickens

4 horses
3 cows


2 horses
2 cows
35 chickens

2 horses
65 cows
100 chickens

Crops
corn
hay
alfalfa
mixed veg.


corn
oats
alfalfa
hay

corn
hay
oats

corn
hay
oats

corn
hay
tomatoes

corn
hay
alfalfa

Area
(ha)
12.2
20.3
20.2
4.0
56.7

24.3
6.1
30.4
12.1
72.9
3.2
30.4
6.1 .
39.7
10.5
32.4
4.9
47.8
20.3(a)
20.2
1.6
42.1
20.3(a)
20.2
26.3
66.8
Fertilizer
Appl led
May '74 (Vp.)
681
None
None
227
908

8172
851.3
-
-
9023.3
1089.6
-
2043
3132.6
2951
-
1362
4313
5675
-
-
5675
7264
-
_
7264
(5-10-5)


(5-10-5)


(15-8-12)
(15-8-12)



(15-15-15)

(15-15-15)

(15-15-15)

(15-15-15)

(15-8-12)



(15-15-15)



Crop
retained
Loading Fertilizer for farm use
(kR/ha) May '75 (percent)
56 Same 25


56 Same

(15-8-12)
336 4,770 kg 100
140
-
-
4,770 kg
336 Same 100
-
336 Same

280 Same 50
sell mostly
280 hay

280(a) Same 25



358 Same 100




                                    (continued)

-------
Farm Location
7) Best Road
East Watershed
(Dairy Farm)
TOTAL
8) Luther Road
South Watershed

TOTAL
9) Luther Road
South Watershed


TOTAL
Watershed Totals




Fertilizer composition

Animals
5 horses
50 cows


Hone



2 horses
2 pigs
35 chickens


43 horses
197 cows
265 chickens
2 pigs
75 rabbits
' - 3963.4 kg P,
4837.8 kg IT
All farmers spread livestock manure on
Crops
corn
alfalfa


hay
corn
mixed veg.

corn
hay
alfalfa
mixed veg.

hay
corn
alfalfa
oats
mixed veg.
05 - 1730.4

land.
Area
(ha)
6.1
4.0

10.1
20.3
4.0
2.0
26.3
4.1
2.0
4.0
0.8
10.9
157.9
105.0
84.9
17.1
8.4
k? P


Fertilizer
Applied Loading Fertilizer
Mav '74 (kR) (kR/ha) May '75
1816 (15-15-15) 297 Same
-

1816
_ - -
- -
- -

1135 (8-16-16) 280 Same
- -
-
227 (8-16-16) 280 Same
1362
33494
(33.5 metric tons)






Crop
retained
for farm use
(percent)
100



10(a)



„(.)












(a)
(b)
Estimate.

To convert P,O_ to P, multiply by 62  - 0.437.
            2 5                   142

-------
     Once a sample site had been located  using LUNR and  topographical maps,
a representative 6.1 m by 6.1 m plot was  staked  out.   Ten soil auger cores
30.5 cm deep were taken in a random zig-zag  pattern within the staked area
and composited into one sample.  At a  few sample sites,  only 6 to 8 cores
were taken because the soil was frozen throughout and a  lengthy exposure to
the .cold weather could not be tolerated.   For the plant  interface samples,
a wooden 0.91 m by 0.91 m folding  frame was  used to outline a ground area
of 0.84 nr.  At the sites where interface was unusually  dense, a 0.42
m? sample was taken.  Only loose material lying  on the soil surface was
taken as interface.  Living bushes and shrubs were not sampled.  An effort
was made to scrape off the thin layer  of  soil-like humus and include it in
the interface sample, but the frozen soil condition made this difficult.
On sites in forest-natural stand,  it was  difficult on some occasions to
decide when the surface and humus  layer ended and the soil began.  Agricul-
tural sample sites were not staked.  Instead, 10 soil cores were taken from
random locations spread over the field representing about 1.2 to 2.6 ha.

     In mid-July 1975, soil samples were  taken  in a similar manner from
three agricultural sample sites.   Plant interface samples were taken from
four forest-brush cover and four forest-natural  stand sites on Bernardston
gravelly silt loam soils.  Throughout  the acquisition of samples, physical
characteristics of sample and site conditions were recorded.

     Tables 28, 29 and 34 shown the results  of  the physical analyses and
visual observations of the samples and the sites.  Results of the chemical
analyses are shown in Tables 32, 33 and 35.
LEACHING STUDIES

     Analytical results  and  interpretations of the Series 1 setup, which
was completely drained and replenished  every two weeks, are presented in
Table 36.  Series 2 data, which  was  only partially drained every two weeks,
is shown in Table 37.  Based on  the  observed concentrations of dissolved
oxygen, carbon, nitrogen, phosphorus and chlorides in the drained leach-
ates, the total amounts  of oxygen  consumed and nutrients removed were
calculated.  Only in  the case of oxygen consumption was the water volume
remaining in the reactors included in the calculations and assumed to have
similar dissolved oxygen concentrations to that in the leachate.  For the
other analyses, the calculated amounts  of material removed from the
reactors were based only on  leachate volume and observed concentrations.

     As shown in the  tables, the same samples were used in Series 1 and
Series 2.  The main difference between the two series is the amount of
water which was withdrawn and replenished in the course of the experimental
period of 56 days.  In Series 1, the reactors were completely drained every
two weeks providing leachate volumes ranging between 640 and 860 ml, while
Series 2 was only partially  drained  by withdrawing only 450 ml (minimum
amount needed for analyses).  At the end of the experiment, both series
were completely drained. Figure 6 Illustrates the water addition and
leaching patterns of  the two series.  The immediate findings of the

                                   1-62

-------
TABLE 32.  SOIL ANALYSES RESULTS - FEBRUARY 1975
Sample
Site
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Phosphorus ^ppm
Pl
440
180
460
410
300
170
460
410
330
220
280
560

320
260
280
210
350
180
280
150
166
106
120
196
P
0
80
200
140
200
200
230
360
80
250
260
260
400

360
280
460
250
330
120
180
230
74
114
160
144
a.
Dry Wt.-P'i
PT
520
380
600
610
500
400
820
490
580
480
540
960
h.
680
540
740
460
680
300
460
380
240
220
280
340
INACTIVE
NH3-N
22
9
106
139
11
16
20
23
S ,
13
41
37
AGRICULTURE
N03-N
3.3
5.8
1.1
2.2
2.2
1.0
0.4
2.8
3.1
3.5
6.5
4.7
Nitrogen
V
25.3
14.8
107.1
141.2
13.2
17.0
20.4
25.8
11.1
16.5
47.5
41.7
fppm Dry
TKN
1507
1275
1835
2419
1211
1467
1335
3231
1060
1852
1809
1609
Wt.-N'i
N
o
1485
1266
1729
2280
1200
1451
1315
3208
1052
1839
1768
1572

NT
1510
1281
1836
2421
1213
1468
1335
3234
1063
1855
1815
1614
FOREST BRUSH COVER
12
2?
78
82
25
30
19
18
16
14
39
34
1.6
2.5
1.9
0.3
1.6
2.0
1.8
3.7
0.8
0.7
2.0
1.4
13.6
31.5
79.9
82.3
26.6
32.0
20.8
21.7
16.8
14.7
41.0
35.4
1068
1515
1078
1373
1619
1433
1594
2059
1247
1191
1667
1643
1056
1486
1000
1291
1594
1403
1575
2041
1231
1177
1628
1609
1070
1517
1080
1373
1621
1435
1596
2063
1248
1192
1669
1644
                    (continued)

-------
      TABLE 32 (continued)

Sample
Site
Number
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
c. FOREST NATURAL STAND
Phosphorus8 (ppm Dry Wt.-P) Nitrogen (ppm Dry Wt,
Pl
270
290
270
240
470
140
160
226
126
100
170
106
P
o
450
410
250
240
190
100
200
94
124
180
170
174
PT
720
700
520
480
660
240
360
320
250
280
340
280
NF.-N
24
10
41
24
24.5
4.5
13
18
38
30
30.5
33
N03-N
0.4
2.8
2.2
1.4
0
5.0
0
2.2
0.3
1.2
1.1
0.7
V
24.4
12.8
43.2
25.4
24.5
9.5
13.0
20.2
38.3
31.2
31.6
33.7
TKN
1532
1724
1125
1108
1340
928
1393
1137
1095
1399
1520
1147
.-N}
N
0
1508
1714
1084
1084
1315.5
923.5
1380
1119
1057
1369
1489.5
1114

NT
1532
1727
1127
1109
1340
933
1393
1139
1095
1400
1521
1148
d. AGRICULTURE
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
140
210
226
190
186
150
330
320
316
240
350
294
310
354
310
210
200
224
380
560
520
500
540
460
540
520
540
15
15
21
18
27
22
18
19
33
4.4
3.1
2.5
0
0,7
0
1.1
5.3
4.9
19.4
18.1
23.5
18.0
27.7
22.0
19.1
24.3
37.9
1451
1270
1527
2209
1510
1540
1766
1714
1332
1436
1255
1506
2191
1483
1518
1748
1695
1299
1455
1273
1529
2209
1511
1540
1767
1719
1337

Total Phosphorus, P  « Organic Phosphorus
                   P  - P
                   *    *
a) P. - Inorganic Phosphorus, P
b) NH--N - Ammonia Nitrogen, NO.-N - Nitrate Nitrogen, N
   TKN - Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen, NR = Organic Nitrogen =
c) Nitrite (NO ) ranged from 0.007 - 0.080 pptn and was neglected as insignificant.
Inorganic Nitrogen « (NH -N) +  (NO.-N)
    '""  "x  " , = Total Nitrogen - NQ + N±
                       TKN - (NH3-N),

-------
<^
                         TABLE 33.  PLANT INTERFACE ANALYSES RESULTS - FEBRUARY 1975
                                          a.  INACTIVE AGRICULTURE

Sample
Site
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Phosphorus (ppm Dry Wt.-P)
Pi
300
320
260
220
240
240
220
240
100
110
190
190
P
o
400
240
812
600
440
340
520
580
350
370
930
822
PT
700
560
1072
820
680
580
740
820
450
480
1120
1012
N1T3-N
135
508
364
319
325
190
140
246
112
454
291
610
N03-N
4.2
20.5
7.4
5.6
9.4
18.0
4.4
5.6
5.3
10.7
6.5
7.1
Nitrogen
V
139.2
529
371.4
324.6
334.4
208
144.4
251.6
117.3
464.7
297.5
617.1
(ppm Dry Wt.-N)
TKN
9777
9198
11,699
11,867
6994
7208
5172
9663
4018
8183
11,074
10,925
N
o
9642
8690
11,335
11,548
6669
7018
5032
9417
3906
7729
10,783
10,315
NT
9781
9219
11,710
11,870
7003
7226
5176
9669
4023
8194
11,080
10,932
                                                  (continued)

-------
tf>
                                            TABLE 33 (continued)
                                               b.  BRUSF COVER

Sample
Site
Number
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Phosphorus Cppm Dry Wt.-P)
Pi
90
90
100
140
158
150
124
160
130
156
6H
110
P
o
542
630
720
860
622
530
836
920
510
804
320
390
PT
632
720
820
1000
780
680
960
1080
640
960
380
500
NH3-N
101
269
218
420
258
179
78
90
106
84
123
106
N03-N
3.4
3.2
9.0
12.8
2.5
2.0
3.8
2.5
3.7
5.5
9.0
11.0
Nitrogen fppm Dry Wt.-N}
Ni
104.4
272.2
227.0
432.8
260.5
181.0
81.8
92.5
109.7
89.5
132.0
117.0
TKN
5451
8009
7921
8616
8299
6781
5664
6351
4712
3095
7523
7950
o
5354
7740
7703
8196
8041
6602
5586
6261
4606
3011
7400
7844
NT
5458
8012
7930
8629
8301
6783
5668
6353
4716
3100
7532
7961

                                                 (continued)

-------
                                       TABLF 33 (continued)
                                    c.   FOREST NATURAL STAND

Sample
Site
Number












25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
fl
Phosphorus (ppm
Pi
50
50
120
130
180
100
120
136
78
80
58
20
P
0
530
510
600
570
380
360
500
564
562
340
282
440
Dry Wt,
PT
580
560
720
700
560
460
620
700
640
420
340
460
.-P)
Nitrogen (ppm Dry Wt.-N)
NH3-N NO.-N N "
274
302
101
90
151
190
202
258
84
179
123
577
7.8
10.0
6.5
9.4
7.8
5.8
6.8
5.5
5.3
4.4
5.3
0.3
281
312
107
99
158
105
208
263
89
183
128
577
.8
.0
.5
.4
.8
.8
.8
.5
.3
.4
.3
.3
TKN
7329
8734
5769
6784
5519
7868
5837
7262
6195
5539
7560
7336
N
o
7055
8432
5668
6694
5368
7678
5635
7004
6111
5360
7437
6759
NT
7337
8744
5775
6793
5527
7874
5844
7267
6200
5543
7565
7336

a)
b)
P. • Inorganic Phosphorus, P_ « Total Phosphorus, P »
NH,-N - Ammonia Nitrogen, NO.-N » Nitrate Nitrogen, N.
TKN - Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen, NQ » Organic Nitrogen -
Organic Phosphorus » P - P.
- Inorganic Nitrogen - (NH -N) + (NO.-N)
TKN - (KFj-N) , NT - Total Nitrogen - NQ + N£
c) Nitrite (NO.) ranged from 0.007 - 0.080 ppm and was neglected as insignificant.

-------
                              TABLE 34.  SAMPLE PHYSICAL DATA - JULY 1975
a.
Agricultural Soil Samples (July 17,  1975)
                                    a.
Sample Site
  Number
Moisture    Field Density
                                          Dry Density
                                                         a.
                                                                         Remarks
    38
             17.7
                 2109
1424
    39
             19.0
                 2006
1244
Corn Field in 1974 growing season.
Fertilized May '74 with 336 kg/ha
15-8-12 & approx. 185 kg cow manure/ha/
month.  Alfalfa planted 5/75.  Fertil-
ized only with manure.

Alfalfa Field in 1974 growing season.
Fertilized with 185 kg cow manure/ha/
tronth. Corn planted 5/75. Fertilized

41 23.6 2096 1396
M Average dry density = 1355
oo b. Interface Samples
Sample Site
Number Land Use
13 Forest Brush Cover
14 » » "
1C II II It
16 " " "

25 Forest Natural Stand
26
27 " '' "
28 " " "

with 224 kg/ha 15-8-12 in 5/75
Hay Field fertilized only with
185 kg cow manure /ha /month.

•
approx.


Moisture Dry Density
(%)
44.4
25.8
31.4
31.1
Average dry density -
32.5
41.6
42.5
35.1
Average dry density -
(kg/m2)
2.55
1.03
0.68
0.60
1.22
0.72
1.12
1.39
0.80
1.01
,
a.  Field density = Weight (soil & moisture & rocks)  per unit field voluire.

b.  Dry density   = Weight dry soil without rocks per unit field volume.

c.  All interface samples were taken from sites  on Bernardston soil.

-------
                                 TABLE 35.  SAMPLE ANALYSES RESULTS - JULY 1975
o*
\0

All figures in pom by dry weight
Phosphorus * Nitrogen
"S^"* pi po "T "V" SV
TKN
No
NT
a. Agricultural
Soil Samples
38
39
41
54
78
140
554
474
308
608
552
448
15.1
21.3
16.8
3.2
11.5
1.5
18.3
32.8
18.3
1090
1234
1270
1076
1213
1254
1094
1246
1272
b. Interface Samples
13
14
15
16
25
26
27
28
a.) P± -
50
60
224
254
36
52
54
148
inorganic phosphorus,
610
372
604
726
464
288
446
332
P = total
660
432
828
980
500
340
500
480
246.4
78.4
162.4
145.6
100.8
100.8
128.8
117.6
phosphorus, P «
V*
9.6
4.3
5.3
11.1
6.3
2.3
1.3
1.8
organic
256.0
82.7
167.7
156.7
107.1
103.1
130.1
11Q.4
phosphorus
7381
4626
8525
7641
5844
5620
6944
6381
B P - P
T i
7135
4547
8363
7496
5743
5520
6816
6263

7391
4630
8530
7652
5850
5623
6946
6383

     b.) NH.-N « ammonia nitrogen, NO--N = nitrate  nitrogen,  N, - inorganic nitrogen - NH,-N -f NO--N
         ••!•• J  _  • _ . _ ^  * *_^<_»_*  __»•	 __??  m»   ..	f_  	c*	J- Mrrrr«T ««*  *»  *»  	  •	*	^	§•_*'_	 	 «4
         TKN
total kjeldahl nitrogen, N   « organic nitrogen • TKN-NH.-N, N  » total nitrogen "««''• N.
     c.) Nitrite (NO.)  ranged from 0.004 - 0.033 ppm and was neglected as insignificant.

-------
 TABLE 36.  LABORATORY SOIL LEACITLNG STUDIES, SERIES ONE
All ppm and percentage figures are on a dry weight basis

Inactive
Agriculture
Item
A. Initial Conditions
Wet soil sample weight
(gm)
Moisture Content (%)
Dry soil sample weight
(gm)
Soil sample water
content (ml)
Water added initially
(ml)
Total water at time
zero (ml)
Leachate water with-
drawn and replaced
after: 14 days (ml)
28 days (ml)
42 days (ml)
56 days (ml)
Flow-through volume
liters
ml/gin, dry wt.
liter s/gm. Inorg. F
liters/gm. of Tot. N
B. Dissolved Oxygen
D.O. in initial added
water (ppm)
Ave. D.O. at time
zero (ppm)
Sample
#10
1202
28.5
859
343
900
1243


700
740
830
860
3.13
3.64
16.56
1.96
7.8

5.6

Forest
Brush
Cover
Sample
#23
1433
18.2
1172
261
900
1161


670
640
720
740
2.77
2.36
19.70
1.42
7.8

6.0

Forest
Natural
Stand
Sample
#33
1308
17.0
1086
222
900
1122


695
720
790
790
2.99
2.76
12.89
2.52
7.8

6.3

Agricultural
Sample
#37
1217
19.3
982
235
900
1135


800
830
820
845
3.29
3.36
23.96
2.31
7.8

6.2

Sample
#39
1308
21.1
1032
276
900
1176


780
790
800
810
3.18
3.08
13.64
2.02
7.8

6.0

Land
Sample
#41
1505
24.1
1142
363
900
1263


740
760
660
640
2.80
2.45
14.59
1.61
7.8

5.6


                          (continued)
                           1-70

-------
TABLE 36 (continued)

Item
D.O. after 14 days
(ppm)
Oxygen consumed
after 14 days (mg)
As ppm of sample
dry wt. (ppm)
Undrained water (ml)
D.O. in replenish-
ing water (ppm)
Ave. D.O. beginning
day 14 (ppm)
D.O. after 28 days
(ppm)
Oxygen consumed
after 28 days (mg)
As ppm of sample
dry wt. (ppm)
Undrained water (ml)
D.O. in replenish-
ing water (ppm)
Ave. D.O. beginning
day 28 (ppm)
D.O. after 42 days
(ppm)
Oxygen consumed
after 42 days (mg)
As ppm of sample
dry wt. (ppm)
Undrained water (ml)
D.O. in replenish-
ing water (ppm)
Ave. D.O. beginning
day 42 (ppm)
Sample
no
3.7
2.36
2.75
543
6.3
5.16
1.9
7.02
8.19
503
6.5
4.64
3.6
8.31
9.68
413
6.4
5.5
Sample
#23
3.9
2.44
2.08
491
6.3
5.29
1.25
7.13
6.08
521
6.5
4.15
4.8
7.13
6.08
441
6.4
5.8
Sample
#33
3.6
3.03
2.79
427
6.3
5.27
1.75
6.98
6.43
402
6.5
4.8
3.7
8.21
7.56
332
6.4
5.6
Sample
#37
4.7
1.70
1.65
335
6.3
5.83
2.1
5.93
6.04
305
6.5
5.35
3.8
7.75
7.89
315
6.4
5.7
Sample
#39
4.0
2.35
2.28
396
6.3
5.53
1.75
6.80
6.58
386
6.5
4.94
3.8
8.14
7.89
376
6.4
5.6
Sample
#41
4.1
1.89
1.66
523
6.3
5.39
1.0
7.43
6.51
503
6.5
4.31
3.5
8.45
7.40
603
6.4
5.0

        (continued)
        1-71

-------
TABLE 36 (continued)

Item
D.O. after 56 days
Oxygen consumed
after 56 days (mg)
As ppm of sample
dry wt. (ppm)
C. pH
14 days
28 days
42 days
56 days
D. Chlorides
Cone, after 14 days
(mg/1)
Chloride : removed
after 14 days (ing)
As ppm of dry
sample wt. (ppm)
Cone, after 28 days
(mg/1)
Chlorides removed
after 28 days (mg)
As ppm of dry
sample wt. (ppm)
Cone, after 42 days
(mg/1)
Chlorides removed
after 42 days (mg)
As ppm of dry
sample wt. (ppm)
Sample
#10
2.0
12.7
14.7
5.7
5.9
6.3
6.2
2.3
1.61
1.87
0.8
2.20
2.56
3.0
4.69
5.46
Sample Sample Sample Sample Sample
f23 #33 #37 #39 #41
2.5
11.0
9.4
6.0
6.2
6.5
6.5
1.8
1.21
1.03
1.3
2.04
1.74
2.0
3.48
2.97
2.3
11.9
11.0
5.5
6.0
6.3
6.2
2.0
1.39
1.28
1.0
2.11
1.94
1.0
2.9
2.67
4.0
9.7
9.9
6.0
6.2
6.3
6.5
1.0
0.8
0.81
3.0
3.29
3.35
1.0
4.11
4.19
2.7
11.6
11.2
6.5
6.5
6.6
6.6
4.8
3.7
3.63
2.0
5.28
5.12
1.0
6.08
5.89
3.0
11.0
9.6
6.2
6.4
6.6
6.5
2.3
1.70
1.49
2.5
3.6
3.15
0.00
3.6
3.15

      (continued)
       1-72

-------
TABLE 36 (continued)

Item
Cone, after 56 days
(ng/D
Chlorides removed
after 56 days (mg)
As ppm of dry
sample wt. (ppm)
E. Carbon
Initial soil condition
Initial soil total C
(%)
(gm)
After 14 days
Tot. C cone. (ppm)
Org. C cone. (ppm)
Tot. C removed (mg)
ppm of initial soil C_
Org. C removed -C (mg)
ppn of initial soil C
After 28 days
Tot. C cone. (ppm)
Org. C cone. (ppm)
Tot. C removed -C (mg)
ppm of initial soil C_
Org. C removed -C_ (mg)
ppm of initial soil C
After 42 days
Tot. C cone. (ppm)
Org. C cone. (ppm)
Tot.. C removed -C (mg)
ppm of initial soil C_
Org. C removed -C (mg)
ppm of initial soil C_
Sample
no
1.5

5.98

6.96




5.2
44.6

8.0
6.0
5.6
126
4.2
94

42.5
30.0
37.0
831
26.4
592

33.0
17.0
64.4
1445
40.5
909
Sample
#23
0.5

3.85

3.28




4.9
58.0

12.0
7.0
8.04
139
4.69
81

21.5
12.5
21.8
376
12.7
219

43.0
20.0
52.8
910
27.1
467
Sample
#33
1.5

4.09

3.76




3.7
40.6

10.0
5.0
6.95
171
3.48
86

25.5
20.0
25.3
623
17.9
440

39.0
21.0
56.1
1382
34.5
849
Sample
#37
0.00

4.11

4.19




6.1
59.9

23.0
18.0
18.4
307
14.4
240

16.0
8.0
31.7
529
21.0
351

16.0
5.0
44.8
748
25.1
420
Sample
#39
0.00

6.08

5.89




3.9
39.9

38.0
13.0
29.6
742
10.1
254

40.0
15.0
61.2
1533
22
551

37.0
11.0
90.8
2274
30.8
771
Sample
Ml
1.5

4.56

3.99




5.3
61.0

29.0
12.0
21.5
352
8.88
146

35.0
13.0
48.1
788
18.8
308

33.0
12.0
69.8
1145
26.7
437

(continued)


1-73





-------
TABLE 36 (continued)

Item
After 56 days
Tot. C cone, (ppm)
Org. C cone, (ppm)
Tot. C removed-C (mg)
ppm of initial soil C
Org. C removed-C- (mg)
ppm of initial soil C
F. Ammonia Nitrogen
Initial Soil Conditions
Initial soil N (Inorg.)
(ppm)
(mg)
Initial soil NH.-N
(ppm)
(mg)
Initial soil NO (Org.)
(ppm)
(mg)
Initial soil NO.-N
(ppm)
(mg)
Initial soil N (tot.)
(ppm)
(mg)
Carbon/nitrogen ratio
Cone, after 14 days (ppm)
Tot. NE, removed (yg)
Tot. NH. removed
% initial soil NH,
•*
% initial soil N
ppm of initial soil N
Sample
#10

12
6
74
1677
45
1024



16
14

13
11

1839
1580

3
3

1855
1594
28
0
77

0

0
48

.0
.0
.8

.7




.5
.2


.2




.5
.01



.0
.11


.7

.5
.3
Sample
#23

9
7
59
1024
32
556



41
48

39
45

1628
1908

2
2

1669
1956
29
0
563

1

1
288

.0
.0
.4

.3




.0
.1


.7




.0
.34



.7
.84


.2

.2

Sample
#33

9
6
63
1557
39
966



38
41

38
41

1057
1148

0
0

1095
1190
34
0
4€

C

0
40

.0
.0
.2

.2




.3
.6


.3




.3
.33



.1
.07
.6

.1

.1
.9
Sample
#37

6
5
49
833
29
490



19
19

15
14

1436
1410

4
4

1455
1429
41
0
632

4

3
442

.0
.0
.9

.4




.4
.1


.7




.4
.32



.9
.79


.3

.3

Sample
#39

9
6
98
2459
35
894



23
24

21
21

1506
1554

2
2

1529
1578
25
1
874

4

3
553

.0
.0
.1

.7




.5
.3


.7




.5
.58



.3
.12


.0

.6

Sample
#41

17.0
12.0
80.7
1323
34.4
563



24.9
28.4

24.5
28.0

1500
1714

0.35
0.40

1525
1742
35.0
1.23
910

3.2

3.2
522

    (continued)
         1-74

-------
TAELE 36 (continued)
Item
Cone, after 28 days
(ppm)
Tot. NH3 removed (yg)
Tot. NH. removed
% initial soil NH,
% initial soil N J
ppm initial soil i?_
Cone, after 42 days
(ppm)
Tot. NH- removed (yg)
Tot. NH, removed
% initial soil NP.
% initial soil N
ppm of initial soil NT
Cone, after 56 days
(ppm)
Tot. NH, removed (yg)
Tot. NK. removed
% initial soil NH.
% initial soil N£J
ppm of initial soil N_
G. Nitrate Nitrogen
Initial soil conditions
(see ammonia nitrogen)
Cone, after 14 days
(ppm)
Tot. NO, removed (yg)
Tot. removed
% initial soil NO.
ppm initial soil N.
ppm initial soil N*
Sample
#10
0.19

218

1.9
1.5
136
1.12

1147

10.3
8.1
720
OQ-J
. r j
1947

17.4
13.7
1220



0.02

14

0.5
988
8.78
Sample
#23
0.84

1100

2.4
2.3
563
1.43

2130

4.7
4.4
1089
IflA
• u*?
2900

6.3
6.0
1480



0.05

33.5

1.4
697
17.1
Sample
#33
1.77

176

0.4
0.4
148
5.41

4450

10.8
10.7
3741
OQA
• Q*t
5114

12.4
12.3
4300



0.00

0.00

o.on
0.00
0.00
Sample
#37
0.37

939

6.4
4.9
657
0.37

1242

8.4
' 6.5
869
01Q
. iy
1403

9.5
7.4
980



0.15

120

2.8
6299
84.0
Sample
#39
1.4

1980

9.1
8.2
1254
1.59

3252

15.0
13.4
2060
1 21
X . £1
4232

19.5
17.4
2680



0.03

23.4

0.9
965
14.8
Sample
#41
0.75

1480

5.3
5.2
850
1.31

2345

8.4
8.3
1346
0 78
\J * 1 V
2844

10.2
10.0
1630



0.02

14.8

3.7
522
8.5

     (continued)
        1-75

-------
TABLE 36 (continued)

Item
Cone, after 28 days
(ppm)
Tot. Vg N03 removed (vg)
Tot. removed
% initial soil NO-
ppm initial soil R.
ppm initial soil N*
Cone, after 42 days
(ppm)
Tot. NO. removed (vg)
Tot. removed
% initial soil NO,
ppm initial soil N.
ppm initial soil N*
Cone, after 56 days
(ppm)
Tot. NO- removed (vg)
Tot. removed
% initial soil NO-
ppm initial soil N.
ppm initial soil N_
H. Phosphorus
Initial soil P. (inorg.)
(ppm)
(mg)
Initial soil P (org.)
(ppm)
(mg)
Initial soil P (tot.)
(ppm)
(og)
Sample
#10
0.02

28.8

1.0
2032
18.1
000
• v/U
28.8

1.0
2032
18.1
0.00

28.8

1.0
2032
18


220
189

260
223

480
412
Sample
#23
0.09

91.1

3.9
1896
46.6
Don
«uu
91.1

3.9
1896
46.6
0.15

202

8.6
4206
103


120
141

160
187

280
328
Sample
#33
0.07

50.4

15.5
1212
42.4
01
. X
129

39.7
3111
108
0.21

295

90.6
7100
248


126
137

124
135

250
272
Sample
#37
0.05

161

3.7
8477
113
o m
\J • VJ J
186

4.3
9769
130
0.28

423

9.8
22188
296


140
137

240
236

380
373
Sample
#39
0.03

47.1

1.8
1942
29.8
0 0*5
\J *V«/
87.1

3.4
3591
55.2
0.36

379

14.7
15615
240


226
233

294
303

520
536
Sample
/'41
0.03

37.6

9.4
1325
21.6
0 00
\J • \J\J
37.6

9.4
1325
21.6
0.18

1528

38.2
5384
87.7


168
192

332
379

500
571
      (continued)
          1-76

-------
TABLE 36 (continued)
Item
After 14 days
Tot. P cone, (ppm)
Inorg. P cone, (ppm)
Tot. P removed (vg)
ppm of initial soil P
Inorg. P removed (vg)
ppm of initial soil P.
After 28 days
Tot. P cone, (ppm)
Inorg. P cone, (ppm)
Total P removed (yg)
ppm of initial soil P
Inorg. P removed (vg)
ppm of initial soil P.
After 42 days
Tot. P cone, (ppm)
Inorg. P cone, (ppm)
Total P removed (pg)
ppm of initial soil P
Inorg. P removed (vg)
ppm of initial soil P.
After 56 days
Total P cone, (ppm)
Inorg. P cone, (ppm)
Total P removed (vg)
ppm of initial soil P
Inorg. P removed (vg)
ppm of initial soil P.
Sample
#10

0.17
0.019
119
289
13.3
70

0.06
0.025
163
397
32
168

0.36
0.12
462
1120
131
695

0.12
0.03
565
1371
157
830
Sample
#23

0.18
0.10
121
367
67
477

0.00
0.04
121
367
93
659

0.56
0.10
524
1597
139
989

0.20
0.05
672
2048
176
1252
Sample
#33

0.16
0.08
111
410
55.6
406

0.07
0.025
161
594
74
538

0.32
0.20
414
1524
232
1696

0.04
0.01
446
1641
240
1754
Sample
#37

0.63
0.15
504
1350
120
873

0.09
0.006
579
1551
125
909

0.28
0.08
809
2167
191
1386

0.12
0.03
910
2439
216
1573
Sample
#39

0.17
0.019
133
247
14.8
64

0.05
0.025
173
321
35
148

0.48
0.04
557
1038
67
287

0.08
0.03
622
1159
91
392
Sample
#41

0.41
0.006
303
531
4.4
23

0.05
0.00
341
597
4.4
23

0.00
0.00
341
597
4.4
23

0.04
0.04
367
642
30
156
         1-77

-------
TABLE 37.  LABORATORY SOIL LEACHING STUDIES. SERIES TWO

Item
Inactive
Agriculture

Sample
#10
Forest
Brush
Cover
Sample
#23
Forest
Natural
Stand
Sample
#33
Agricultural Land
Sample
#37
Sample Sample
#39 Ml
A. Initial Conditions
Wet soil sample wt.
Moisture content
Dry soil sample wt.
Soil sample water
content
(gm)
(Z)
(gm)
(ml)

Water added initially (ml)
Tot. water at time
zero
Leachate water with-
drawn and replaced
after 14 days
after 28 days
after 42 days
after 56 days
Flow-through volume
mls/gm dry wt.
liters/gm Inorg. P
liters /gm Total N
B. Dissolved Oxygen
(ml)



(ml)
(ml)
(ml)
(ml)
(1)


D.O. in initial added
water
(ppm)
Av. D.O. at time zero (ppm)
D.O. after 14 days
Oxygen consumed
after 14 days
As ppm of sample dry
dry. wt.
Water withdrawn and
replaced after
14 days
Water remaining
D.O. in replenishing
water
(ppm)
(ppm)

(ml)
(ml)
(ppm)
1095
29.7
770
325 '

900
1225



450
450
450
450
1.80
2.34
10.6
1.26
7.8

5.7
4.8
1.10
1.43
450
-
775
6.3
1297
18.8
1053
244

900
1144



450
450
450
450
1.80
1.71
14.2
1.02
7.8

6.1
3.7
2.75
2.61
450

694
6.3
1322
17.4
1092
230

900
1130



450
450
450
450
1.80
1.65
13.1
1.51
7.8

6.2
4.0
2.49
2.28
450

680
6.3
1214
20.3
968
246

900
1146



450
450
450
450
1.80
1.86
13.3
1.28
7.8

6.1
4.5
1.83
1.89
450

696
6.3
1493
20.3
1190
303

900
1203



450
450
450
450
1.80
1.51
6.69
0.96
7.8

5.8
3.9
2.29
1.92
450

753
6.3
1365
19
1093
272

900
1172



450
450
450
450
1
1
9
1
7

6
4
1
1
450

722
6

.9









.80
.65
.80
.08
.8

.0
.3
.99
.82



.3

(continued)



1-78






-------
                               TABLE 37 (continued)
          Item
                                       Forest   Forest
                           Inactive    Brush    Natural
                         Agriculture   Cover    Stand
                            Agricultural Land
                              Sample   Sample   Sample   Sample  Sample  Sample
                               MO	  *»23      *33      137     039     #41
   Av. D.O. beginning
     day 14        (ppm)

   D.O. after 28 days
                   (ppm)

   Oxygen consumed after
     28 days        (mg)

   As ppm of sample
     dry wt.       (ppm)

   Water.withdrawn at
     28 days        (ml)

"   Water remaining

   D.O. in replenishing
     water

   Av. D.O. beginning
     day 28        (ppm)

   D.O. after 42 days
                   (ppm)

   Oxygen consumed
     after 42 days  (mg)

   As ppm of sample
     dry wt.       (ppm)

   Water withdrawn at
     42 days        (ml)

   Water remaining  (ml)
   D.O. replenishing
     water         (ppm)

   Av. D.O. beginning
     day 42        (ppm)

   D.O. after 56 days
                   (ppm)

   Oxygen consumed after
     56 days        (mg)

   As ppm of sample dry
     wt.	    (ppm)
  5.35
  2.0
  6.75
450
  3.65
  4.5
450
  2.0
  5.06
  6.57
  4.72
  4.92
  5.21    4.80    5.25
  2.25     1.8
           3.0
          1.5     1.75
  5.20     5.58     6.02     4.36    6.26    6.09
  5.30
  5.51
  4.50    5.26    5.57
450
450
450
450
450
775      694      680      696     753     722

  6.5      6.5      6.5      6.5     6.5     6.5
  3.92
  3.2
  3.67     4.37    3.37    3.57
  4.16     6.40
  3.8
           5.87
  2.5
  3.5
  4.0
           6.50    6.10    5.59
  5.40     6.08     5.38     6.71    5.13    5.11
450
450
450     450
        450
775      694      680      696     753     722

  6.4      6.4      6.4      6.4     6.4     6.4


  5.20     4.46     4.84     4.03    4.58    4.92
  3.0
  7.75
  2.2
  6.86
  3.5
  2.9
  2.5
  8.08    7.41    6.72
  7.36     6.28     8.34    6.22    6.14
                                    (continued)
                                       1-79

-------
TA*LF. 37  (continued)

Inactive
Agriculture


C. pH
14 days
28 days
42 days
56 days
D. Chlorides
Cone, after 14 days
(mg/1)
Chloride removed
after 14 days (mg)
As ppm of dry
sample wt. (pptr)
Cone, after 28 days
(mg/1)
Chloride removed
after 28 days (mg)
As ppm of dry
sample wt. (ppm)
Cone, after 42 days
(mg/1)
Chlorides removed
after 42 days (mg)
As ppm of dry
sample wt. (ppm)
Cone, after 56 days
(mg/1)
Chlorides removed
after 56 days (mg)
As ppm of dry
sample wt. (ppm)
£. Carbon
Initial Soil Condition
Initial soil total
carbon (%)
(gm)
Sample
#10

5.8
6.0
6.2
6.3


1.0
0.45

0.58


1.25
1.01

1.31

1.0

1.46

1.90

1.5

2.13

2.77




5.2
40.0
Forest Forest
Brush Natural
Cover Stand
Sample Sample
#23

6.0
6.2
6.6
6.5


0.5
0.23

0.22


0.75
0.57

0.54

2.0

1.47

1.40

0.0

1.47

1.40




4.9
52.1
#33

5.7
6.1
6.1
6.3


0.75
0.34

0.31


1.75
1.13

1.03

5.0

3.38

3.10

0.0

3.38

3.10




3.7
40.8
Agricultural Land
Sample
#37

6.1
6.4
6.7
6.6


2.25
1.01

1.04


2.5
2.14

2.21

5.0

4.39

4.54

14.5

10.91

11.28




6.1
59.0
Sample
#39

6.4
6.6
7.0
6.5


3.75
1.69

1.42


2.0
2.59

2.18

5.0

4.84

4.07

2.0

5.74

4.82




3.9
46.0
Sample
#41

6.3
6.5
6.8
6.7


1.5
0.68

0.62


1.5
1.36

1.24

0.00

1.36

1.24

2.0

2.26

2.07




5.3
58.4





(continued)
I--80









-------
TABLE 37 (contlimed)

Inactive
Agriculture

After 14 days
Tot. C cone, (ppm)
Org. C cone, (ppm)
Tot. C removed C_ (mg)
ppm of initial soil C
Org. C removed (mg)
ppm of initial soil C»
After 28 days
Tot. C cone, (ppm)
Org. C cone, (ppm)
Tot. C removed C_ (mg)
ppm of initial soil C_
Org. C removed C (mg)
ppm of initial soil C
After 42 days
Tot. C cone, (ppm)
Org. C cone, (ppm)
Tot. C removed CT (mg)
ppm of initial soil C_
Org. C removed C_ (mg)
ppm of initial soil C_
After 56 days
Tot. C cone, (ppro)
Org. C cone, (ppm)
Tot. C removed C_ (mg)
ppm of initial soil CT
Org. C removed Cfi (mg)
ppm of initial soil C_

Sample
#10
9.0
7.0
4.05
101
3.15
79
12.0
9.0
9.45
236
7.2
180
10.0
3.0
13.9
349
8.5
214
5.5
3.0
16.4
410
9.90
250

Forest
Brush
Cover
Sample
#23
21.0
10.0
9.45
181
4.5
86
31.0
18.0
23.4
449
12.6
242
45.0
16.0
43.6
838
19.8
380
10.0
5.5
48.1
920
22.3
430

Forest
Natural
Stand
Sample
#33
13.0
7.5
5.85
143
3.38
83
20.0
12.0 .
14.8
364
8.8
215
23.0
10.0
25.2
617
13.3
325
20.0
17.5
34.2
840
21.1
520

Agricultural Land
Sample
#37
13.0
10.0
5.85
99
4.5
76
23.0
15.0
16.2
274
11.2
191
23.0
9.0
26.5
450
15.3
259
7.0
5.0
29.7
500
17.5
300

Sample
#39
38.0
13.0
17.1
371
5.85
127
39.0
22.0
34.6
752
15.2
342
37.0
17.0
51.3
1114
23.4
508
17.0
11.5
58.9
1280
28.6
620

Sample
#41
28.0
16.0
12.6
216
7.2
123
41.0
19.0
31.0
532
15.7
270
33.0
17.0
45.9
786
23.4
401
11.5
7
51.1
880
26.5
450

      (continued)
        1-81

-------
TABLE 37 (continued)
Inactive
Tiam Agriculture

F. Ammonia Nitrogen
Initial Soil Conditions
Initial soil N (ppm)
(inorg.) (mg)
Initial soil NH--N (ppm)
(mg)
Initial soil N (ppm)
(org.) (mg)
Initial soil NO -N (ppm)
(mg)
Initial soil N (ppm)
(tot.) (mg)
Carbon/nitrogen ratio
Cone, after 14 days (ppm)
Total NH_ removed (yg)
Total removed
% initial soil NH
% initial soil N J
ppm initial soil N
Cone, after 28 days (ppm)
Total NH. removed (yg)
Total removed
% initial soil NH
% initial soil N
ppm initial soil N
Cone . after 42 days (ppm)
Tot. NH removed (yg)
Total removed
% initial soil NH
% initial soil N.J
ppm initial soilXN
Cone, after 56 days (ppm)

Samole
#10
16.
12.
13
10.
1839
1416
3.
2.
1855
1429
28.
0.
202

2.
1.
142
0.
486

4.
3.
340
0.
612

6.
4.
428
0.
5
7

0

5
70

0
45

0
6
63

8
8
28

1
8
53
Forest
Brush
Cover
Sample
#23
41
43
39
41
1628
1714
2
2
1669
1757
29
0
445

1
1
253
1
927

2
2
527
1
1665

4
3
947
0
.0
.2

.1

.0
.11

.7
.99

.1
.0
.07

.3
.1
.64

.0
.9
.64
Forest
Natural
?tand
Sample
#33
38
41
38
41
1057
1154
0
0
1095
1196
34
2
913

2
2
764
1
1701

4
4
1422
2
2902

7
6
2427
1
.3
.8

.5

.3
.33

.1
.07

.2
.2
.71

.1
.1
.67

.0
.9
.26
Agricultural Land
Sample
#37
19
18
15
14
1436
1390
4
4
1455
1409
41
0
211

1
1
150
0
400

2
2
284
0
661

4
3
469
1
.4
.8

.5

.4
.26

.9
.47

.5
.1
.42

.8
.1
.58

.6
.5
.39
Sample
#39
23
28
21
25
1506
1792
2
2
1529
1820
25
0
189

0
0
104
1
972

3
3
534
1
1642

6
5
902
2
.5
.0

.0

.5
.98

.3
.42

.8
.7
.74

.4
.5
.49

.6
.9
.15
Sample
24.9
27.2
24.5
26.8
1500
1640
0.35
0.38
1525
1667
35.0
0.76
342

1.3
1.3
205
2.33
1390

5.2
5.1
834
1.96
2272

8.5
8.4
1363
1.90

       (continued)
        1-82

-------
TABLE 37 (continued)
Inactive
Agriculture

Tot. NH removed (yg)
Total removed
% initial soil NH
% initial soil N J
ppm initial soilTN
G. Nitrate Nitrogen
Initial soil conditions
(See ammonium nitrogen)
Cone, after 14 days (ppm)
Tot. NO, removed (yg)
Tot . removed
% initial soil NO
ppm initial soil N.
ppm of initial soil N
Cone, after 28 days (ppm)
Tot. NO removed (yg)
Tot. removed
% initial soil NO,
ppm initial soil N
ppm of initial soil N
Cone, after 42 days (ppm)
Tot. NO, removed (yg)
Tot . removed
% initial soil NO
ppm initial soil N
ppm of initial soil N
Cone, after 56 days (ppm)
Tot. NO- removed (yg)
Tot . removed
% initial soil NO,
ppm initial soil N.
ppm of initial soil Nm

Sample
#10
850

8.
6.
595



0.
9

0.
709
6.
0.
54

1.
4250
37.
0.
113

3.
8894
79.
0.
347

12.
27300
243



5
7




02


3

3
10


8

8
13


7

1
52


8



Forest
Brush
Cover
Sample
#23
1953

4
4
1111



0
9

0
208
5
0
18

0
417
10
0
41

1
949
23
0
198

9
4600
113



.8
.5




.02


.4

.1
.02


.8

.2
.05


.7

.3
.35


.4



Forest
Natural
Stand
Sample
#33
3469

8
8
2923



0
4

1
108
3
0
27

8
646
22
0
68

20
1627
56
0
126

38
3000
106



.4
.3




.01
.5

.4

.8
.05


.2

.6
.09


.6

.9
.13


.3



Agricultural Land
Sample
#37
1287

8
6
913



0
90

2
4787
63
0
176

4
9362
124
0
307

7
16330
217
0
392

9
20850
278



.9
.8




.20


.1

.9
.19


.1

.9
.29


.1

.9
.19


.2



Sample
#39
2610

10
9
1434



0
18

0
643
9
0
36

1
1286
19
0
81

3
2893
44
0
414

13
14800
227



.4
.3




.04


.7

.9
.04


.4

.8
.10


.1

.5
.74


.9



Sample
#41
3127

11.7
11.5
1876



0.03
13.5

3.4
496
8.1
0.07
45

11.2
1654
38.6
0.14
108

27.0
3971
64.8
0.03
121

32.0
4500
72.9

(continued)
         1-83

-------
TABLE 37 (continued)

Item
H. Phosphorus
Forest Forest
Inactive Brush Natural
Agriculture Cover Stand


Sample
#10

Sample
#23

Sample
#33

Agricultural Land
Sample Sample Sample
#37 #39 #41




Initial soil conditions
Initial soil T±
(inorg.)
Initial soil PQ
(org.)
Initial soil P_
(tot.)
After 14 days
Total P cone.
Inorg. P cone.
Total P removed
ppm initial soil
Inorg. P removed
ppm initial soil
After 28 days
P cone.
P cone .
Tot. P removed
ppm initial soil
Inorg. P removed
(ppm)
(rag)
(ppm)
(in?)
(ppm)
(mg)

(ppm)
(ppm)
(yg)
?T
(yg)
Pi

(ppm)
(ppm)
(yg)
PT
(yg)
ppm of initial soil P.
After 42 days
P cone.
P. cone.
Tot. P removed
ppm initial soil
Inorg. P removed
ppm initial soil
After 56 days
P_ cone.
P . cone .

(ppm)
(ppm)
(yg)
PT
(yg)
pi

(ppm)
(ppm)
220
169
260
200
480
370

0.101
0.006
45
121
2.7
16

0.045
0.025
65
176
14
83

0.08
0.02
101
273
23
136

0.12
0.02
120
126
160
168
280
295

0.27
0.044
122
414
20
158

0.045
0.025
142
482
31
245

0.20
0.05
232
787
54
427

0.08
0.04
126
138
124
135
250
273

0.068
0.031
31
114
14
102

0.034
0.025
51
187
25
182

0.20
0.06
141
516
52
378

0.08
0.06
140
135
240
232
380
368

0.203
0.160
91
247
72
531

0.045
0.019
106
288
81
598

0.28
0.14
232
631
144
1063

0.12
0.05
226
269
294
350
520
619

0.203
0.031
91
147
14
521

0.045
0.013
111
179
20
74

0.12
0.01
165
267
25
93

0.04
0.02
168
184
332
363
500
546

0
0
315
576
45
245

0
0
366
670
51
278

0
0
465
851
74
403

0
0







.70
.10





.113
.013





.22
.05





.08
.02
       (continued)
        1-84

-------
                                TABLE 37 (continued)
                                    Forest   Forest
                                    Brush    Natural
                      Agriculture   Cover    Stand	Agricultural Land
         em                Sample   Sample   Sample   Sample  Sample  Sample
	#10      »23      #33      137     #39     HI
Tot. P removed      (yg)    155      268      177      286     183     501
ppm initial soil PT         420      910      710      780     300     920

Inorg. P removed    (ug)     3?       72       79      166.5    34      83
ppm initial soil P±         190      570      570     1230     130     450
                                     1-85

-------
                                      SAMPLE #10
                                       SERIES 1
                                           \
             WATER REMOVED AND
                REPLENISHED
     1.0

   0.75

    0.5

   0.251—t
It J
[
\
INITIAL WATER
ADDITION
jr
L SAMPLE MOISTURE
. ^ CONTENT
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1

1
                  10   15
20   25   30
         DAYS
35   40   45   50   55
FIGURE 6.  Leaching patterns of Series 1 and 2.
                                   1-86

-------
leaching studies are the cumulative  amounts  of  leached  materials over the
experimental period.  These amounts  are  shown in  Tables 36 and 37 and are
represented graphically in Figures  7 through 22.   As expected, the amounts
of materials leached or oxygen consumed  increased with  time.   More
materials were encountered in Series 1 than  in  Series 2 because of higher
application rates of water and increased drainage.  Overall,  the graphical
representations are self-explanatory and can be interpreted and correlated
in a multitude of ways.  For the  purpose of  the present study, the leaching
properties of phosphorus and nitrogen are of special interest.  Compared to
other land uses, it is noted that the samples from agricultural land did
not exhibit high nutrient content or high rate  of leaching.  For almost all
samples, a distinct increase in nitrate  nitrogen  leaching rate occurred
during the latter experimental period due to nitrification.  However, the
rates of ammonia-nitrogen leaching were  essentially linear throughout the
monitoring period.  Only in the case of  phosphorus leaching was a levelling
off trend observed at the end of  the experiment.   This  phenomenon was also
encountered in the leaching patterns of  carbon  and chlorides.

     From the leaching results, it  is concluded that there is a character-
istic removal rate of each nutrient  that is  also  dependent on water appli-
cation.  An attempt to quantify these rates  and dependence was made by
approximating the leaching curves by the best straight  line fit (zero order
kinetics) which seems to apply to most of the cases. Tables 38 and 39
show the straight line intercept  and slopes  obtained by a computerized
least square analysis (Appendix C).   The slopes represent the characteris-
tic leaching rate of each component. These  rates are plotted against the
corresponding flow-through water  volume  applied to each sample in Figures
23 and 24 for phosphorus and nitrogen.   These figures illustrate the
leaching characteristics of each  soil for varied  water  application rates
and provide a basis for projecting  amounts of leached nitrogen and phos-
phorus given certain water conditions.   It should be noted, however, that
laboratory conditions from which  this data was  obtained are idealized
completely mixed conditions.  Plotting the phosphorus and the associated
nitrogen leaching values reveals  a  direct proportionality between the
release of the two components for each soil. This is shown in Figure 25.
                                    1-87

-------
  14
  12
  10
   6
IS
o

W
O


E


(X

 n

Q
to

o
o
u
o
>H
X
o 12

Q
M


o in
co «v
to
         A.  INACTIVE AGRICULTURE AND FOREST SOILS
         O    SAMPLE #10 (INACTIVE AGRICULTURE)
         X   SAMPLE #23 (FOREST BRUSH COVER)
             SAMPLE #33

             (FOREST NAT'L

                  STAND)
   8
                10    15    20   25   30   35    40   45   50   55
         B.  AGRICULTURAL SOILS
         O   SAMPLE #37  (CORN)
          X   SAMPLE  #39   (ALFALFA)
              SAMPLE  #41   (HAY)
               10    15   20   25    30    35   40   45    50

                                 LEACHING DAYS


FIGURE 7.   Oxygen  consumption in leaching studies  -  Series 1.
                                                                    55
                                   1-88

-------
I
u,
o
O
u
§
W
O

fc
O
W
14



12



10



 8



 6



 4



 2



 0



14



12



10



 8
            A.  INACTIVE AGRICULTURE AND FOREST SOILS
            O   SAMPLE #10 (INACTIVE AGRICULTURE)
             X  SAMPLE #23 (FOREST BRUSH COVER)
                SAMPLE #33 (FOREST NAT'L STAND)
                      15   20   25    30   35   40   45    50    55
B.   AGRICULTURAL SOILS



O    SAMPLE #37  (CORN)


X    SAMPLE #39  (ALFALFA)
                            (HAY)
                10    15
                20   25    30   35   40
                      LEACHING DAYS
                                                      45    50    55
  FIGURE 8.   Oxygen consumption in leaching studies - Series 2.
                                    1-89

-------
  7




  6




  5
CO
M

u
E.
ex
 .0
A.  INACTIVE AGRICULTURE AND FOREST SOILS


O  SAMPLE #10 (INACTIVE AGRICULTURE)





X  SAMPLE #23 (FOREST BRUSH COVER)



O  SAMPLE #33 (FOREST NAT'L STAND)
o
W

O


i

tn
u
o
  4




  3




  2




  I
      10    15    20    25   30   35    40   45   50    55
  B.  AGRICULTURAL SOILS



  O   SAMPLE #37  (CORN)



  X   SAMPLE #39  (ALFALFA)
               SAMPLE #41

                 (HAY)
   0     5     10    15    20   25   30   35   40   45

                                LEACHING DAYS


 FIGURE 9.  Chloride removal in leaching  studies - Series 1.
                                                   50    55
                                   1-90

-------
   7


   6
£3
o
 a
a  0
W

O
£
ri •*
K  •
to
3
o
   6
   I
A.  INACTIVE AGRICULTURE AND FOREST SOILS

O   SAMPLE #10 (INACTIVE AGRICULTURE)




x  SAMPLE #23 (FOREST BRUSH COVER)




O  SAMPLE #33 (FOREST NAT'L STAND)
               10    15   20   25   30   35    40   45   50  . 55
B.  AGRICULTURAL  SOILS

O  SAMPLE #37  (CORN)


X  SAMPLE #39  (ALFALFA)


    SAMPLE #41  (HAY)
    0     5    10    15   20


FIGURE 10.  Chloride  removal in leaching studies
                       25   30   35
                        LEACHING DAYS
                                                 40   45


                                                 Series 2.
50   55
                                   1-91

-------
 1600


 1400


 1200


^1000
M
O
j 800
M

5600
1400
  200

    0
§
CQ
  IOOOH
O
Q
U


8 800
CO
600

400

200
             TOTAL .DISSOLVED CARBON  REMOVED
             O  SAMPLE  #10 (INACTIVE AGRICULTURE)
             X  SAMPLE #23 (FOREST BRUSH COVER)
             O  SAMPLE #33 (FOREST NAT'L
                              STAND)
          5    10    15    20    25   30   35

         DISSOLVED ORGANIC CARBON REMOVED

         O    SAMPLE #10 (INACTIVE AGRICULTURE'
                                                  40   45    50   55
           X

          O
               SAMPLE #23 (FOREST BRUSH
                             COVER)
               SAMPLE #33
                 (FOREST NAT'L
                    STAND)
                       15    20
                                 25   30   35   40
                                  LEACHING DAYS
                                                      45    50   55
  FIGURE 11.  Dissolved carbon removal in leaching studies  -  Series 1,
             inactive agriculture and forest soils.
                                   1-92

-------
  1600




  1400




  1200
o
to
M

H
   800
S  600


o


   400
a
a.
  200

m
u
  1000-
§  800
   600




   400




   200




     0
       TOTAL DISSOLVED CARBON REMOVED



       O SAMPLE #10 (INACTIVE AGRICULTURE)



       x SAMPLE #23 (FOREST BRUSH COVER)




       ^SAMPLE #33 (FOREST NAT'L STAND)
                 10
                 15   20   25   30    35   40   45    50   55
       DISSOLVED  ORGANIC CARBON REMOVED



       O SAMPLE #10  (INACTIVE AGRICULTURE)


       X SAMPLE #23  (FOREST BRUSH COVER)


       OSAMPLE #33  (FOREST NAT'L STAND)
0    5    10    15   20
                                  25    30   35

                                   LEACHING DAYS
40   45    50   55
  FIGURE  12.  Dissolved carbon removal in leaching studies - Series  2,

             inactive agriculture and forest soils.
                                    1-93

-------
3200-




2800
  '2400
o 2000
   1600
a
a
Q

U



O
   1200
   800
   400
§
«
a:

o
C/D
in
a
   0





1000




800




600




400





200
             TOTAL DISSOLVED CARBON REMOVED




             O SAMPLE #37 (CORN)



             x SAMPLE #39 (ALFALFA)




               SAMPLE #41 (HAY)
                                                            50   55
       DISSOLVED ORGANIC CARBON REMOVED



       O SAMPLE #37  (CORN)



       X SAMPLE #39  (ALFALFA)



       O SAMPLE #41  (HAY)
                  10   15
                          20   25    30    35

                                LEACHING DAYS
                                                40   45    50   55
    FIGURE 13.   Dissolved carbon removal in leaching studies -  Series 1,

                agricultural soils.
                                    1-94

-------
3200-




2800-




2400-

§
03
PS


«  1000
w

g

I  800
i—i
a
   600




   400




   200




     0
             TOTAL DISSOLVED CARBON REMOVED



             O  SAMPLE  #37  (CORN)



             X  SAMPLE  #39  (ALFALFA)




                SAMPLE  #41  (HAY)
          5     10   15   20   25    30



          DISSOLVED ORGANIC CARBON REMOVED



          O   SAMPLE #37  (CORN)


          X   SAMPLE #39  (ALFALFA)


          O   SAMPLE #41  (HAY)
35   40   45    50    55
                10   15   20
                                  25    30   35   40

                                   LEACHING DAYS
           45    50   55
   FIGURE  14.  Dissolved carbon removal in leaching studies -  Series 2,

              agricultural  soils.
                                   1-95

-------
  4000



  3500



  3000
  2500
 |-H



!*ooo
  1500
o 1000
&
o
u
   500
            A.  INACTIVE AGRICULTURE AND FOREST SOILS



            O  SAMPLE #10 (INACTIVE AGRICULTURE)



             K  SAMPLE #23 (FOREST BRUSH COVER)



            0  SAMPLE #33 (FOREST NAT'L STAND)
            5    10    15   20   25   30   35   40   45   50   55



            B. AGRICULTURAL SOILS


            O   SAMPLE #37  (CORN)


            X   SAMPLE #39  (ALFALFA)


           O  SAMPLE #41  (HAY)
8
K
E-
M


< 3000


o


1 2500
  2000
  1500
  1000
   500
                  10    B    20   25   30   35   40   45    50   55

                                  LEACHING DAYS

 FIGURE 15.  Ammonia nitrogen removal in leaching studies - Series 1.



                                  1-96

-------
  3000

  2500

  2000
   1500
   1000
S  500
fe

E,
M
O

I 3500
2
W

1 3000-
M
5S

| 2500
O

< 2000
   1500
   1000
   500
           A.  INACTIVE AGRICULTURE AND FOREST SOILS


           O   SAMPLE #10 (INACTIVE AGRICULTURE)

           X   SAMPLE #23 (FOREST BRUSH COVER)

               SAMPLE #33 (FOREST NAT'L STAND]
            B. AGRICULTURAL SOILS

            O  SAMPLE #37  (CORN)

            X  SAMPLE #39  (ALFALFA)

            O  SAMPLE #41  (HAY)
      V0    5    10    15   20   25    30   35   40   45    50   55
                                   LEACHING DAYS

    FIGURE 16.  Ammonia nitrogen  removal in leaching studies - Series 2.
                                   1-97

-------
  280




  240




  200




  160




 J20
 t™*
is


I  80
£  40
  320
W
s
  280
8240

OS
H
M


w200
<
K
           A. INACTIVE AGRICULTURE AND FOREST SOILS


          O   SAMPLE #10 (INACTIVE AGRICULTURE)


           X   SAMPLE #23 (FOREST BRUSH COVER)



          ^  SAMPLE #33 (FOREST NAT'L STAND)
                10
                      15   20   25   30    35   40    45   50   55
           B.  AGRICULTURAL SOIL


          O   SAMPLE #37  (CORN)


           X  SAMPLE #39  (ALFALFA)


              SAMPLE #41  (HAY)
  I60
  120
   80
   40
     0    5    10    15   20   25   30  35   40   45   50   55

                                 LEACHING DAYS


  FIGURE  17.  Nitrate nitrogen removal in leaching studies - Series  1.
                                   1-98

-------
S5
-3
M
O
LO
280
240

200
 160

 120

 80

 40
U.
  *0
g280
o
s 24°
8
&200
            A.
            O
            X
 INACTIVE AGRICULTURE AND FOREST SOILS
 SAMPLE #10  (INACTIVE AGRICULTURE)
 SAMPLE #23  (FOREST BRUSH COVER)
 SAMPLE #33  (FOREST NAT'L STAND)
               10    15   20   25    30   35   40   45   50   55
          B. AGRICULTURAL SOILS
          O
          X
         O
SAMPLE #37  (CORN)
SAMPLE #39  (ALFALFA)
SAMPLE #41  (HAY)
                                                  40    45   50   55
               K)    15   20   25    30   35
                                LEACHING DAYS
FIGURE 18.  Nitrate nitrogen removal  in leaching studies - Series 2.
                                   1-99

-------
 o
 u
     2000




     1750




     1500
   Ou


   ,J
   S 1250
   o
 w w

 § J
 g £1000

 S5 S

 g g
• J O

I g.
      750
      500
      250
     1750
     1500
 * £1250
 to o
 I SIOOO
 W EI


 I S

 o I! 750
 t-H O



 I a 500
      250
 TOTAL PHOSPHORUS REMOVED


 O SAMPLE #10  (INACTIVE AGRICULTURE)



 X  SAMPLE #23  (FOREST BRUSH COVER)




O SAMPLE #33  (FOREST NAT'L STAND)
     10    15   20   25   30   35   40   45   50   55





   INORGANIC PHOSPHORUS REMOVED


   O SAMPLE #10  (INACTIVE AGRICULTURE)



   * SAMPLE #23  (FOREST BRUSH COVER)




  OSAMPLE #33  (FOREST NAT'L STAND
                                I
                                       I
I
I
          0    5     10   15   20    25   30    35   40    45   50    55

                                     LEACHING DAYS


  FIGURE 19.  Phosphorus removal  in leaching studies - Series 1,  inactive

              agricultural and forest  soils.




                                     1-100

-------
    2000





     1750






     1500


    H
    4


    ' 1250
   o
to  to



I  < 1000

IX  E-
0

u
g
      750
   U,
   O





   £  500
      250
a
u
     1750
     1500
   S '250

g  u


O  J


I  giooo


S  S
OH  HH

U  Cu
M  O




I  I

§    500
      750
                 TOTAL PHOSPHORUS REMOVED



                 O  SAMPLE #10 (INACTIVE AGRICULTURE)


                 X  SAMPLE #23 (FOREST BRUSH COVER)



                 O  SAMPLE #33 (FOREST NAT'L STAND)
    250






      °0





FIGURE 20.
5    10    15   20   25   30   35   40   45   50   55




  INORGANIC PHOSPHORUS REMOVED




  O  SAMPLE #10  (INACTIVE AGRICULTURE)



  X  SAMPLE #23  (FOREST BRUSH COVER)



  O  SAMPLE #33  (FOREST NAT'L STAND)
                    10   15   20
                                   25   30    35

                                    LEACHING DAYS
                                      40   45   50    55
             Phosphorus removal in leaching studies  -  Series 2, inactive

             agricultural and forest soils.
                                    1-101

-------
    2250

    2000

     1750
O
W   H
1  ri'500
OS  O
   to
I  <'250
I  f-
O,  M
to  2
§  "1050
'&,  U
   O
I  I 750

     500

     250

        0
    1500
O  -H
z: —
    1250
cc,
I I "ooo
CJ  CM
£  o
<  €
               TOTAL PHOSPHORUS REMOVED
               O SAMPLE #37 (CORN)
               X SAMPLE #39 (ALFALFA)
                 SAMPLE #H1 (HAY)
              I
               I
I
I
         5    10    15    20   25    30
         INORGANIC PHOSPHORUS REMOVED
         O  SAMPLE #37 (CORN)
         JC  SAMPLE #39 (ALFALFA)
         O  SAMPLE #41 (HAY)
                                              35   40    45   50    55
750
     500
     250
              5    10    15    20   25    30   35   40   45    50   55
                                    LEACHING DAYS
 FIGURE  21.  Phosphorus removal in leaching  studies - Series 1, agricultural
            soils.
                                   1-102

-------
   2250




   2000




 '- 1750
E -1500
« O
  W
to
=> J

I S|250

a. M
10 2


I u
g a750





    500




    250





       0





8   1500

O  "i-i
SE CM
  M
 TOTAL PHOSPHORUS REMOVED


 O  SAMPLE #37 (CORN)



 X   SAMPLE #39 (ALFALFA)



O  SAMPLE #41 (HAY)
             5     10    15   20   25   30


             INORGANIC PHOSPHORUS  REMOVED


             O    SAMPLE #37 (CORN)



             X    SAMPLE #39 (ALFALFA)



                  SAMPLE #41 (HAY)
                               35   40   45   50   55
ou, 750


1 g.

Ia500
    250
             5     10   15   20   25   30    35   40  45   50

                                   LEACHING DAYS


 FIGURE 22.  Phosphorus removal ±n leaching studies -  Series 2,

             agricultural soils.
                                                     55
                                  1-103

-------
TABLE 38.  LEACHING RATES OF SERIES 1 SAMPLES USING BEST STRAIGHT LINE FIT
Curve
y * mx + b
Dissolved Oxygen
m » mg/kg - day
b «= mg/kg
Chlorides
m * mg/kg - day
b - mg/kg
Tot. Carbon
m = ppm C_/day
b = ppm CT
Org. Carbon
m = ppm C /day
b * ppm CT
Inorg. Nitrogen
m * ppm N /day
b - ppm NT
Ammonia Nitrogen
m » ppm N /day
b * ppm NT
Nitrate Nitrogen
m - ppm NT/day
b - ppm NT
Tot. Phosphorus
m « ppm PT/day
b - ppm PT
Inorg. Phosphorus
m » ppm P. /day
b = ppin P.
Inactive
Agriculture
10

0.27
-0.515

0.13
-0.33

37.6
-297

22.2
-122

29.5
-485

29.3
-494

0.20
8.8

28.3
-198

20.0
-261
Forest
Brush
Cover
23

0.16
0.42

0.06
0.26

22.8
-185

11.9
-87

31.2
-183

29.4
-172

1.8
-11

44.8
-473

19.0
180
Forest
Natural
Stand
33

0.18
0.51

0.06
0.37

35.1
-296

21.8
-177

122.7
-2137

116.9
-2034

5.8
-103

33.0
-113

37.2
-202
Agricultural Land
37 39 41

0.19
-0.28

0.08
0.39

12.8
155

5.8
170

26.3
-128

13.1
280

4.7
-7

27.7
906

18.4
541

0.20
-0.03

0.05
3.2

42.1
279

15.3
82

56.4
-250

51.3
-160

5.0
-90

24.7
-172

8.0
-58

0.18
0.12

0.05
1.1

23.4
84

9.9
18

29.0
106

27.3
131

1.7
-24

2.4
508

2.8
-43
                                    I-J04

-------
TABLE 39.  LEACHING RATES OF SERIES 2 SAMPLES USING BEST STRAIGHT LINE FIT
Curve
y « mx + b
Sample Number
Dissolved Oxygen
m = mg/kg - day
b = mg/kg
Chlorides
m = mg/kg - day
b « mg/kg
Tot. Carbon
m « ppm C /day
b = ppm CT
Org. Carbon
m » ppm C /day
b = ppm CT
Inorg. Nitrogen
m » ppm N /day
b = ppm NT
Ammonia Nitrogen
m « ppm N /day
b = ppm NT
Nitrate Nitrogen
m = ppm NT/day
b = ppm NT
Tot. Phosphorus
m - ppm PT/day
b - ppm PT
Inorg. Phosphorus
m » ppm P. /day
b » ppm P
Forest
Inactive Brush
Agriculture Cover
10
0.10
1.52

0.05
-0.15

7.4
13
3.9
45
15.7
-82
10.3
14
5.4
-96
7.1
0.25
4.0
-35
23
0.11
1.58

0.04
-0.46

18.7
-56
8.3
-6
23.7
-84
21.4
-38
2.4
-46
12.7
201
10.1
-4
Forest
Natural
Stand
33
0.08
1.89

0.10
-1.31

16.7
-93
10.1
-68
55.9
-24
53.4
13
2.4
-38
13.8
-117
11.5
-94
Agricultural Land
37
0.15
-0.03

0.24
-3.50

9.9
-15
5.2
23
22.9
-177
17.7
-164
5.3
-13
13.8
2.5
18.3
216
39
0.09
1.44

0.09
0.1

22.1
107
11.8
-12
35.9
-439
31.1
-346
4.8
-94
3.8
89
1.7
26
41
0.09
1.54

0.03
0.21

15.9
44.5
8.1
30
41.2
-325
39.6
-316
1.6
-9
8.6
453
5.3
158

                                  1-105

-------
                O   SERIES 1






                    SERIES 2
                  LEACHATE FLOW, LITERS/gm OF INITIAL P.
FIGURE 23.  Effect of water rate on leaching of inorganic phosphorus.
                                  1-106

-------
o
•vl
         i
         w
         N)
         w
         (D
         O
         g
         rt
         ID
         H
         rt
         (t)

         O
         3
(0
P>

s-
H-
3
00
         3
         O

         OQ
         P)
         3
         H-
         O

         3
         O
         00
         (D
         3
                                            RATE  OF LEACHED N.,  ppm  OF INITIAL NT/DAY
               O'

               4k
—     ro
o     o
01
o
CJI
o
09
O
o     z:
o     o
ro
o
01
o
                       o
                       to
             o —
             go
             H
             171
                     o
                     •n
               ro
               Ki

               ro
                                                                                                            M
                                                                                                            CO

                                                                                                            IO
                                                                                          •73
                                                                                          M
                                                                                          M
                                                                                          cn

-------
          130
          120
          no
       *  100
       I
        H
       55   90
           80
        e-
        ft  70
       Q
       W
       o
       3
       u.
       o
       u
60


50


40


30


20


 10
           O  SERIES 1
              SERIES 2
                              I
                                   1
        5    IO   15   20   25   30   35
         RATE OF LEACHED P,  ppm/INITIAL
                                                        40  45
FIGURE  25.  Relation between phosphorus and nitrogen leaching rates.
                                 1-108

-------
                                  SECTION 5

                 DISCUSSION AND  INTERPRETATION OF RESULTS
     Estimates of nutrients  inventory  in  Mill  Creek Watershed were obtained
by extrapolating the average concentration  values  to the total areas and
volumes in the watershed.  Concentrations of phosphorus and nitrogen in the
soil and interface were obtained by a  sampling and analysis program con-
ducted in this project.  Other nutrient components, including input and
output, were evaluated from  resident surveys,  previous studies on
Rensselaer County and New York State and  reported  literature on nutrients
and cycles in terrestrial systems.  There was  only one choice for linear
extrapolation of all data, except for  the case of  soil (and interface)
nutrients.  Soils in the watershed were sampled on the basis of ground
slope, land use and soil type and the  decision had to be made as to what
extent each of these parameters should be considered in the process of ex-
trapolation.  First, the relationship  between  soil type (3 types) and soil
phosphorus was examined by plotting organic phosphorus versus inorganic
phosphorus for all 36 non-agricultural soil samples.  Samples from each
site were identified with regard to slope and  soil type.  From the graphi-
cal representations, no distinguishable grouping could be identified.  In
another set of plots, the ratio of inorganic phosphorus to total phosphorus
was examined and, again, no  distinct relationship  or trend was observed on
the basis of soil type.  Similar plots were constructed for soil nitrogen
and interface phosphorus and nitrogen  with  similar observations.  It was
then concluded that soil and interface nutrients could not be shown to vary
with soil types, at least with the extent of sampling carried out in this
project.  This result should not be unreasonable since the three types of
sampled soils were all certain derivatives  from "gravelly silt loam".  It
is also noted that visual examination  of  the watershed soils maps with
acetate land use overlays shows that major  soils were evenly spread
throughout a variety of land uses.

     The effect of ground slope on soil and interface phosphorus and nitro-
gen was then examined, Figures 26 and  27.  Although there is an indication of a
grouping of "flat" sites (enclosed by  circles) around 200 ppm P^ and 200
ppm PQ, high slope values are widely scattered. In other words, there is
a narrow range of PQ and P^  for flat land of different land uses, while
on steep ground similar or higher phosphorus content may be encountered.
In general, one may expect that steep  land  will have less nutrients due to
higher rates of runoff erosion and leaching.   However, such expectation is
a function of a variety of factors in  addition to  the ground slope.  Tt is
interesting to note the position of the agricultural sites in Figure 26.
Samples #37 through #42 seem to form one  group, and they were all obtained

                                  1-109

-------
CSJ

CO
era
o
x
CL
O3
Q_
OB
O
DTI
O
               SOIL  PHOSPHORUS
       —,	1	1	,	1	


         (ODDJI-35 A HIGH GROUND SLOPE
        (EVENJ2-36 O LOW GROUND SLOPE
             37-450 AGRICULTURE
                     ©18               I2
                ^38
                        A21
                    ,14
          37A
        30©
            ©26
             £29           8© £1
          •     K     *a     **     ai     ox^
      INORGANIC  PHOSPHORUS   PPM X I02 DRY WT.
 FIGURE 26.  Soil organic phosphorus concentration vs. inorganic concentra-
         tion by slope.

                        1-110

-------
                    SOIL  NITROGEN
            (ODD NO.) I-35A STEEP SLOPE
          (EVEN NO.) 2-36O FLAT SLOPE
                   37-450 AGRICULTURE
                                       A3
      O  1   e  34  6  B  7  B  B IO TI IB 13 14 15

               INORGANIC N  ppm dry wt. X 10*
FIGURE 27.  Soil organic nitrogen concentration vs. inorganic concentration
         by slope.
                          1-111

-------
from the northern portion of the watershed.   Samples  #43,  #44 and #45 form
another group, and they were all obtained  from  sites  in  the  central region
of the watershed.  The reasons and significance of  the similarity between
soil phosphorus and physical location  in the  watershed are not known or
understood.  Figure 27 shows that there is no evident relationship between
soil nitrogen and ground slope.

     Figures 28 through 31 show the  relationship between the soil and in-
terface nutrients according to land  use categories.   Based on the apparent
patterns of clustering, it was decided that  land use  was the best available
criteria for extrapolating soil and  interface nutrient concentrations.
Consequently, average values were calculated  for each land use with the ex-
clusion of minor samples which gave  distinctly  dissimilar  results from the
range that included most samples.  The excluded values were  those of sample
sites #3, 4 and 8, Figures 27 and 28.

     Extrapolation of data provides  the inventory of  nutrients in the
watershed during the project period, 1974-75.  Superimposed  on these
"static" figures are the various cycles within  the  watershed and the
natural, as well as man-made, inputs and outputs.   A  conceptual illustra-
tion of the watershed nutrient storage, gains and  losses is  shown in
Figure  32.  This model was the basis for reporting  the final inventory
figures shown in Table 40.  Inputs included  fertilizers, solid wastes and
domestic sewage.  Stored nutrients were obtained by extrapolating the
winter  sampling and analysis results.  The most significant  output is
surface runoff which was obtained concurrently  by  the monitoring of Mill
Creek water quality carried out by the Research and Development Unit of the
New York State Department of Environmental Conservation.  Although ground
water infiltration is an important and significant  output, its estimation
was beyond the scope of this study since it  is  part of the water system
which was monitored via Mill Creek.  An approximate value  for nutrient out-
put by  the sale of crops was included  in the  final  inventory.  Only four
farmers were found to sell crops outside the  watershed.   The others utilize
crops for animal feed.  All crops grown by non-farmers were  assumed to be
consumed within the watershed.  Lumbering  and firewood cutting can be a
significant nutrient output.  However, no  sizable  or  commercial scale
lumbering is done within the watershed.  Figures on wood removal from
available data for the entire Rensselaer County were  included in the in-
ventory as a maximum value.

     Table 41 shows the estimates of the annual nutrient inputs into the
watershed.  Input of N and P by precipitation is not  included in Table 41.
Although several investigations have attempted  to measure nutrient addition
by precipitation (see Section 3), reported figures  are inconsistent and
variable because of differing local  conditions.  For  this reason, it was
decided that an average of reported  figures  would not be accurate enough to
estimate precipitation nutrient concentration in the  Mill Creek area with-
out supplemental Mill Creek precipitation  analysis  data, which was not
taken as a part of this study.  Addition of  nitrogen  to  the  watershed by
nitrogen fixation could amount to a  high percentage of total N input.
Although a figure of 20 to 60 kg/ha  was quoted  in Section 3, it was felt

                                   1-112

-------
                   SOIL  NITROGEN
28
27
26
25
24
CM 23
o
x 22
* 21
>. 20
I '9
-16
S"
< l6
g!5
°I4
13
12
II
10
Q
I-I2A INACTIVE AGRICULTURE
" 13 -24D FOREST -BRUSH COVER
-25-36O FOREST -NATURAL STAND
_ 37-45y AGRICULTURE

A4 "
$40
-
B20
-
A43 A"
© A ,«• >i A3
_ ^9A W^^ —
4.9 Tff D23

6**^»^ ^\ 	 ^W*1^
" 31© ^~^*l
4ft©oo A^ig ^IA
O A A f ^f*TW Q 1 0
^322
©32 @36
QI5
©^^ i i i i i i i i 1 l i i i i
     01   2  3  4  5  6  7  8  9  10  II  12  13 14 15
              INORGANIC N ppm Dry wt.  X 10
                                             I
FIGURE 28.  Soil organic nitrogen concentration vs. inorganic concen-
          tration by land use.
                          1-113

-------
              SOIL  PHOSPHORUS
  7
•
     I-I2A INACTIVE AGRICULTURE
    I3-24D FOREST BRUSH COVER
   25-36O FOREST NATURAL STAND
-  37-450 AGRICULTURE
— 5
x
                    17
                     BI8               A |2
°-                        *2«
O
  3
               BI4
O
cc
O
        36
- 34  . 270A2
        35©    23B
                            ©25
         310   ©32              A3
        300® Q22
                 °28
          I      234567
             INORGANIC  P  PPM  X 102 DRY WT.
FIGURE 29. Soil organic phosphorus concentration vs. inorganic
         concentration by land use.
                        1-114

-------
              INTERFACE  NITROGEN
                                ©36
      _ 1-12 ^INACTIVE AGRICULTURE
       13-24 DFOREST BRUSH COVER
      25-36 O FOREST NATURAL STAND
   .8
  h-
  o3
  CD
  (£.
  O
   2
 £?
 Q
m
'26
 X
CM                           •»
  m
  -14
                                AIO
               ©34 A 6
               029
             BIS

              23EP27  ©28
    210  013     24G©33
022     190
                         3I0QI4
                            —'      ©30
035
                                 ©25             £4
                                 ©32
           !	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	'   '   '   '   '
     234  56  7  8  9  10  II  12  13  14  15 16 17
          ORGANIC  N   LB./FT2 X IO"4 DRY  WT.
FIGURE 30.  Interface inorganic nitrogen concentration vs. organic nitrogen
         by land use.
                         1-115

-------
7
       Q5    1.0     1.5    2.0   2.5    3.0   3.S
       INORGANIC  PHOSPHORUS(ppmxIO2) DRY WT.
  FIGURE 31.  Interface organic phosphorus concentration vs. inorganic
            phosphorus concentration by land use.


                            1-116

-------
                NUTRIENT   INPUTS

  Fertilizers    Solid Wastes   Domestic Sewage   Precipitation  Nitrogen
                                                    Fixation
                                         V
                  Growth
          Death
               WATERSHED  STORAGE
                         Conversion•
Farm Crops £         G.W.
Livestock Products  Infilt.
Surface  £
Stream Runoff
Forest
Lumber
               NUTRIENT  OUTPUTS
 FIGURE 32.  Model for nutrient flow and storage,
Denitrification
                          1-117

-------
TABLE 40.  MILL CREEK WATERSHED NUTRIENT INVENTORY
Nitrogen , 10 ke/vear
Item
ANNUAL INPUT
a. Fertilizer
(chemical)
b. Solid Waste
c. Domestic
Sewage
TOTAL INPUT
WINTER STORAGE
a. Soil
Inactive
Agriculture
Forest Nat'l
Stand
Forest Brush
Cover
Agriculture
TOTAL SOIL
b. Interface
Inactive
Agriculture
Forest Nat'l
Stand
Forest Brush
Cover
TOTAL INTERFACE
c. Woody Bionass
Forest Nat'l
Stand
Forest Brush
Cover
TOTAL WINTER
STORAGE
Inorganic
Nitrogen
*1


5.29
-

3.83
9.12



37.2

59.2

66. A
57.6
220


0.993

1.08

0.749
2.82


—

_
223

Organic
Nitrogen
"o


-
2.55

0.456
3.0



2322

2916

3866
3876
12080


26.7

33.0

27.9
87.6


39.5

5.63
13113

Total
Nitrogen
NT


5.29
2.55

4.29
12.13



2359

2975

3933
3933
13200


27.7

34.1

28.7
90.4


39.5

5.63
13113

Phosphorus, 10 kR/vear
Inorganic
Phosphorus
Pi


1.98
-

0.012
1.99



568

494

570
567
2199


0.688

0.467

0.524
1.678


-

-
2200

Organic
Phosphorus
Po


-
0.638

0.547
1.19



358

497

588
683
2126


1.67

2.35

2.74
6.76


4.08

0.608
2138

Total
Phosphorus
PT


1.98
0.643

0.559
3.18



925

991

1158
1251
4325


2.36

2.81

3.26
8.43


4.08

0.608
4338

                      (continued)
                      1-118

-------
TABLE 40 (continued)
Nitrogen, 10 kg/rear Phosphorus, 103 ke/year

Inorganic
Ritrogen
Item *
Organic
Nitrogen
"o
Total Inorganic
Hitrogen Phosphorus
«T Pi
Organic
Phosphorus
P0
Total
Phosphorus
?T
SUMMER INCWMFNT
a.
b.




c.



d.


e.








TOT
Woody Bioaass
net growth
Forest Nat' If
Stand (per
y«ar)
Forest Brush
Cover (per
year)
Surface Vege-
tation
Inactive
Agriculture
Forest Vat'l.
Stand
Forest Brush
Cover -
Interface Changes
Forest Brush
Cover (-)0.397
Forest Nat'l.
Stand (-) 0.424
Canopy**
Forest Nat'l.
Stand
Crops Grown &
Retained as
Animal Feed
corn
hay
alfalfa
oats
misc. vege.
(human consunp.)
. SOMMM INCREMENT (-)O 822
0.785
0.212
18.1

16.9

4.97


(-)1.55
(-)4.36


112



3.98
4.29
14.23
2.20

0.681
172
0.785
0.212
18.1

16.9

4.97


(-)1.94 0.17<»
(-)4,78 (-)0.075


112



3.98
4.29
14.23
2.20

0.681
172 0.104
0.0824
0.0229
2.13

2.74

0.734


(-) 0.469
(-)0.845


11.4



0.669
0.542
1.43
0.283

0.385
l°.l
0.0824
0.0229
2.13

2.74

0.734


(-) 0.290
(-)0.920


11.4



0.669
0.542
1.43
0.283

0.385
jo.2
       1-119

-------
   Item
                                 TABLE 40 (continued)
                          Nitrogen. 10  kg/year
                      Inorganic  Organic    Total
                      Nitrogen   nitrogen  Nitrogen
                                                        Phosphorus,  10  kg/year	
                                                    Inorganic    Organic      Total
                                                    Phosphorus  Phosphorus  Phosphorus
                                                       P          P           P
ANNUAL OUTPUT
a. Farm Crops
   34,
   78,
   2 ha corn
   1 ha hay
b.
16.2 ha alfalfa
 7.5 ha veg.

Livestock
 products:
 milk
1.93
4.18
3.34
0.078
                                  10.2
1.93
4.19
3.34
0.078
         10.2
0.323
0.530
0.335
n.044
                        0.792
0.323
0.530
0.335
0.044
            0.792
c. Forest Lumber
    Removal

TOTAL OUTPUT
a.
b.
Growth occurs in spring-summer, death and return to interface-soil in winter.

Nutrients in crops grown as animal feed are returned to the soil as manure.
                                          1-120

-------
             TABLE 41.  NUTRIENT INPUTS IN MILL CREEK WATERSHED

Unit Loading Multiplier
Item (ke/caoita/vr) (# persons)
1.












2.

3.



4.




Fertilizer (chemical)
a. Domestic Cropland
Pi
Ni
b. Residential Gardens
Pi
Ni
c. Residential Lawns
Pi
Ni
d. Total Watershed
Fertilizer
P — -
N -
Solid Waste (garbage) a'
PQ 0.70 912
Nn 2.80 912
b
Domestic Sewage
(excrement) PQ 0.6 912
(detergents) T?± 3.9 (kg/dairy 3 dairy farms
(excrement) NQ 0.5 912
(NH3-N, Urine) K± 4.2 912
Total Input
No
Ni
po
pi
Item Input
(kg/vr) Ref.

1730
4838

126
184

121
266


1978
5289
638
2554
547
11.7
456
3830
3010
9119
1186
1989
Table 31


Table 30


Table 30





43
43
44,47,56
56,57
44
47



   1 kg/person/day of refuse with 0.2% P and 0.8% N, Reference 43.
b.
   Organic phosphorus is in human excrement and inorganic phosphorus in
   detergents (only dairy farms, Ref. 57).  Detergent loading for dairy
   farms of 45.4 kg detergent per farm obtained by personal communication
   with watershed dairy farmers.  A maximum value of 8.7% P in detergents
   was assumed.
                                    I-J21

-------
that insufficient additional reference  data  existed  to  use  that  figure as a
basis for an N input calculation.  Direct measure  of nitrification was
beyond the scope of this  study.  The  nutrients  in  solid waste  and sewage
are based on reported unit generations  and typical composition.   Even
though the watershed residents receive  trash collection service, most of
them recycle food waste to the soil and only put out inorganic waste or
trash for pick up.  The only inorganic  phosphorus  included  in  wastewater is
that from dairy farms' use of detergent.  All domestic  usage of  phosphorus
detergent is banned in New York  State.

     Tables 42 and 43 summarize  total soil storage of phosphorus and nitro-
gen within the watershed  to a soil depth of  30.5 cm.  Data  from  the winter
soil survey was extrapolated to  obtain  these tables.  All map  area figures
(except agriculture) were corrected for slope,  as  described in Section 3.
The area covered by the soils extrapolation  is  96  percent of the total
watershed.  Bogs, marshes, water bodies, residential, and miscellaneous
land uses have been neglected as insignificant  or  non-terrestrial.
Tables 44 and 45 are similar extrapolations  of  interface analysis results.
Table 46 is a tabulation  of nutrient  storage within  forest  natural stand
woody tree material.  In  using the timber resource data developed in
Section 3 for this table, the distribution of forest types  was assumed to
be the same as that for Rensselaer County.   Utilizing literature data con-
tained in Section 3, Table 47 lists the amounts of nutrients stored in year
round woody material on forest brush  cover land.   Table 48  lists total
yearly crop growth and the percent retained  within the watershed for use as
fodder.  Growth of tree leaf canopy and surface plants is detailed in
Table 49.  Table 50 lists the average net change of  the nutrient concentra-
tions in forest brush cover interface and forest natural stand interface
from winter to summer.  Table 51 extrapolates these  nutrient changes to the
entire watershed.  Table  52 lists  the nutrient  concentration changes in
agricultural soils measured from winter to summer.  Table 53 summarizes the
watershed nutrient output calculations  as a  part of  the inventory.

     The final figures of the nutrients inventory  of Mill  Creek Watershed
are shown in Table 40.  These figures are based on surveys, analyses and
data representing the specific activities and conditions in the watershed
under investigation.  Nutrients  parameters,  such as  nutrient fluxes by pre-
cipitation, nitrification, weathering,  Infiltration  and runoff leaching not
included in this table would require  further studies prior  to  their appli-
cation in Mill Creek Watershed.  Laboratory  results  of the  leaching studies
performed in this project provide  a rational basis for estimating rates of
nutrient losses under the watershed meteorological and drainage conditions.
                                   I--J22

-------
                         TABLE 42.  EXTRAPOLATION OF SOIL PHOSPHORUS - FEBRUARY  - MARCH 1975
N)
U>

Inorganic Phosphorus, P.
Land Use
Inactive
Agriculture
Forest Nat'l
Stand
Forest Brush
Cover
Agriculture
TOTALS
Avg. Soil
Density
(kg/m3)S-
1,185
1,213
1,208
1,350
(96.7% of
Land,
. b.
Area
(ha)
447
624
709
600
Avg.
(ppm)
352
214
218
230
Cone .
(kg/ha)
1,270
791
803
946
2,380
total watershed)
Inventory
Value
(kgxlO3)
568
494
570
567
2,199
Organic Phosphorus, P_
Avg.
(ppm)
222
215
225
277

Conc.C*
(kg/ha)
801
795
829
1,140

Inventory
Value
(kgxlO3)
358
497
588
683
2,126

       a.
       b.
          All density figures  and  concentration are on a dry weight  basis.
          All area figures except  agriculture  (flat  topography) have been corrected for map measurement
          inaccuracies by multiplying by  a  correction  factor of  1.0046  (See Section 3).  Areas not included
          are residential, wetland and miscellaneous land uses.

          Avg. concentration in kg/ha is  calculated  on the basis  of 0.305 meters  soil depth.


          Includes pasture and  orchards,  forest plantations, as well as cropland.

-------
                    TABLE 43.  EXTRAPOLATION OF SOIL NITROGEN - FEBRUARY - MARCH 1975







Inorganic Nitrogen, N






M
1
G
.e-
Land Use
Inactive
Agriculture
Forest Nat'l
Stand
Forest Brush
Cover
Agriculture
TOTALS

Avg, Soil
Density
(kE/tn3)3-

1,185

1,213

1,208
1,350
(96.7% of

Land,
Areab'
(ha)

447

624

709
600
Avg.
(ppm)

23.1

25.6

25.4
23.3
Cone.1
(kp./ha)

83.3

04.8

93.6
96.1
2,380
total watershed)



Inventory
Value
(kexlO3)

37.2

59.2

66.4
57.6
220.4




Organic Nitrogen, N
Avg.
(ppm)

1,439

1,263

1,480
1,570

Cone.
(ke/ha)

5,196

4,669

5,449
6,462

Inventory
Value
(kexlO3).

2,322

2,916

3,866
3,876
12,980

a.
b.
   All density figures and concentrations are on a dry weight basis.
   All areas except agriculture (flat topography)  have been corrected for map measurement
   inaccuracies by multiplying by a correction  factor of  1.0046  (See Section 3).
C* Avg. concentration in ppm is an average of all  sample  sites except sites #3, 4 and 8.
   Includes pasture and orchards and forest plantations as well as cropland.

-------
            TABLE 44.   EXTRAPOLATION OF  INTFKFACE PHOSPHORUS - FEBRUARY - MARCH 1975
Inorganic Phosphorus, P Organic Phosphorus,





H
»^
tO
Land Use
Inactive
Agriculture
Forest Nat'l
Stand
Forest Erush
Cover
TOTALS
Avg . Interface Land,
Density Area
(ke/m2) (ha)

0.702 447

0.800 624

0.603 709
1,780
Avg. Cone.
(pom) (ke/ha)

219 1.54

93.5 0.748

122 0.738
po
Inventory Inventory
Value Avg. Cone. Value
(kexlo3> (oom) (ks/ha) (kgxlO3)

0.688 534 3.75

0.467 470 3.76

0.524 640 3.86
1,679
a* All density figures and concentrations are on a dry weight basis.
* All areas have been corrected for map measurement inaccuracies by multiplying by a correction

1.67

2.35

2.74
6.76
factor
of 1.0046 (See Section 3).

Agriculture, residential and miscellaneous land uses have been neglected as having insignificant
interface material.

-------
                      TABLE 45.  EXTRAPOLATION OF INTERFACE NITROGEN - FEBRUARY - MARCH 1975
ISJ
CTl

Inorganic Nitrogen, N.
Land Use
Inactive
Agriculture
Forest Nat'l
Stand
Forest Brush
Cover
TOTALS
Avg . Interface
Density
OcR/m2)

0.702

0.800

0.603

Land.
. b.
Area
(ha)

447

624

709
1,780
Avg.
(ppm)

317

217

175

Cone.3*
(kR/ha)

2.22

1.74

1.06

Inventory
Value
(kRxlO3)

0.993

1.08

0.749
2.82
Organic Nitrogen, N
Avg.
(ppm)

8,507

6,600

6,524

Cone .
(kg/ha)

59.7

52.8

39.3

Inventory
Value
(kgxlO3)

26.7

33.0

27.9
87.6

a.
     b.
        All density figures and concentrations are on a dry weight basis.
        Area figures have been corrected for map measurement inaccuracies by multiplying by a correction
        factor of 1.0046 (See Section 3).

        Avg. concentration in ppm is an average of all sample sites except sites #4 and 8.

-------
                         TABLE 46.   FOREST NATURAL STAND WOODY  BTOMASS NUTRIENT STORAGE.  AMD ANNUAL NET GROWTH
ts>
•vl
Forest Type8'
White-Red Pine

Spruce-Fir &
other softwood

Oak-Pine

Oak-Hickory

Elm-Ash-
Red Maple

Maple-Beech-
Birch
Aspen-Birch

TOTALS

I of
Total
Forest
21.2


4.3

3.4

14.8


23.3

29.2

3.8
,
100.0

. Total
Area Density ' Volume
(ha) (m3/ha) (m3x!03)
132 119 15.7


27 110 2.95

21 108 2.26

92 79.3 7.28


144 58.9 8.51

182 71.5 13.0

24 48.5 1.16
_______^ ^ p— ^_ mf
622 50.9

AVR. " Avg.
Wood Woody Nutrient
Density Biomass Wcipht
(kR/m3) (kexlO5) (kpxlO2)
425 66.8 0.01 P
0.14 N°

550 16.2 0.02 P.
0.16 N£
650 14.7 0.01 P
0.11 Nj
760 55.4 0.01 P
0.08 Ng

673 57.3 0.01 P
0.14 Np
710 92.2 0.01 P
0.14 Njj
640 7.43 0.02 P
	 0.16 NjJ
310

Nutrient X Net*'
Comp. Annual
(kRxlO2) Growth
10.0
90.9

3.08
25.8 *'
1.62 , ,
15.9 Z:>

8.59 , ,
79.6 2A
12.9
127 ***
1.26 , ,
11.7 x
-------
                 TABLE 47.  WOODY BIOMASS NUTRIENT STORAGE AND ANNUAL NET GROWTH
                                       FOREST BRUSH COVER



M
1
00

Item
1. Storage
Woody Biomass
Shrubs
Tree sprouts
All other
ground flora
TOTAL STORAGE

2. Yearly Increment
Woody Biomass
Tree shrubs

Density Area
(VR/ha) (ha)
1965b* 706.3
1585C* 706.3
2190d' 706.3

216C* 706.3

Total
Biomass
(kgxlO5)
13.9
11.2
15.5
40.6

1.53

Total
Avg. %a< P Avg. %a*
P (kg) P
0.015 208 0.139
0.015 168 0.139
0.015 232 0.139
608

0.015 22.9 0.139

Total
N
(kg)
1929
1556
2150
5635

212
a.
b.
c.
d.
Average value (Table 2)
Average of 1430 kg/ha (Ref. 21) and 2500 kg/ha (Ref. 2)
Reference 21
Reference 2

-------
                                                      TABLE 48.   YEARLY CROP GROWTH
ho
vo
Item
Corn
Hay
Alfalfa
Oats
Vegetables
(including
residential
gardens)
TOTAL
Watershed
Area
(ha)
104.9
158
85.1
17
72.5
437.5
Density
(kit/ha)
4300a<
3250b'
6682Ct
4500d'
4500e*

Total
Weight
(kRxlO*)
45.1
51.3
56.9
7.6
33.0
193.9
Total
Avg. Z N
N (ke)
1.3f* 5,909
1.6f* 8,473
3.1f* 17,571
2.9f' 2,203
0.2g< 759
34.915
Z Crop
retained in
Watershed
67.4
50.6
81
100
89.7

Nitrogen
Storage
3,983
4,287
14,233
2,203
681
25.387
Avg. Z
P
0.2f"
0.2f'
0.3f'
0.4f'
O.I8'

Total
P
(kK)
992
1,072
1,763
283
429
4.539
Phosphorus
Storage
(kK)
669
542
1,428
283
385
3.307
         Reference  24
         Averaged figure, References 37, 3
         Reference  38
         Reference  3
         Reference  3,  turnips, beans, corn
         Reference  39, Z crude proteln/6.25 - ZN (Reference 30)
         References 39, 59 average for corn, potatoes, beans, tomatoes, turnips

-------
                  TABLE 49.   YEARLY CANOPY AHP SURFACE VEGETATION GROWTH
Item
1. Canopy - Forest Nat'l.
Stand
White-Red Pine
Spruce-Fir
Oak-Pine
Oak Hickory
Eln-Ash-Red
Maple
Maple-Beech-
Birch
Aspen-Birch
TOTAL FOREST
2. Surface Vegetation
a. Forest Nat'l. Stand
White-Red Pine
Spruce Fir
Oak Pine
Oak Hickory
Area''
(ha)


132
27
21
92

144

182
24
622


131.8
26.8
20.9
91.8
Bioaaas
Density
ftjfj*in ftff)


14. 7K
30.1
4.7
3.13

17.3

10.7
16.2



4.80C'
0.55
1.59
2.65
Total
Bionass
OcnclO3)


10.4
8.07
1.00
2.87

25.0

19.5
3.87
79.7


6.33
0.147
0.332
2.43
V U *


0.4
0.4
1.8
4.1

l.R

2.0
0.31



0.6
1.1
1.1
1.1
Total
N
(kx)


8,356
3,553
1,797
11,696

45,667

40,018
1.007
112,094


3,607
157
355
2,603
b.


0.08
0.07
0.09
0.35

0.09

0.29
0.11



0.12
0.16
0.16
0.16
Total
P
(kE)


1,516
565
86
1,012

2,196

5,622
414
11,411


772
23
52
384






b.
c.
Oak Hickory
Elm-Ash-Red
Maple
Maple-Beech-
Birch
Aspen Birch
Forest Brush Cover
Inactive Agriculture
91.8

144.6

181.8
23.9
706.3
444.9
2

2

2
2
0
2
.65

.73d'

.73
.73
.658e'
.40f'
TOTAL SURFACE VEGETATION
2.43

3.95

4.96
0.653
4.65
10.7
34.1
1

1

1
1
1
1

.1

.1

.1
.1
.1
.7*'

2,603

4.223

5,309
699
4,972
18.151
40,076
n

0

0
0
0
0

.16

.16

.16
.16
.16
.2"*'

384

624

784
103
734
2.135
5.611
a.
b.
Table 46
   Table 4, where % N, P not given for specific forest type,  average  used.
c* Table 5
 ' Average all forest types.
   Reference 2
f* Table 12
8* Average comp. nixed grasses (Reference 39)
                                         1-130

-------
                                TABLE 50.  INTERFACE NUTRIENT CHANGES  FFB-JOLT 1975
                                                                                    a.
Land Use
Sample
Site 1
Winter Feb-March 1975
* * * ^» N m "**.
1010
Sum
'1
ner July 1975
po Ni No
Incremental Change
PPM
Fl 0 "l

N0
1.  Forest Braah
    Cover
2.  Forest Nat'l.
    Stand
  13         90  542  104  5354

  14         90  630  272  7740

  15        100  720  227  7703

  16        140  860  433  8196

Average     105  688  259  7248




  25         50  530  282  7055

  26         50  510  312  8432

  27        120  600  107  5668

  28        130  570   99  6694

Average      87  552  200  6962
 50  610  256  7135

 60  372   83  4547

224  604  168  8363

254  726  157  7496

       Average Change

       . «_    !>•
       Z Change
                  (-) 40   (+) 68   (+)152   (+)1781

                  (-) 30   <-)258   (-H89   <-)3193

                  (•I-) 124   (-)116   (-)  59   (+)  660

                  (+M14   <-)134   (-)276   (-)  700

                  <+) 42   (-)110   (-)  93   (-)  363

                     40Z     16%     36Z      5Z
 36  464  107  5743

 52  288  103  5520

 54  446  130  6816

148  332  119  6263
                  (-)  14   {-) 66   (-)

                  (+)  2   (-)222   (-)209  (-)2912

                  (-)  66   (-)154   (•»•)  23  (+)1148

                  (+)  16   (-)238   (»)  20  (-? 431

Average Change    (-)  15   (-)170   (-)  85  (-) 877

                              311     43t     131
                                                                   7 Change
                                                                           h.
                                                                   171
** All figures in ppn dry weight

   Fro* average winter nutrient content

-------
           TABLE  51.   EXTRAPOLATION OF  INTERFACE NUTRIENT CHANGES

Area
Land Use (ha)
1. Forest Brush Cover
P 706
po
Total
N "
"o
Total
2. Forest Nat'l. Stand
P 622
P "
Total '*
"i
"o
Total
Average
Nutrient Average
Change dry density
(pptr) (V.g/m~)
(+) 42 0.603
(-)110
(-) 68
(-) 93
(-)363
(-)456
(-) 15 0.800
<->170
(-)185
(-) 85
(-)877
<-?Q6? 	 "
Watershed
Nutrient Change

-------
        TABLE 52.  AGRICULTURAL SOIL NUTRIENT CHANGES  APRIL - JULY 1975.
                          Crop
        Fertilizer,
     Sample  Crop grown  Planted   Added-5/75   Winter - Feb 1975
     Site //  Summer '74
5/75
N
N
                                                             c                    c
                                           Summer - July 1975   Incremental Change
p.   p
 i    o
N
P.   P
 ±    o
N
       38     Corn       Alfalfa     -    -    210  350  18.1  1255   54  554  18.3 1075  -156 +204 +0.2 -179



       39    Alfalfa      Corn     16.3  19.9  226  294  23.5  1506   78  474  32.8 1213  -148 +180 +9.3 -293



       41      Hay                   -         186  354  27.7  1483  140  308  18.3 1253   -46  -46 -9.4 -229
u>
        Sample Sites 38, 39 plowed under 5/75,  fertilized and planted; Site 41 not replanted or plowed

        under (uncut hay).




        Amounts in kg/ha.  Sample Sites 38,  39  received approximately 610 kg/ha cow manure (43.6 kg/ha/week

        for 14 weeks in between soil samples);  Sample Site 41 not spread with manure.




        Amounts in ppm.

-------
TABLE 53.  NUTRIENT OUTPUT IN MILL CRF.EK FATERSHED
Item
1. Farm Crops Sold
a. Corn PQ
No
b. Hay P0
No
c. Alfalfa PO
No
d. Vegetable PO
No
2. Livestock Products
Cows Milk PQ
3. Forest Lumber Removal
White-Red Pine PQ
Spruce-Fir T
No
Oak-Pine PQ
Oak Hickory PQ
Unit Multipl ier
Loading (7 reroved
(kO from watersbe^l)
P92a* 32.6
590°
1072 49.4
8473
1763 10.0
17571
42° 10.3
750
851250b' O.«oc*
85125^ 1.2d*
1003f* n.76p<
9091 0.76
308 0.°7
25F.2 O.Q7
162 ".56
1587 0.56
332 0.23
Item
Output
O'.g/yr) Ref.
323 Table
1026
530 "
4186 "
335 "
3338 "
44
78
792 Table
10215 Table
7.62
6.Q1
3.0
25.0
0.91
8.80
0.76

47



31
31




(continued)
                         1-134

-------
                            TABLE 53 (continued)
Item
3. Forest Lumber
Elm-Ash Maple

Maple-Beech
Birch
Aspen-Birch

TOTAL


Removal
po
No
po
Ko
po
Ko


Unit
Loading
(Vp)
(cont'd.)
85°
7062
1291
12727
126
1174


Multiplier
(7 removed
from watershed
n.37p<
0.37P'
0.76
0.14
0.14


Item
Output
(kp/yr) Ref.
3.18
29.46
9.81
96.72
0.18
1.64
25.46 PQ
178.8 NQ
c.
d.
e.
f.
 * Total watershed crop nutrients  (Tahle 47)
'" Personal communication with watershed dairy fanner; milk/cow/yr
  6810 kg with  125 producinp cows in watershed
  Reference 59
  Reference 59  gives  3.6% K-compounds, 7N estimated as  1.27
  By  forest type, maximum value
  Tahle 46, for total watershed
  Tahle 23
                                    1-135

-------
                               REFERENCES
 1.   Pear, F.  F.,  ed.  Chemistry of the Soil.  Reinhold Publishing Corp.,
     New York. New York,  196*.

 2.   Duvigneaud, P.  and P. Denaeyer-deSmet.  Biological Cycling of Minerals
     in  Temperate  Deciduous Forests.  In:  ^coloeical Studies, Vol. 1,
     Analysis  of Temperate Forest Fcosysteirs.  D. E. Keichle, ed.  Springer-
     Verlag, Berlin,  1°70.

 3.   Ovington, J.  D.   Ouantitative Ecology and the Woodland Ecosysteir
     Concept.  In:   Advances  in Ecological Research.  J. B. Cragg, ed.
     Vol.  1, Academic Press,  Inc., New York, New vorv,  1062.

 4.   Newbould, P.  J.   Methods for Estimating the Primarv Production-Forests.
     IBP Handbook  No.  2.  Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford, 1Q67.

 5.   Spurr,  S. P.  Forest Ecology.  The Ponald Press Co., New vorV, New YorV,
     1964.

 6.   Cole, P.  V.,  S.  P. Gessel, and S. F. Dice.  Distribution and Cycling of
     Nitrogen, Phosphorus, Potassium, and Calcium in a  Second-Growth Douglas-
     Fir Ecosystem.   In:  Symposium on Primary Productivity and Mineral
     Cycling in Natural Ecosystems.  P. E. Young, ed.   Univ. of Maine Press,
     Orono,  Maine, 1967.

 7.   Bakuzis,  E. V.   Forestry Viewed in an Ecosystem Perspective.  In:  The
     Ecosystem Concept in Natural Resource Management.  G. **. van T>yne, ed.
     Academic  Press,  New  York, New YorV,  1969.

 8.   Bormann,  F. P.  and G. F. Likens.  The Vatershed Ecosystem Concept and
     Studies of Nutrient  Cycles.  In:  The Ecosystem Concept in Natural
     Resource  Management. G. M. Van Dyne, ed.  Academic Press, New York,
     New York,  196°.

 9.   Johnson,  F. L.  and P. G. Risser.  Eionass, Annual  Net Primarv
     Production, and Dynamics of Six Mineral Elements in a Post Oak-Blackjack
     Oak Forest.   Ecology. 55:1246-125?,  1974.

10.   Geyger, E.  Green Area  Indices of Grassland Communities and Agricultural
     Crops Under Different Fertilizing Conditions.  In:  Ecological Studies,
     Vol,  2, Integrated Experimental Ecology.  P. Ellenherg, ed.  Springer-
     Verlap, Berlin, 1Q71.
                                     1-136

-------
11.  Gosz, J. R., G. F. Likens,  and F..  F.  Bormann.   Nutrient Release from
     Decomposing Leaf and Branch Litter in the Pubhard Brook Forest, New
     Hampshire.  Ecological Monographs. Vol.  43,  No. 2, pp.  173-191, 1°73.

12.  Edwards, C. A., P. F. Reichle, and T>. A.  Crosslev, Jr.   The Role of Soil
     Invertebrates in Turnover of Organic  vatter  and Nutrients.   In:  Eco-
     logical Studies. Vol. 1, Analysis  of  Temperate Forest Ecosystems,  P.  F.
     Reichle, ed.  Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1970.

13.  Satoo, T.  A Svnthesis of Studies  by  the Farvest Method:  Primary
     Production Relations in the Temperate Deciduous Forests of Japan.
     In:  Ecological Studies, Vol. 1, Analysis of Temperate Forest Fcosys-
     tems.  P. F. Reichle, ed.  Springer-Verlap,  Berlin, 1970.

14.  Likens, G. F. and F. H. Bormann.  Chemical Analvsis of Plant Tissues
     from the Puhhard *rook Ecosystem In New Hampshire.  Bull.  No. 79.  Yale
     University, School of Forestry, New Paver, Connecticut, 1970.

15.  Siccama, T. G., F. H. Bormann, and G. E.  Likens.  The Pubbard Brook
     Ecosystem Study:  Productivity, Nutrients, and Phytosociologv of the
     Ferbaceous Layer.  Ecological Monographs, 40(4):38°-402, 1970.

16.  Eber, W.  The Primary Production of the Ground Vegetation  of the Luzulo-
     Fagetum.  In:  Ecological Studies, Vol.  2, Integrated Experimental
     Fcology.  F. Ellenburg, ed.  Springer-Verlag,  Berlin, 1971.

17.  Likens, G. F. and F. F. Bormann.  Nutrient Cvcling in Ecosystems.  In:
     Ecosystem Structure and Function.   J. A.  Wiens, ed.  The Orepor State
     University Press, U.S.A., 1972.

18.  Fortescue, J. A. C. and G.  G. Marten.  Micronutrients:   Forest Fcolopy
     and Systems Analysis.  In:   Fcological Studies, Vol. 1, Analysis of
     Temperate Forest Ecosystems.  P. F. Reichle, ed.  Springer-Verlag,
     Berlin, 1°70.

19.  Loehr, R. C.  Characteristics and  Comparative Magnitude of Non-Point
     Sources.  J. WPCP, 46(8):1840-1871, 1974.

20.  Heller, H.  Estimation of Btomass  of  Forests.   In:  Ecological Studies,
     Vol. 2, Integrated Experimental Ecology.   F. Fllenberp, ed.  Springer-
     Verlag,, Berlin, 1971.

21.  Woodwell, G. M. and D. B. Blotkin
     by Gas Exchange Techniques:
     Studies, Vol. 1, Analysis of
     Reichle, ed.  Springer-Verlpg
22.  Runge, M.  Determination of
     Vol. 2, Integrated
     Verlag, Berlin, 1971.
Experimental
                Metabolism of Terrestrial Ecosystems
          The Brookhaven Approach.  In:  Ecological
          Temperate Forest Fcosystenrs.  D. F.
            Berlin, 1970.
Energy Values.  In:  Ecological Studies,
    Fcology.  P. F.llenberg, ed.  Springer-
                                   1-137

-------
23.  Plant Tissues and Organs:   Mineral Composition,  Sec.  53.   In:   Biolopy
     Data Book, Vol. 1, 2nd ed.  P.  L.  Altman and n.  S.  Mttmer,  eds.
     Federation of American Societies for Experimental Biology, Bethesda,
     Maryland, 1972.

24.  Odum, F. P.  Fundamentals  of Fcology.  W. B. Saunders Co., Philadelphia,
     Pennsylvania, 1971.

25.  Ulrich, G., E. Ahrens, and M. TTlrich.  Soil Chenical  Differences  Between
     Beech and Spruce Sites - An Example of the Methods  Used.   In:   Ecolop-
     ical Studies, Vol. 2, Integrated Experimental Ecology.  P. F.llenherp,
     ed.  Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1971.

26.  Likens, G. F. and F. H. Bormann.  Linkages Between  Terrestrial and
     Aquatic Ecosystems.  Bioscience, 24(8):447-456,  1°74.

27.  Gihble, E. B.  Phosphorus  and Nitrogen Loading and  Nutrient  Budget  on
     Lake George, New York.  Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute,  Troy, New
     York, 1974.

28.  Spedding, C. R. W.  Grassland Ecology.  Oxford Hniversitv  Press,
     London, 1971.

29.  Coupland, R. T., R. Y. Zacharuk, and E. A. Paul. Procedures for  Study
     of Grassland Ecosystems.  In:  The Fcosystem Concept  in Natural Resource
     Management.  G. M. Van Dyre, ed.  Academic Press, New York,  New York,
     1969.

30.  Speidel, B. and A. Weiss.   Primary Production of a  Meadow  (Trisetetum
     flavescentis hercynlcum) with Different Fertilizer  Treatments - Prelim-
     inary Report.  In:  Fcological  Studies, Vol. 2,  Integrated Experimental
     Ecology.  H. Ellenberg, ed.  Fpringer-Verlae, Berlin, 1971.

31.  Lewis, J. K.  Range Management  Viewed In the Fcosystem Framework.  In:
     The Fcosystem Concept in Natural Resource Management.  G.  M. Van  Dyke,
     ed.  Academic Press, New York,  New York, 196°.

32.  Stevenson, F. J.  Origin and Distribution of Nitrogen in the Soil.   In:
     Soil Nitrogen.  W. V. Bartholonew and F. F. Clark,  ed.  American  Assoc.
     of Agronomy, Inc., Madison, Wisconsin, 19f>5.

33.  Davis, G. K.  Mineral Problems  in Forage Utilization.  In:   Grasslands.
     H. B. Sprague, ed.  American Assoc. for the Advancement of Science,
     Washington, D.C. 1959.

34.  Lunt, 0. R.  Problems in Nutrient Availability and  Toxicity.  In:  The
     Biology and Utilization of Grasses.  V. B. Younger  and C.  M.. McKall,
     eds.  Academic Press, New  York, New York, 1972.

35.  Billings, W. D.  Plants and the Ecosystem.  Wadsworth Publishing  Co.,
     Belmont, California, 1966.
                                     1-138

-------
36.  Humphrey, R. R.  Range Ecology.  The Ronald Press Co.,  New York,  New
     York, 1962.

37.  Milner, C. and R. E. Hughes.  Methods for the Measurement of the  Primary
     Production of Grassland.  IBP Handbook No. 6.  Blackwell Scientific
     Publications, Oxford, 1967.

38.  Washko, J. B.  The Place and Contribution of Grasslands to the Agricul-
     ture in the Northeast.  In:  Grasslands.  P. B. Sprag,ue, ed.  American
     Assoc. for the Advancement of Science, Washington, D.O., 1^5°.

39.  Weaver, J.  Prairie Plants and Their environment.  University of
     Nebraska Press s 1968.

40.  Tesar, M. B.  The Place and Contribution of Grasslands  to the Agricul-
     ture of the Cornbelt.  In:  Grasslands.  P. B. Sprague, ed.  American
     Assoc. for the Advancement of Science, Washington, D.C., 195°.
41.  Properties of and Excretion Products in Urine:  Mammals Other than
     Sec. 186.  In:  Biology Data Book, Vol. 3, ?nd ed.  P.  L.  Altman and
     D. S. Dittmer, eds.  Federation of American Societies for  Experimental
     Biology, Bethesda, Maryland, 1972.

42.  Composition of Cereal Grains and Forage.  Committee on Feed Composition
     of the Agricultural Board, National Academy of Sciences -  National
     Research Council, Publication 585, Washington, D.C., 1958.

43.  Gotaas, H. B.  Compostinp, Sanitary Disposal, and Reclamation of Organic
     Wastes.  World Health Organization, Geneva, 1°56.

44.  Heinke, G. W. and J. D. Norman.  Condensed Phosphates in Lake Water and
     Waste Water.  Paper presented at the 5th International Water Pollution
     Research Conference, San Francisco, California, July-August 1970.

45.  Pointer, H. A. and Bywaters, A.  Composition of Sewage and Sewage
     Effluents.  Paper presented at the Institute of Sewage Purification,
     London, December 1960.

46.  Friedlan, A., T. Shea, and P. Ludwip.  Ouantitv srd Ouality Relation-
     ships for Combined Sewer Overflows.  Conference Preprint - Paper
     presentee" at the 5th International Water Pollution Research Conference,
     f.r.n Francisco, California, July-August 1970.

47.  Popel, F.  Sludge Digestion and Disposal, Third revised edition.
     Techr.ische Hochschule, Stuttgart, Germany, 1967.

48.  Barshied, R. and H. M. El-Paroudi.  Physical Chemical Treatment of
     Septic Tank Effluent.  J. WPCF, 46(11), 1<>74.

49.  Capital District Transportation and Regional Planning Study.  Area Map
     RC No. 6952, Sheet J-10, Troy South, Fast Greenbush ouad,  1971.


                                     1-139

-------
50.  Natural and Cultural Features Survey, 1968.   Fensselaer County Planning
     Board, Troy, New York, October 1969.

51.  Scavia, D.  A Study of Lakes in Rensselaer County with Proposals for
     Environmental Management.  Fresh Water Institute, Rensselaer Polytechnic
     Institute, Troy, New York, December 1972.

52.  Soil Conservation Service.  Unpublished soil data from aerial photo-
     graphs of Rensselaer Countv.  V.S.D.A. Soil  Conservation Service,
     Fyantskill, New York, 1974.
53.  Soil Survey Interpretations of Soils in New vorv State.   Prepared by the
     Dept. of Agronomy, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, New York,  and  U.S.D.A.  Soil
     Conservation Service, Syracuse, New York, 1972.

54.  Climatological Data - New York Annual Summary 1972.   U.S. Dept.  of
     Commerce, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, 83(13).

55.  Ferguson, R. H. and C. E. Mayer.  The Timber Resources of New York
     Ftate.  Bull. NF.-20, U.S.D.A. Forest Service Pesource, 1970.

56.  Fetling, L. J. and I. G. Carcich.  Phosphorus in Waste Water.  Vater
     and Sewage Works, 12" (2): 59, 1973.

57.  Nev York State Environmental Conservation Law, Section 35-0105.

58.  CRC Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, 52nd ed.  Chemical Rubber Co.,
     Cleveland, Ohio, 1971.

59.  Lange, N. A.  Handbook of Chemistry, 7th ed.  Handbook Publishers,
     Inc., Sandusky, Ohio,
                                    1-140

-------
APPENDICES
    1-141

-------
                                APPENDIX A

                           ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES
GENERAL

     The principle sources of error  in  soil  sampling  are:   (1)  variability
among different samples drawn from same volume;  (2) variability introduced
among subsamples of same soil sample; (3)  variability from one  chemical
determination to another.

     The main source of error is  (1).   Therefore this variability must be
delineated or reduced.  This introduces the  concept of composite soil
sampling.  A composite soil sample gives a mean  analytical value represen-
tative of the soil sampling volume from which  the composite sample was
drawn.  (Any analytical value is  a mean for  the  individual soil particles,
hence the futility of an argument against  obtaining mean-value  analyses.)
Analyses for C, N, P and pH made  on  composite  samples have been found to be
equivalent to the mean of analyses of individual cores.  Individual cores
tend to be subject to large variations  not significant to plant growth
individually (and likewise nutrient  distribution).

FIELD SAMPLING

     Soil samples were obtained using a 3.175  cm diameter auger.  A Number
10 tin can with a 3,81 cm hole in the bottom was used as a dirt catcher.
To obtain a soil core, the can was placed  on the ground surface, bottom
down, and the auger inserted through the hole.  Any dirt clumps forced out
of the hole during the drilling process were retained inside the can and
composited with the core sample.  Since the  screw end of the .auger is only
20.3 cm long, 30.5 cm cores were  taken  in  two  increments.  The  major part
of the soil sample was retained in the  screws  of the  auger and  was scraped
off by hand and deposited into the composite sample  bag.

     Ten soil cores were obtained from  within  a  6.1 meter square staked off
area at each sample site.  A zig-zag pattern was employed in locating cores
in order to obtain a random, representative  sample,  after the sampling pro-
cedures in A.O.A.C. Methods of Analysis, (llth ed.).^  soil cores taken
from agricultural fields were spread over  the  majority of the field and
taken in the same zig-zag pattern from  both  crop rows and furrows.  All
soil cores from each sample site  were composited and  transported to the
laboratory in labelled plastic bags.
                                      1-142

-------
     Plant detritus  samples  from  the  interface  layer were obtained from
within a folding wooden 0.9114 meter  square  frame,  comprising 0.836 nr of
ground surface.  Live  grasses, plants and  any snow  cover were removed by
hand from within the square  and discarded.  All dead grasses and decomposed
materials, including twigs and sticks,  were  collected by hand and with the
aid of pruning shears  and a  garden hoe.  Samples were transported to the
laboratory in labelled plastic bags.

     Upon return to  the laboratory at the  end of a  sampling day, soil and
plant detritus interface samples  were immediately weighed to an accuracy of
jf 0.1 gm (field weight) and  stored at 1.7°C  prior to drying and grinding,
which was generally  accomplished  within a  few days  although some samples
remained in  cold storage (4°C) up to  2  weeks.

SAMPLE PREPARATION

     Moisture determination  and sample  drying were  accomplished in the same
operation for soil and plant detritus Interface samples.  The entire sample
was dried on tin foil  covered trays at  75°C  for 48  hours in a forced air
oven.  After cooling,  sample dry  weight was  recorded.  Moisture was
calculated using field weight and dry weight figures.

     Dried soil samples, including rocks,  were  ground in a Wiley Mill to
pass through a 1.0 m screen  within the  grinder.  When grinding soil
samples, the interior  cutting blades  of the  Wiley Mill were removed so that
clearance -between the  revolving blade head and  cutting chamber wall was
approximately 2.5 cm.  Grinding in this manner  reduced dry soil clumps to
0.5 mm size  and retained rocks and gravel  on the grinder screen.  All rocks
and gravel were removed from the  grinder after  grinding a sample and then
weight was recorded.  The 0.5 mm  soil sample was then thoroughly parti-
tioned using a riffle  and stored  in 0.94 liter  plastic containers with a
tightly sealed top.  About 200 g  of 0.5 mm soil was passed through a 0.15
mm screen and stored in 250  ml screw  top glass  jars prior to analysis.  All
samples, once dried  and in sealed containers, were  stored at room tempera-
ture.  Immediately prior to  weighing  for analysis,  samples were re-dried at
75°C for 2 hours and cooled  under desslcation.

     Dried plant detritus interface samples, including twigs and small
branches, were ground  in the Wiley Mill, with cutting blades installed, to
pass through a 1 mm  screen.   Ground dry samples were thoroughly partitioned
using a riffle and then stored.

     Prior to analysis, the  sample was  re-dried in  the same manner as the
soil samples.  Plant samples were handled  carefully prior to grinding.

PHOSPHORUS EXTRACTION

     Phosphorus extraction for soil and detritus interface samples was
accomplished after methods in Jackson (pp. 171-174).!
                                     1-143

-------
Apparatus:  centrifuge, 60 ml centrifuge tubes, 250 ml volumetric  flasks,
            50 ml beakers, drying oven, fume hood, 100 ml volumetric
            flasks, pipets

Reagents:   0.5N NaOH, cone, hydrochloric acid (HC1)

Soil Extraction Procedure:  0.5 gm of re-dried soil (passed through 1 mm
            screen) is added to a 60 ml centrifuge tube.  Add  10 ml cone.
            HC1 and heat in a water bath at 70°C for  10 minutes under a
            fume hood.  Remove from water bath, add another 10 ml  HC1 and
            stand at room temperature 1 hour.  Centrifuge and  pour super-
            natant liquid into a 250 ml volumetric flask containing 50 ml
            distilled H20 (this is acid extract).  Add 40 ml 0.5N  NaOH to
            soil sample in centrifuge tube.  Mix and  stand  1 hour  at room
            temperature.  Centrifuge and pour supernatant into volumetric
            flask containing acid extract.  Add 50 ml 0.5N  NaOH to centri-
            fuge tube cover with inverted 50 ml beaker and  heat in 90°C
            oven for 8 hours.  Centrifuge and add the supernatant  liquid to
            the 250 ml volumetric flask containing the acid extract.  This
            solution, now the mixed extract, is then  diluted to 250 ml with
            distilled water and thoroughly mixed.

Plant Tissue Extraction Procedure:  0.5 g of re-dried interface material
            (ground to pass 1 mm screen) is extracted in  the same  manner as
            soil samples.  This extract is used for P£ analysis  only.
            PT analysis is accomplished by dry ashing procedure.

PHOSPHORUS DETERMINATION  IN EXTRACTS

     Analytical determinations of phosphorus for  soil and  detritus extracts
were accomplished  by procedures detailed  in Standard  Methods.^

1.  Inorganic P Soil Extract:  After mixing, the  suspended  sediment  in the
            250 ml mixed  extract  is allowed to  settle and 25 ml  is care-
            fully  pipetted into a 100 ml volumetric  flask.   The  sample is
            diluted to 100 ml  and the  remainder  of  the  determination is by.
            the stannous  chloride method  as contained in Standard Methods.
            Sample absorbance  is  read  on a  Bausch and Lomb Spectronic 20
            spectrophotometer  at  690 urn after  10  minutes at 24°C using a
            path length of  1.0 cm.  A  standard  curve  for phosphorus  is con-
            tained in  Figure  A-l.

Sample  Inorganic Phosphorus  is calculated  as  follows:
            Measured  cone,  (ppm)  x  (dilution  vol  (l)/sample vol (1)) x
            (total vol  (1)  of  extraction  solution/wt  soil in kg) - ppm P  in
            dry  soil
            Total  mg P  in sample  «  ppm x wt sample (kg)
            Example:  measured ppm  x (.100/.025)  x (250/.0005 kg) - ppm P

2.   Inorganic Phosphorus:  detritus interface extract is determined in the
             same manner  as  soil  extract inorganic phosphorus.


                                     I-J44

-------
I
I—t


Ui
     0.8
     0.6
  o
  JO
  JS 0.4
     0.2
              I    I     I    I     I    I     I    I     I    I     I    I    I    I    I     T
              I    I     I    I     I    I     I    I    I    I    1    I    I     I    I     I
         0       O.I
                               0.2      0.3     0.4      0.5

                                       Concentration P(ppm)
0.6      0.7      0.8
FIGURE A-l.  Phosphorus standard curve.

-------
3.  Total Phosphorus  Soil Extract:   the  flask  containing  mixed extracts is
            shaken thoroughly to  suspend all sediments  and 25  ml is  immedi-
            ately pipetted  into a 75 ml  distillation  flask.   10 ml cone.
            nitric acid  (IWH^) and  2 ml  72  percent  perchloric  acid
            (HCIO^ are  added.  A microkjeldahl  distillation apparatus is
            used to heat samples  to just boiling for  1  hour.  Fumes  col-
            lected by this  distillation  apparatus are collected under glass
            and drawn through a bubbler  of  ION NaOH and finally disposed of
            in water  suction.  The  entire distillation  apparatus is  placed
            under a hood for safety, to  prevent  escape  of volatile and
            dangerous perchloric  acid  fumes.   When  cooled, the digested
            colorless liquid is transferred to a 100  ml volumetric flask
            and 15 ml of 6N NaOH  is added to neutralize excess acidity.
            The sample if then diluted to 100  ml and  analyzed  by the
            stannous  chloride method^  as described  previously.

Sample Total Phosphorus  is  calculated  as follows:
            (measured cone, (ppm) x 0.100 1 x  .250  I/.025 l)/wt sample (kg)
            = ppm P in dry  soil

Sample Organic Phosphorus is calculated  by  difference
            mg PT - mg Pf - mg PQ
PHOSPHORUS DETERMINATION IN PLANT  TISSUE

     Total Phosphorus  in plant  detritus interface is  accomplished after ,
methods for total phosphorus  determinations  in AOAC Methods of Analysis.''

Apparatus:  Gooch crucible, pipets (5,  10  ml), muffle furnace, filtering
            flask and  vacuum, Whatman  #42  filter paper,  rubber spatula,
            100 ml volumetric flasks.
Reagents:
Procedure:
0.5N Mg (OAc)
one liter.
liter.
)  made by diluting 53.6 g Mg (C H_0_)_
2N H2S04, made by diluting 56 ml^conC.
 4H 0 to
to one
0.5 g of interface sample  (ground  to  pass  1 mm  screen)  is
placed in a gooch crucible, add 5  ml  of Mg(OAc)2  and  10 ml
^0.  Bring to boil on a hot plate and allow  crucible to dry.
Place crucible in a 600°C  muffle furnace for  30 minutes until
ash is uniformly gray in color.  After cooling  add  10 ml 2N
^30^ to crucible and rotate to bring acid in contact with
entire ash.  Add 15 ml t^O and evaporate to 5 ml  on a hot
plate.  Remove, add 20 ml  ^0 and  cool.  The  contents are
then transferred to a 100  ml volumetric flask,  rubbing  down the
crucible with a rubber spatula and rinsing with distilled HO.
The 100 ml volumetric flask is diluted to  the mark  with dis-
tilled H20.  5 ml of this  volume is then taken  and  diluted
to 100 ml for analysis by  the stannous chloride method  in
Standard Methods.^
                                   1-146

-------
 Calculations:
             (measured  ppm x 0.1  1  (dilution volume)) /sample wt mg *
             Vg P/g  dry soil

 TOTAL KJEHLDAHL  NITROGEN (TKN) DETERMINATION

     Digestion of soil and interface  samples follow the procedure' outlined
 in Jackson.1  Distillation and tltration follows  Standard Methods.-*

 Apparatus:   All  equipment listed in Standard Methods^ for TKN determina-
             tion.   A 0.15 mm screen (100 mesh), analytical balance, and
             11 cm filter paper are also required.
Reagents:    Standard 0.02N t^SO^,  cone.  H-jSO^,  granulated zinc.
             Indicating  boric  acid  solution is as  described in Standard
             Methods-* for TKN  determination.   Sodium hydroxide-sodium
             thiosulfate reagent  is made  by dissolving 72 g Na2S.O~«5H 0
             in 300 ml distilled  H2° and  adding  this solution to 600 ml of
             50 percent  w/w NaOH.  Digestion reagent is made in two parts;
             solution and powder.  Digestion solution:  80 g CuSO, «5H 0
             diluted to  500 ml.   Mix the  two solutions.  Powder is  maae by
             mixing 6 g  HgO with  2  g Se powder.

Preparation:  4.5 g soil sample  (0.5 plant tissue)  is ground to pass a
             0.1 mm screen  and weighed into an 11  cm filter paper.   0.16 g
             digestion powder  is  added.   The  sample-powder mixture  is wrap-
             ped and dropped as a packet  into an 800 ml Kjeldahl flask.
             40 ml distilled 1^0  and 10 ml  digestion solution are added.
             (Soil samples  only,  soak 30  minutes.)  Add 35 ml cone. H SO,
             down side of flask,  avoiding packet.  Add boiling chips.

Digestion:  .Digest over very  low heat 30 min, until frothing stops, rotat-
             ing flask at intervals.   Digest  for 1 hour + 0.25 hour after
             solution has cleared (light  yellow-green or gray color).  At
             end digestion, heating is stopped,  fume exhaustion continues
             until fuming stops.  Cool just until  crystals start to form
             then add 300 ml distilled H20.

Distillation:  Use 25 ml indicating Boric  acid  in 500 ml Erlenmeyer.  Start
             cooling I^O, and  have  tube end below  surface.  Mix flask, add
             several pieces zinc  and boiling  chips,  then add 125 ml NaOH-
             Na-S-O, solution  down  side of  flask without mixing.  Attach to
             still, mix  thoroughly,  heat  to boiling.  Distill 150 ml.  If
             bumping is  a problem transfer  contents  to another flask, leav-
             ing residue, and  continue with procedure.  100 ml NaOH-Na?S_0
             solution may be used.

Determination:  Titrate with  0.02N H2SO^.  At end point, green color
             disappears.  One  drop  excess turns  solution purple.

Calculations:  % N in dry  soil - (ml sample  titration - ml blank titration)
            x (normality of acid,  this case  - 0.02N)  x (1.4 /sample wt g)

                                    I-K7

-------
AMMONIUM DETERMINATION

     The extraction procedures for soil and plant  tissue  samples  are  after
Jackson. 1  Determination of ammonia by distillation  follows  the procedure
for TKN in Standard Methods.3

Apparatus:  Balance and 500 ml Erlenmeyer are needed for  sample prepara-
            tion.  An 11 cm Buchner funnel, filter flask, Whatman #42
            filter paper and vacuum pump are needed  to  separate the  leach-
            ate from the sample.  800 ml Kjeldahl  digestion  flasks and
            distillation apparatus are required.

Reagents:   Extraction solution is a 10 percent NaCl solution  acidified  to
            pH 2.5 with cone. HC1.  Ammonia is distilled  into  indicating
            boric acid as described in Standard Methods3  for TKN  determi-
            nations.  Distillate  is titrated with  standard 0.02N  H SO^.

Extraction of Ammonium:  Weigh out 100 g fresh soil  sample into 500  ml
            Erlenmeyer (5 g plant tissue).  Make separate moisture determi-
            nation (1 mm fraction).  Add 200 ml acidified NaCl solution  and
            shake thoroughly at first, then intermittently for 0.5 hours.
            Moisten filter paper  and seat by suction on filter, add  NaCl
            sol. through filter.  Add 250 ml more  NaCl  in increments, first
            increment to rinse out flask.

Determination:  Transfer NaCl leachate to 800 ml digestion flask.  Add
            80 ml 50 percent w/w  NaOH down side of flask  and distill about
            125 ml into 25 ml boric acid.  Titrate with 0.02N H2S04  until
            green color turns purple.

Calculation:  % N determined as in TKN determination.  Organic N  - TKN
            minus
NITRATE  AND  NITRITE  DETERMINATION
      The  extraction of nitrate and nitrite nitrogen is after Jackson.1
Determinations  follow Standard Methods.3

Extraction Apparatus:  500 ml wide-mouth Erlenmeyers with stoppers, filter-
             ing flask, Whatman #42 filter paper, Buchner funnel, and a
             balance are required.

Extraction Reagents:  Ca(OH)2» MgC03, activated charcoal, IN CuSO^,
             0.6 percent Ag2S04 solution (6g/l).  Extraction solution is
             made by adding 200 ml  CuS04 solution to 1 1 Ag2S04 solu-
             tion and diluting the  result to 10 liters.

Preparation:  50 g soil sample is  ground to 0.5 mm.  10 g plant tissue
             sample is ground to 1  mm.
                                     1-148

-------
Extraction:  50 g soil (10 g plant tissue) is weighed and placed  in  500 ml
            bottle.  250 ml extraction solution is added.  Shake  10  minutes
            and add 0.4 g Ca(OH)2» shake 5 minutes more.  Add  1 g
            MgC03> mix thoroughly and filter on dry filter paper,  discard
            first 20 ml.  Color development follows.

Colored Extracts:  Add 1 g activated charcoal to  filtered extract.  Shake
            15 to 30 minutes and filter again.

Nitrate Determination:  Nitrate was determined using the brucine-sulfanilic
            acid method as described in Standard  Methods^ and  compared  to
            the standard curve shown in Figure A-2.

Nitrite Determination:  Nitrite analysis followed Standard Methods^  but
            nitrite was rarely found in measurable concentrations.

Soil and Leachate Analyses

1.  Total Carbon, Soil:  was measured by ignition in a Leco  carbon analyzer
            following manufacturer's instructions.  25 mg of soil  was added
            to a ceramic crucible.  One scoop each of iron accelerator  and
            tin copper catalyst was added.  The crucible was ignited in a
            stream of oxygen (1.5 liters/min) for 6-10 minutes.   C02
            produced was absorbed in an ascarite  bulb and determined
            gravimetrically by the following formula:

              Weight absorption Bulb (mg)   07 ,Q  .
                 w,_  . .       *  /  \      X t.l»t.y = A W>
                  Weight sample (mg)

            The error of 6 glucose and 6 steel standards analyzed ranged
            from 1.7 to 4.9 percent.

2.  Total Dissolved Carbon:  measured on a Beckman Carbonaceous  Analyzer
            Model #137879 using 20 ul liquid sample.  A calibration  curve
            is shown in Figure A-3.

3.  Dissolved Organic Carbon:  measured on a Beckman Carbonaceous Analyzer,
            following manufacturer's instructions.  0.2 ml of  2N NCI was
            added to 20 ml sample, and bubbled with N2 gas for 10 minutes
            prior to analysis.

4.  Chlorides:  measured by silver nitrate metnod as described in Standard
            Methods.   50 ml of sample were used.

5.  pH:  measured on a Fisher Accumet pH meter, Model 320.

6.  Dissolved Oxygen:  D.O. was measured with a Delta Scientific Oxygen
            Meter and probe, Model 75.
                                  1-149

-------
Ul
o
                    10
20   30    40    50    60    70    80

     Concentration Total Dissolved C (ppm)
90    100
     FIGURE A-2.  Total dissolved carbon standard curve.

-------
    0.8
    0.6
  o
  M
 <0.4
    0.2
                         Concentration NO^-N
0.6    07

— (ppm)
FIGURE A-3.  Nitrate nitrogen standard curve.

-------
 7.  Inorganic Phosphorus:  100 ml leachate sample was used without  dilution
             in the procedures previously described for P^ determination
             on phosphorus extract.

 8.  Total Phosphorus:  25 ml sample was used without dilution  in  the  pro-
             cedure previously described for P^. determination on digested
             phosphorus extract.

 9.  Nitrate Nitrogen:  10 ml sample was used without dilution  in  the  pro-
             cedure previously described for nitrate determination on
             nitrate extract.

10.  Ammonia Nitrogen:  350 ml sample or total volume remaining after  other
             analyses was used without dilution in the procedure previously
             described for ammonia determination of ammonia extract.
                                     1-152

-------
                                REFERENCES
1.  Jackson, Marion L.  Soil Chemical Analysis.  Prentice Hall, Inc.,
    Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, 1958.

2.  Assoc. of Official Agricultural Chemists.  Official Methods of
    Analysis, llth ed.  Assoc. of Official Analytical Chemists, Washington,
    D.C., 1970.

3.  APHA, AWWA, WPCF.  Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and
    Waste-water, 13th ed.  American Public Health Association, Washington,
    D.C., 1971.
                                   1-153

-------
                                 APPENDIX B
1.  Sample Resident's Survey Form, with cover letter and two completed
    forms.

2.  Layman's Summary of Project with Area Map and cover letter.
                                   1-154

-------
                    RENSSELAER POLYTECHNIC  INSTITUTE
                               TROY, NY  12181
                                              March  25,  1975
                STUDY OF MILL CREEK WATERSHED LAND NUTRIENTS

conducted by the Department of Chemical  and Environmental  Engineering for
the New York State Department of Environmental  Conservation,  United  States
Environmental Protection Agency, and  the International Joint  Commission

Project Advisor:  Dr. Hassan El-Baroudi, Associate Professor  of
                  Environmental Engineering, Rensselaer  Polytechnic
                  Institute
Dear Resident:

      You may remember the summary of  the above  project  which we  delivered
to you a few weeks ago.  Since that time we have been  working hard on
sampling and analyzing soils and calculating  the amount  of  nutrients in
forested and other land.  Good progress has been made, but  in order to cover
the residential and farmland areas of  the watershed WE NEED YOUR  HELP in
obtaining the necessary information.

      Enclosed is a questionnaire which we think is suitable for  our study.
We hope that you will find it reasonable to fill out and mail it  in the
enclosed envelope.  If you have any suggestions  or questions, do  not
hesitate to call or write.

      Best regards and gratitude.
                                      Yours  very truly,
                                      Kevin Walter
                                      Graduate  Student  (270-6367)
                                      Deborah James
                                      Graduate  Student
                                   1-155

-------
                                             March 25,  1975
TO THE RESIDENTS OF  MILL CREEK WATERSHED
 1.  Name	•	

 2.  Address	
 3.  Number  of  persons in your household	

 4.  Type  of  land included in your property        Lawn	acres
    (approximate):                                 Forested	acres
                                                   Grassland	acres
                                                   Cropland	acres

 5.  Do  you  have a septic tank, cesspool, or sewer connection?
                                         (please circle)
 6.  How do  you dispose of your household garbage?  (please circle)
          garbage disposal in sink      compost pile
          collected and hauled away     other (please specify)	
 7.  Do  you  keep animals other than house pets on your property?
          horses - number	    pigs     - number	
          cows    - number	    chickens - number	
                      other (please specify)	number	
    How do  you dispose of manure?	
 8.  Do  you  have a vegetable garden or grow crops for your own consumption?
                                                  Yes	   No	
    If  yes,  please list crops   	   acres	
                                 	   acres	
                                 	   acres	
 9.  Do  you  grow crops beyond your own consumption?   Yes	   No	
10.  Did you apply fertilizer to your lawn last year? Yes	   No	
     If  yes, please describe amounts and types	
11.  Did you apply fertilizers to your garden last year?  Yes....   No
     If yes, please describe amounts and types
12.  Do you plan to fertilize this spring?   Lawn   - Yes	   No,
                                             Garden - Yes	   No,
     If so, will you use more, less, or the same amount?
                                           (Use  back for  further comment)
                                    1-156

-------
                                             March 25, 1975
 TO THE RESIDENTS OF MILL CREEK WATERSHED

 1.  Name	
 2.  Address	
 3.  Number of persons in your household	

 4.  Type of land included in your property        Lawn	acres
     (approximate):                                Forested	acres
                                                   Grassland	acres
                                                   Cropland.	acres

 5.  Do you have a septic tank, cesspool, or sewer connection?
                                         (please circle)
 6.  How do you dispose of your household garbage?   (please circle)
          garbage disposal in sink      compost pile
          collected and hauled away     other (please specify)	

 7.  Do you keep animals other than house pets on your property?
          horses - number	    pigs     - number	
          cows   - number	    chickens - number	
                      other (please specify)	number	
     How do you dispose of manure?	
 8.  Do you have a vegetable garden or grow crops for your  own  consumption?
                                                  Yes	   No.....
     If yes, please list crops   	   acres	
                                 	   acres	
                                 	   acres	
 9.  Do you grow crops beyond your own consumption?   Yes.....    No	
10.  Did you apply fertilizer to your lawn last year? Yes	    No	
     If yes, please describe amounts and types	
11.  Did you apply fertilizers to your garden last year?  Yes....   No....
     If yes, please describe amounts and types	
12.  Do you plan to fertilize this spring?   Lawn   - Yes......   No,
                                             Garden - Yes	   No,
     If so, will you use more, less, or the same amount?
                                          (Use back  for  further  comment)
                                     1-157

-------
                   RENSSELAER POLYTECHNIC  INSTITUTE
                              TROY, NY  12181
                                             January  20,  1975
Dear Resident:

     The attached summary describes a  research  project  currently planned
for the Mill Creek area.  This research will be  conducted  by  two graduate
students, Kevin Walter and Deborah James,  from  the  Environmental Engineer-
ing Department at R.P.I, in conjunction with the New  York  State  Department
of Environmental Conservation.

     In the near future we will be seeking from the residents of Mill Creek
Watershed, permision to obtain soil samples from forest, cropland and
grass- land areas.  We would greatly appreciate  your  cooperation in helping
us obtain these soil samples and providing us with  some information either
personally or by a forthcoming questionnaire.

     We are looking forward to a productive research  assignment  in which
your help and interest are greatly needed  and appreciated.

     With best wishes (and a Happy New Year).

                                     Sincerely  yours,
(270-6369)                            Hassan M.  El-Baroudi,
                                      Faculty Advisor
(270-6367)                            Deborah James,
                                      Graduate Student
 (270-6367)                            Kevin Walter,
                                      Graduate Student
                                   1-158

-------
      A Research Project  Conducted by R.P.I.  in Rensselaer County
Faculty Advisor:      Hassan El-Baroudi - Environmental Engineering
Research Engineers:   Kevin Walter and Deborah James - Graduate Students

               INVENTORY OF NUTRIENTS IN MILL  CREEK WATERSHED

                           (Oct.  '74 - Sept.  '75)
     The soil of our  planet  is  very important to us because it stores, con-
ditions and  provides  all  living things with nutrients.  During the animal
and plant cycles of life  and death, the soil, together with water, air and
solar  energy are responsible for dispersing, converting and transporting
various materials  such  that  continuation of life becomes possible.  It is
mainly through  understanding these transformations and interactions that
the hope of  our future  welfare  and survival lies.  As a starting step,
engineers and scientists  divide the total environment into separate units
or ecosystems,  each of  which has its specific activities within its bound-
aries  and particular  relations  with adjacent units.  Examples of these
ecosystems are  the fresh  water  lakes, the swamps, forestlands and stream
watersheds.  This  project has the objective of studying the environmental
activities and  cycles in  Mill Creek Watershed which are responsible for
adding, losing  or  transforming  three essential elements in plant and animal
nutrition:   carbon, nitrogen and phosphorus.  It is hoped that quantities
of these nutrients and  their forms will be evaluated for the winter and the
summer seasons.

     Mill Creek Watershed in Rensselaer County covers an area of about
10 square miles which is  divided between the towns of North Greenbush and
East Greenbush.  According to recent statistics, 55.4 percent of the water-
shed is forestland, 40.7  percent is used for agriculture and the remaining
area is occupied by water bodies, residential, recreational and urban
facilities.  Small streams in the watershed join until they form Mill Creek
which  crosses the  City  of Rensselaer and discharges into the Hudson River.

     The inventory of nutrients in Mill Creek Watershed is only one part of
a larger study  sponsored  by  the International Joint Commission, the U.S.
Environmental Protection  Agency and the New York State Department of
Environmental Conservation.   The Department will concurrently sample and
analyze Mill Creek on a daily basis.  In addition, a research team from
Civil  Engineering  at  R.P.I,  will study the sediments in the streams.  The
project is designed for the  main purpose of providing knowledge and testing
techniques that are needed in the current studies of water quality in the
bordering lakes between the  U.S.  and Canada, and in the many similar set-
tings  nationally and  Internationally.  Examples of the questions for which
the study is seeking  answers are:  How often should streams be sampled for
identifying water  quality with  a desired precision?  How can the stream
sediments be sampled  effectively and how do they interact with water
quality?  What  are the  effects  of the various activities and nutrients in
the drainage area  and their  seasonal fluctuations on the quality of stream
water?
                                   1-159

-------
     Needless to say, the task of inventory-taking of the nutrients on the
land can benefit greatly by the interest, input and communications with the
residents of the watershed.  This contribution from residents will be
sought and welcomed by the Project team throughout the period of study.
                                    1-160

-------
                                APPENDIX C

                             FORTRAN PROGRAM;

                       BEST STRAIGHT LINE FIT USING

                          LEAST SQUARES ANALYSIS
       DIMENSION ICARD(80),X(4),Y(4)
       DATA ISTAR /'*'/
       IN-5
       IOUT-6
120    READ (IN,100,END=300) ICARD
100    FORMAT (80A1)
       IF (ICARD(l) .EQ. ISTAR) GO TO 200
       BACKSPACE IN
       N»4
       SUMX=0.0
       SUMY=0.0
       SUMX2=0.0
       SUMXY=0.0
       READ (IN,110) (X(J),Y(J),J=1,4)
110    FORMAT (10X,4(F5.2,F10.4)
       ICOUNT-ICOUNT+1
       IF (X(4) .EQ. 0.0)N=3
       DO 130 1=1,N
       SUMX=SUMX+X(I)
       SUMY=SUMY+Y(I)
       SUMXY=SUMXY+(X(I)*Y(I))
       SUMX2=SUMX@+X(I)**2
130    CONTINUE
       CDET=(N*SUMX2) - (SUMX**2)
       IF(ABS(CDET) .LT. l.OE-10) GO TO 190
       YINT=((SUMY*SUMX2) - (SUMXY*SUMX))/CDET
       SLOPE=((N*SUMXY) - (SUMX*SUMY))/CDET
       WRITE (ICUT,140) ICARD
140    FORMAT (///,' DATA READ WAS:  ',80A1,/)
       GO TO 210
190    WRITE (IOUT,220)
220    FORMAT (' COEFFICIENT DETERMINANT .LT. l.OE-10, PROBABLE DATA ERRO
      1R')
       GO to 120
210    WRITE (IOUT,150) N,SLOPE,YINT
                                  1-161

-------
150    FORMAT (' THE NUMBER OF POINTS IS f,Il,5X,'THE SLOPE IS ',
      1F10.A, 5X,'THE Y-INTERCEPT IS \F10.4,
       GO TO 120
200    WRITE (IOUT.160) ICARD
160    FORMAT ('I1,1X,80A1)
       GO TO 120
300    WRITE (IOUT.170) ICOUNT
170    FORMAT(////,f PROCESSING COMPLETED -  ',15,'SETS OF POINTS ANALYZE
      ID1)
       STOP
       END
                                  1-162

-------
                       REPORT II
     EVALUATION OF THE BOGARDI T-3 BEDLOAD SAMPLER
                          by
                   Thomas F. Zimmie
       Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering
                     Young S. Paik
                  Graduate Assistant
                  Carsten H.L. Floess
                  Graduate Assistant
           Renssalaer Polytechnic Institute
             Civil Engineering Department
                     Prepared for

New York State Department of Environmental Conservation
                          and
     United States Environmental Protection Agency

-------
                                 REPORT II

                                 CONTENTS
Abstract	  *
Figures	 ii
Tables	,	 iv
Acknowledgements	•	  v

      1.  Introduction	  1
            Background	  1
            General	  1
            Bedload samplers	  3

      2.  Conclusions	  6

      3.  Laboratory flume experiments	  7
            Introduct ion	  7
            Equipment	•	  8
            Procedure	 10
            Laboratory results and discussion	 \i

      4.  Field testing	 39
            General	 39
            Procedure	41
            Analysis of field data	44
            Comparison with bedload formulas	 5g

References	 65
Appendix:   Field methods for fluvial bedload measurement using the
  Bogardi T-3 bedload sampler	 68

-------
                                  ABSTRACT
This study consists of three parts:

  I)  Evaluation of the Bogardi T-3 bedload sampler in laboratory flume tests;
  2)  Field sampling using the Bogardi T-3 sampler;
  3)  Comparison of the field data .with theoretical values.

The Bogardi T-3 bedload sampler, designed by Professor Bogardi, was studied
in a non-circulating flume.  Efficiency and selectivity of this pressure
difference-type sampler were evaluated at various water velocities and with
different bed sediment materials.  Although the efficiency varied with
different velocities and bed materials, an overall efficiency of 40 percent
was found adequate for practical use.  The selectivity of the sampler was
negligible, and the material sampled was representative of the bedload being
transported.

The sampler was used to measure the bedload transport in Mill Creek, which  ~
is located-in eastern New York State.  The watershed was approximately 26 km
in area above the sampling station.

Although the Bogardi T-3 sampler was originally designed for use in small
streams, it can also be used in large rivers.

The sediment-discharge relationships of bedload trensport versus water dis-
charge and bedload transport versus water velocity were obtained from field
sampling and USGS hydrological data for Mill Creek.  The total amount of bed-
load transport was also computed.

Field measurements were compared with bedload formulas.  The Schoklitsch for-
mula, the Meyer-Peter formula and the Einstein formula were examined.  As for
most cobble-bedded streams, the mean size of the bed material in Mill Creek
is too large to give adequate amounts of bedload as computed by the formulas.
Reasonable agreement between computed results and actual field data could be
obtained by using the mean diameters determined from bedload samples instead
of the mean diameter of the bed material.
                                   Il-i

-------
                                 FIGURES








Number                                                              Page




   1    Bogardi T-3 bedload sampler	  5




   2    Flume arrangement	  9




   3a   Grain size distribution - Grit #2	 22




   3b   Grain size distribution - Grit #1	 22




   3c   Grain size distribution - Grit #1/2	 23




   3d   Grain size distribution - Grit #40	 23




   3e   Grain size distribution - Mixture	 24




   4a   Total sediment movement vs. velocity - Grit #2	 26




   4b   Total sediment movement vs. velocity - Grit #1	 26




   4c   Total sediment movement vs. velocity - Grit #1/2	 27




   4d   Total sediment movement vs. velocity - Grit #40	 27




   4e   Total sediment movement vs. velocity - Mixture	 28




   5    Total sediment movement vs. D-0 size.	 28




   6a   Velocity vs. efficiency - Grit #2	 30




   6b   Velocity vs. efficiency - Grit #1	 30




   6c   Velocity vs. efficiency - Grit #1/2	 31




   6d   Velocity vs. efficiency - Grit #40	 31




   6e   Velocity vs. efficiency - Mixture	 32




   7a   Grain size distribution - Test #64	 35




   7b   Grain size distribution - Test #68	 35
                                  Il-ii

-------
                          FIGURES (continued)


Number                                                              Page

   7c   Grain size distribution - Test #71	 36

   8    Mill Creek watershed, Renssalaer County, New York	 AO

   9    Method of bedload sampling for low flow periods...	 42

  10    Method of bedload sampling for high flow periods	 42

  11    Bedload sediment-discharge relation for Mill Creek	 45

  12    Bedload sediment-discharge relation for Clearwater River	45

  13    Bedload sediment-velocity relation for Mill Creek	 52

  14    Bedload sediment-discharge relations for Mill Creek:  field
         data and bedload formulas	•.	 64

-------
                                  TABLES


Number                                                              Page

  1      Laboratory data	 12

  2      Material characteristics	1?

  3      Efficiency of the Bogardi T-3 bedload sampler -
          statistical summary	33

  4      Bedload data	'.	46

  5a     Rating table for Mill Creek (11/7/74 - 4/2/75)	53

  5b     Rating table for Mill Creek (from 4/2/75)	54

  6a     Discharge occurrence (1/23 - 4/2/75)	55

  6b     Discharge occurrence (3/3/75 - 6/2/76; missing 8/22-
          8/27/75)	56
                                   Il-iv

-------
                             ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors wish to thank M. Comer, who was involved with the early labora-
tory and field testing, J. Murray and K. Nagel, who carried out the labora-
tory calibration tests, Drs. L. Hetling and G.A Carlson, New York State
Department of Environmental Conservation, and many members of the Water
Resources Division, Albany Office of the United States Geologic Survey, who
cooperated on this project.  The authors also wish to thank Betty Alix who
typed this report.

This study was carried out as part of the Task C activities of the Pollution
from Land Use Activities Reference Group, International Joint Commission'and
was funded through the United States Environmental Protection Agency and the
State of New York.
                                   II-v

-------
                                 SECTION  1

                               INTRODUCTION
BACKGROUND

     The International Joint  Commission  (IJC),  consisting of Canadians and
Americans, has established various  reference groups  to  study specific USA -
Canada water quality problems.  These  problems  deal  either directly or
indirectly with the Great Lakes.  A number  of watershed studies are being
carried out as part of the activities  of the Pollution  from Land Use
Activities Reference Group (PLUARG).   This  study  was carried out as part  of
the Genesee River Watershed Project.

     Sedimentation investigations are  an important  part of the watershed
studies.  In order to measure total sediment transport  in a watercourse,
both suspended sediments and  bedload sediments  must  be  sampled.  The -
specific aim of this research was to evaluate and calibrate a bedload
sampler for use in the sedimentation studies.   Although this research was
performed as part of the Genesee River Watershed  Study, the intent is to
utilize the bedload sampler in  other USA -  Canada watershed studies also.

GENERAL

     Total sediment load in a stream can be considered  to consist of two
types of sediment, bedload and  suspended load.  Bedload can be defined as
sediment that is transported  in a stream by rolling, sliding, or skipping
along the bed or very close to  it.   Einstein (1948)  suggested that the
thickness of the layer within which bedload moves is different for each
watercourse; it should be at least  equal to the diameter of the largest
grain.  The suspended load may  be defined as that sediment which does not
spend any time on the bed of the channel.  These  sediments are carried
along at approximately the same velocity as the water phase.  The
separation between bedload and  suspended load is  rather artificial, since
in reality there will be interchanges  between the two.   The behavior of a
particle of sediment in a stream is dependent both  on the characteristics
of the sediment (weight, size,  shape,  etc.) and the  fluid flow conditions
(velocity, direction, turbulence, etc.)  (Graf,  1971).  In a quiet water
zone suspended particles will settle and become part of the bedload,
whereas after storm events, high stream  flow velocities will place bedload
sediments in suspension.  Nevertheless,  for a given  sampling event at a
given sampling station, the concept of bedload  and  suspended load Is
practical.
                                  II-l

-------
     Bedload sediment investigations have not been as  numerous  in  the
United States as those of suspended load because many  of  the  important
rivers have beds composed of fine material and  therefore  carry  much  more
sediment in suspension than along the bed (Carlson and Miller,  1956).   For
those watercourses, the bedload portion of the  stream  sediments usually
accounts for only a small percentage of the total sediment discharge
(Colby, 1964).  In streams where the sediment load consists primarily of
silt and clay sized particles, the suspended sediment  discharge is very
nearly equal to the total discharge (ASCE, 1969).  However, the ratio of
bedload transport to total sediment transport is highly variable,  and
depends on the character of the watercourse.  For example, on the  Middle
Loup River at Dunning, Nebraska, more than 50 percent  of  the  total is
bedload whereas on the Milk River near Nashua,  Montana, the bedload  is
estimated at 5 to 10 percent of the total transport  (Carlson  and Miller,
1956).

     In some streams, the sediment discharge can be  measured  in a
contracted section of a channel where the velocity and the turbulence are
sufficient to suspend all the particles in transport.  Such a section is
sometimes called a natural turbulence flume.  In small streams, it may  be
practical to install an artificial turbulence flume  (ASCE, 1969).  For
other methods of measuring sediment discharges, see  (ASCE, 1969).

     This study is concerned only with the measurement of bedload  sediment.
Movement of bedload is largely responsible for  changes in the geometry  of
alluvial channels.  Thus it is virtually  impossible  to plan,  design, and
maintain river basin projects without quanitifying bedload transport rates
(ASCE, 1969).

     Assessment of pollution effects requires not only knowledge of  the
efficiency of the sediment as a carrier,  but also knowledge of  quantities
and rates of sediment transport (Tywoniuk, 1972).  In  order to  estimate the
amount of polychlorinated biphenyls trapped on  bedload sediments in  the
Hudson River, some samples were obtained  using  the Bogardi sampler.

     The current trend in determining the total sediment-transport rate of
a watercourse is to combine an analytical method with  a  suspended  sediment
sampling program.  The transport rate of  coarse particles (bedload)  is
computed according to the existing theories, and the measured results
(suspended sediments) are used to determine the transport rate  of  fine
particles (Chien, 1954).  Thus there have been  many  more  measurements  of
suspended load than of bedload.  One of the reasons  is the large number of
practical problems and difficulties in obtaining satisfactory bedload
samples.

     Several computational methods for determining bedload or total  load
have been developed, but none is universally acceptable  to  all  sediment
sizes, bed configurations, and flow regimes  (Graf,  1971). Also, there  are
complications in the actual application of these formulas.   These methods
include both analytical and empirical  relations.  Thus,  direct  measurements
are necessary to determine the amount  of  sediment load or to  check these
computational methods  (Graf,  1971).

                               11-2

-------
     Bedload samplers for the direct measurement  of  bedload have been
developed and used in many countries in Europe, including  Switzerland,
Germany, Hungary, Russia, and Poland.  Calibration of  these samplers have
indicated a mean efficiency of about 45 percent for  basket or pan types of
samplers and about 70 percent for  the  best  designed  pressure difference
type.  The efficiency of a sampler  is  the ratio of trapped sediment to that
actually moved as bedload per unit  time.  The  efficiency varies with
sampler characteristics, method of  supporting  the sampler, hydraulic
conditions, particle size, bed stability, and  bed configuration (ASCE,
1969).

     Development of bedload samplers in the United States  has been largely
limited to minor changes in design  of  some  of  the European models without
calibration tests (Hubbell, 1964).  However, the  USGS  has  recently devel-
oped a bedload sampler primarily intended for  California coastal streams
(Helley and Smith, 1971).  Thus the need for the  development and calibra-
tion of bedload samplers is apparent.

BEDLOAD SAMPLERS

     Bedload samplers come in a large  array of types.   Each type has been
developed to serve satisfactorily under slightly  different conditions.
Usually the difference among the samplers lies in the  type of sample it
will efficiently catch.  Some samplers catch primarily large size
sediments, while others trap a broader range of sizes, Including the
smaller size particles.

     The basic types of samplers are:  the  box- or basket-type, the
pressure difference-type, the pan-  or  tray-type,  and slot- or pit-type.

     The box or basket samplers operate by  retaining sediment that is
deposited in the sampler because of a  reduction in the flow velocity and
(or) that is screened from the flow (Hubbell,  1964).  The  basket-type only
catches material larger than the mesh  of the basket, while the box-type is
able to catch a large number of fines  in its baffled settling chamber.  In
general, the basket-type has been adopted in preference to the box-type,
and the average efficiency of a basket sampler is about 45 percent
(Hubbell, 1964).  The basket samplers  were  used not  only for solving
specific river problems but also for checking  the validity of bedload
formulas.

     Due to the flow resistance of  the box- or basket- type samplers, a
velocity decrease and pressure increase at  the entrance are produced.  As a
result, efficiencies are extremely  variable and samples are unrepresenta-
tive.  To remedy these disadvantages,  pressure difference-type samplers are
designed so that the entrance velocity and  the stream  velocity are approxi-
mately the same.  The bedload settles  out of the  water as  it passes through
the low pressure area towards the  rear of the  device.   The low pressure is
caused by an expansion in a flow chamber.   The details and geometry vary

-------
with the type of sampler.  The efficiencies  of  these  samplers  may approach
70 percent, depending on site conditions  (Graf,  1971).

     The Helley-Smith Sampler is an  example  of  the  modified  basket type and
the Bogardi is a modified box-type.  The  Bogardi  is similar  to that devel-
oped by Karolyi (Graf, 1971) in design  and concept, although the model used
in the present tests is much smaller than Karolyi's 90  kg  device.  A
refinement of this sampler, called the  VUV by Novak (Graf, 1971) has a
higher effficiency, closer to 70 percent.  This  refinement was attained by
studying the exact flow characteristic  inside the box to determine the best
shape for the plates.  It has been found  that these samplers will also
provide improved performance when provided with flexible bottoms and extra
weight for stability on the stream bottom.

     The pan-type is designed for small quantities  of bedload  in streams of
low velocity.  This type consists of a  flat  pan placed  on  the  bed which may
or may not have vertical baffles to  hold  the bedload  material  which passes
over the top of the pan (Graf, 1971).

     The pit-type is a very simple type of sampler  and  consists of an exca-
vation in the stream bed.  This pit  is  allowed  to fill  up  with bed
materials over a specified length of time.   At  predetermined intervals, the
pit is re-excavated and the sample recovered.   This type of  sampler is most
accurate in larger rivers with very  high  flows  and  sediment  loads, where
the errors inherent in such a measurement would be  insignificant (Hubbell,
1964).  However, in spite of their high and  relatively  constant efficiency,
the use of pit-type samplers is limited to the  shallow  rivers  because they
must be placed into the stream bed.  In order to overcome  this deficiency,
a diver-operated bedload sampler has been developed for deep rivers.  A
scuba-equipped diver places a portable  pit-type sampler into the stream
bed.  According to Waslenchuk (1976), this type sampler is technically and
economically feasible.  For a further discussion of bedload samplers see
Hubbell (1964) or Report 2, "Equipment  Used  for Sampling  Bed Load and Bed
Material," of the Federal Inter-Agency  River Basin  Committee (1940).

     The bedload sampler that was evaluated  in  this project  was the Bogardi
T-3 Bedload Sampler (Figure 1), developed by Professor  J.  L. Bogardi of
Hungary.  The sampler belongs to a family of similar  pressure difference-
type bedload samplers developed by Karolyi  (Hubbell,  1964).   Novak (1959)
found in laboratory calibration tests that the  sampling efficiency of these
samplers was about 45 percent.  Although  this efficiency may be considered
low, one of the advantages of this type of sampler  is that the sampling
efficiency does not vary radically with velocity or particle size as does
the efficiency of most other trap-type  samplers (Hubbell,  1964).  Novak's
results were similar to those found  in  this  project for the Bogardi
sampler, as will be discussed later.

     The sampler was constructed  of  1.6 mm  sheet aluminum plates and 6.4 mm
plexiglass walls.  The sampler  is  51 cm long,  14 cm wide,  and 23 cm high
(not including the stabilizing  fin). The front opening is 10.2 cm high by
14 cm wide.  The sampler weighs only 2.3  kg; however, weights can be added


                                  II-4

-------
to increase the sampler stability in high water velocities.  In this
project the maximum amount of weights used was 13.6 kg, which increased the
total sampler weight to 15.9 kg.  More weight can be added if necessary.

     The Bogardi T-3 Bedload Sampler has been used to a limited extent in
North America, primarily by Agriculture Canada to determine the amount of
pesticides on bedload sediments.  In addition, a number of other organiza-
tions involved with IJC Great Lakes research projects have utilized the
sampler on occasion.  However, the sampler had not been calibrated
previously, since these research projects did not deal with sedimentation
per se.
                                                             Ah*
                   Figure 1.  Bogardi T-3 Bedload Sampler.
                                 II-r5

-------
                                 SECTION 2

                                CONCLUSIONS
     From this report, the following conclusions may  be  drawn:
     The Bogardi T-3 Bedload Sampler is primarily intended  for  use  in  small
streams and rivers.  However, it is a versatile sampler  and can be  used in
large rivers also.  It is very lightweight and highly portable.

     The use of an overall sampling efficiency of 40  percent is justified
for field work with the Bogardi sampler.

     No evidence of sample selectivity was indicated  with  the Bogardi
sampler, and the sample obtained can be considered  to be a  representative
portion of the bedload sediment being transported.

     The sampler has been successfully used  in water  velocities of  2.4 m/s,
and can be used in higher velocities.

     A bedload sediment-discharge  relation was obtained  for Mill Creek
using the Bogardi sampler.

     Satisfactory bedload sediment-discharge relations  can  be obtained for
Mill Creek by the use of bedload formulas if the appropriate sediment  size
parameter is obtained from bedload samples rather  than  from bedload
material.

     Total bedload transport for Mill Creek  was about 100,000 kg during the
period January 23, 1975, to June 2, 1976, an average  daily  value of about
240 kg/day.  However, bedload transport  is very event-dominated, and about
65 percent of the bedload movement occurred  during  the  10  days of highest
flows.
                                   II-6

-------
                                 SECTION 3

                       LABORATORY FLUME EXPERIMENTS
INTRODUCTION

     The laboratory experiments were primarily  concerned  with  the
controlled calibration of the Bogardi Bedload Sampler  as  used  in the  field
tests.  Such measurements require  the use  of a  flume to  simulate the  stream
conditions, since the calibration  cannot be determined in natural  streams
because the actual transport rate  is unknown (Helley and  Smith, 1971).
Therefore, in order to calibrate the sampler, a flume  was required which
develops the characteristics critical for  bedload  movement in  a manner
similar to that of the stream to be measured.

     The important parameters that affect  bedload  movement can usually  be
limited to sediment size characteristics,  sediment transport rate, water
discharge, mean velocity, depth, bed slope and  roughness.  Determinations
of the parameters to be controlled must be made by the experimenter in  each
type of experiment.  True independence or  dependence of  variables  is  dif-
ficult to determine, as the interaction among them is  not well understood
(Williams, 1967 and Yalin, 1972).  In some reported experiments  (Williams,
1967, 1970) the independent variables were the  sediment  characteristics,
water depth and sediment transport rates,  while the dependent  variables
were water discharge (mean velocity), slope and bed roughness. These types
of experiments' were done using a non-recirculating-type  flume  (see Williams
(1970) and Guy, Simons and Richardson (1966) for additional explanation and
diagrams).  Other experimenters have used  a recirculating-type flume
(Simons, Richardson and Haushild,  1963).   The discharge  rate,  sediment  size
and sediment load were chosen, and the slope, depth and  bed roughness were
allowed to change in accordance with each  other.  In general,  the  flume
arrangement, the selection of variables and experimental  procedure are
governed by the results to be obtained.

     The flume in which the experiments were conducted allows  a  number  of
hydraulic variables to be controlled.  However, for the  efficiency deter-
mination required for this project, the effects of water velocity  (hence
discharge rate) and sediment size  characteristics  were considered.  It  was
found that the water depth had no  effect on efficiency,  as long  as the
depth of the water was sufficient  to completely cover  the sampler.  This is
an important point, since the efficiency is essentially  zero if  the sampler
is not covered completely.  Thus,  a minimum water  depth  of 25-30 cm is
required to sample.
                                  II-7

-------
     Five different kinds of  sediment were  used.   These included four sands
of fairly uniform size, and one sand that was  an  equal  mixture of the four
uniform sands.  The V$Q sizes of  the sand varied  from 0.49 mm to
1.65 mm.  A maximum water velocity of 0.82  m/s was used in the flume.
After each test, the amount of bedload  sediment  trapped in the sampler and
the total amount of bedload movement was determined.  Efficiency, expressed
in percent, was calculated by dividing  the  weight of  sampler sediment by
the total weight of bedload sediment movement.  For example, if 4.5'kg of
bedload sediment passes by a  14 cm width of stream bed  (the width of the
sampler) in a given time, and 2.3 kg of sediment  is trapped in the sampler
during the same unit of time, the efficiency is  50 percent.

EQUIPMENT

     The flume was a non-recirculating-type (sediment did not recirculate)
with a usable length of approximately 7.3 m and  a width of 74 cm.  The
flume arrangement is shown in Figure 2. The bottom was horizontal (no
slope) and non-adjustable.  Two pumps were  used  to circulate water.  One
pump had a rated capacity of  2.66 m^/min and fed a 15.2 cm diameter line.
The other pump had a rated capacity  of  9.5  m-Vmin and fed a 26.7 cm line.
The pumps discharged into a stilling area and  then went through a baffled
chamber, to reduce excess turbulence before entering  the mainstream.

     At a distance of  137 cm  downstream of  the last baffle, a plywood board
97 cm long and extending the  entire  width of the flume  was secured to the
flume bottom.  A small metal  strip acting as a ramp was placed in front of
this board, and the board had a sand coating affixed  to it to give it a
rough surface.  The purpose of the board and the metal  strip was to have
the flowing water approach and impact  the sand bed in a relatively uniform
manner.  The Bogardi T-3 Sampler  was placed on a similar plywood board
51 cm long, with a rough finish and  sand particles affixed to it.  This
board was added to the flume  to decrease the degree of  observed scour.
Between these two boards was  the  sand  bed.   The  sand  bed had an overall
length of 2.57 m and a depth  of 4.4  cm  (this depth was  equal to the
thickness of the plywood boards). The  collection box was placed directly
behind the sampler.  This box was constructed of aluminum, and consisted of
two pieces to facilitate its  handling  and  removal from the flume.  When in
place, the box had an  overall length of 180 cm and a  width of 30 cm.  Since
it was desirable to negate effects created  at the flume edges, the width of
the collection box was less than  the overall flume width.  The aluminum
utilized for the collection box was  0.8 mm  thick.

     To adjust the velocity and height  of  the water,  three weirs were used.
The heights of these weirs were 38.1,  25.4  and 17.8 cm.  Either  of these
weirs could be placed  in the  slots at  the extreme end of the flume.

     A Price-type current meter was  used  to measure water velocity rates
and determine discharge rates.  This is a  cup-type current meter used
throughout the country by  the USGS  for stream gaging (Grover and
Harrington, 1966).
                                   II-8

-------
          PUMP
          DISCHARGE
          PIPES
          BAFFLES
          METAL STRIP

          PLYWOOD	
          BOARD
          SAND BED
          REMOVABLE
          METAL PLATE
          PLYWOOD
          BOARD
         BOGARDI  T-3
         SAMPLER
          COLLECTION
          BOX
          WEIR	
W+4+-
       T
       104 cm
                                  137 cm
       97 cm
       257 cm
       51 cm
       180cm
       15. cm
FIGURE 2. Flume arrangement.
                       II-9

-------
PROCEDURE

     The first step  in a  test was  to  prepare the sand bed.  The sand ac-
cumulated behind the sampler from  a previous test was removed and placed in
the bed area.  This  was done by  using a trowel and shoveling the sand into
the bed area.  When  using a mixture,  the sand was mixed thoroughly before
being smoothed out into a level  and uniform layer.  The collection box was
then secured in place by placing it into pre-cut notches in the plywood on
which the sampler rests.  The collection box also had some lead weights
placed in it so that it would not  move while the water was flowing.

     Next the sampler was placed on the center of the plywood board and
secured in place.  The sampler was placed so that its upstream opening
coincided with the edge of  the plywood board.  Thus, the sampler was
located at the edge  of the  sand  bed.   A piece of sheet metal measuring
25.4 cm by 30.5 cm was placed on the  bed directly in front of the sampler
and a small weight was used to secure it to the sand bed.  The purpose of
this piece of metal  was to  help  reduce scour which occurred as the initial
wave of water reached the sampler.

     It was necessary to  fill the  flume with water before a test could be
run.  The filling operation was  performed slowly to prevent disturbance of
the sand during this period of constantly changing flow conditions across
the sand surface.  First, the area behind the sampler was filled using a
1.9 cm hose.  When the water started  to flood the sand bed, the 2.66
m^/min pump was started in  a throttled down condition, to fill the flume
from the opposite direction.  These opposing flows prevented disturbances
and wash-outs of the sand near the sampler.
     Once  the  water level reached weir height, the 9.5 m/min pump was
started and  the  other  pump was  throttled to its desired position.  The
timer  for  the  experiment  was started and the small metal plate in front of
the sampler  was  removed from the flume.  The water was circulated for a
predetermined  length of time.  At the conclusion of the test, the pumps
were shut  down and  the sampler  removed from the flume.  Some of the water
in the flume was allowed  to drain by raising the weir.  Sand found on the
plywood board  directly in front of the collection box was shoveled into the
box.   This sand  was considered  to be part of the overall sample, since it
passed the cross section  containing the upstream opening of the sampler.
Since  the  collection box  was constructed in two pieces, it was necessary to
collect the  sand into  one box while the box was still in the flume.  This
was done by tilting one box and washing the sand into the other half.  This
half was then  removed  from the  flume and the sand was trowelled, brushed,
and washed into  pans and  bowls.  The sample obtained in the Bogardi T-3
Sampler was  also placed into pans and bowls through a similar procedure.
These  pans and bowls were then  placed into an oven and the sand was allowed
to dry.  With  unifom sands it was only necessary to weigh the dried samples
from the Bogardi T-3 Sampler and the collection box, to compute the effi-
ciency.  If  a  mixture  was being tested, sieve analyses of both samples were
conducted, in  addition to the calculation of overall efficiency.  The sieve
analyses were  performed  in accordance with ASTM standards (ASTM Designation

                                  11-10

-------
C136-46) using U.S. Standard Sizes #10, 20, 40,  60,  100  and  200  sieves.

LABORATORY RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

     The laboratory data  is presented  in Table  1.  The most  common test
velocities were 0.427, 0.595 and 0.824 m/sec.   These velocities  corre-
sponded to maximum pumping rates using the 38.1, 25.4, and  17.8  cm weirs
respectively.  It was preferable not to take velocity measurements during
every test, since the presence  of  the  current meter  could have a signif-
icant effect upon the efficiency measurement.   However,  the  velocities were
verified routinely during the experimental phase and remained fairly con-
stant.  The water velocity was  measured near the upstream opening of the
sampler and the recorded  velocity  is an average of the velocity  readings.
Table 1 also lists depth  of water, weight of material found  in the sampler,
total weight of bedload movement,  rate of bedload  movement,  and  a computed
sampler efficiency.  The  efficiency is computed from:

                        width of collection box   weight in sampler
           Efficiency =     width  Qf sampler     «  total  bedload  weight


where:    width of collection box  « 30.48 cm,

          width of sampler -  13.97 cm.

Then, as shown in Table  1:

                            ws
                        E • 	
                             .458 x Wt

                    where:   E = efficiency

                             Wg • weight in sampler

                             Wt = total bedload weight.

     Material  size  characteristics of the sands used in the tests are shown
in Table  2.  The  data was  obtained from mechanical sieve analyses.  The
sieve  size openings are  shown in the table just below the sieve number.
Also shown are the  results obtained utilizing the sand mixture, including
size analyses  of  material  retained in the sampler, material obtained in the
collection box, and the  material in the sand bed.  For each sand analyzed,
the D   ,  D   ,  and D   sizes are shown.  The D   size is defined as the soil
particle  diameter at  which 60 percent of the soil weight is finer, DSQ
is the diameter at  which 50 percent of the soil weight is finer, and
D,Q is the corresponding value at 10 percent finer (Lambe and Whitman,
1969). The  uniformity coefficient (C ) is the ratio of the D60 size
to the DIQ size  (Lambe and Whitman, 1969), and is also shown in
Table  2.  All  of  the  sand  used in the tests will pass a #4 sieve.  Complete
grain  size curves for the  mono-sized sands and a typical bed sample of the
mixture can  be found  in  Figures 3a-3e.
                                   11-11

-------
TABLE 1.  LABORATORY DATA.

Test
*
1-7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
Date
1976

1/8
1/9
1/11
1/11
1/11
1/11
1/11
1/14
1/14
1/14
1/16
1/16
1/16
1/19
1/19
Grit
i

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Time
(min)

5
9
30
6
6
6
26
32
31
10
10
10
5
8
15
Vel.
(mps)

0.59
0.59
0.41
0.64
0.64
0.64
0.52
0.45
0.46
0.82
0.82
0.82
0.82
0.59
0.58
Depth
(m)
PILOT
0.34
0.34
0.34
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.32
0.31
0.31
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.34
0.23
Sample wt.
V (gin)
8
TEFTS
198.5
681.0
17.2
754.0
1218.0
2198.0
725.0
17.0
0.0
1276.0
3749.0
1796.0
903.0
58.0
—
Tot. wt.

1351.5
3004.0
1042.5
4421.0
5015.0
830.9'
3840.0
464.0
237.0
7433.0
10820.0
7236.0
6073.0
1642.0
—
Rate
(gm/min)

269.6
333.7
34.8
736.8
985.8
1384.8
133.8
14.5
7.6
743.3
1082.0
723.6
1214.6
205.3
—
Efficiency
W /.458W
s t

32.1
49.5
3.7
37.2
45.0
57.8
45.5
8.0
0.0
37.5
75.7
54.2
32.5
7.7
—

                                          (continued)

-------
TABLE 1 (continued).

Test
1
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
Date
1976
1/19
1/19
1/20
1/20
1/21
1/21
1/21
1/28
1/28
1/28
1/28
1/20
1/30
2/2
2/2
2/2
Grit
1
1
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
40
40
40
Time
(min)
15
15
15
10
7
20
5
7
20
30
40
-
35
10
10
10
Vel.
(mps)
0.58
0.58
0.59
0.59
0.82
0.59
0.82
0.82
0.43
0.43
0.43
0.82
0.46
0.50
0.59
0.82
Depth
0.23
0.23
0.34
0.34
0.27
0.34
0.27
0.27
0.43
0.43
0.43
0.24
0.29
0.34
0.34
0.27
Sample wt.
W (gm)
S
—
—
615.0
305.0
2110.0
1808.0
2680.0
2358.0
110.0
307.0
270.0
—
0.0
621.0
491.0
990.0
Tot. wt.
—
—
4670.0
3490.0
8172.0
8142.0
8969.0
10334.0
1886.0
1692.0
2426.0
—
0.0
4696.0
3031.0
6881.0
Rate
(gtn/min)
—
—
311.3
349.0
1167.4
407.1
1793.8
1476.3
94.3
56.4
60.7
—
0.0
469.6
303.1
688.1
Efficiency
W /.458W
S t
—
—
28.8
19.1
56.4
48.5
65.2
49.8
12,7
39.6
24.3
—
—
28.9
35.4
31.4

                                         (continued)

-------
TABLE 1 (continued).
Test
#
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
Date
1976
2/4
2/4
2/4
2/6
2/6
2/6
2/9
2/9
2/9
2/9
2/10
2/10
2/11
2/11
2/11
2/16
Grit
f
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Time
(min)
15
10
17
15
15
25
20
15
15
15
20
10
10
6
5
30
Vel.
(rops)
0.82
0.82
0.82
0.59
0.43
0.43
0.43
0.82
0.82
0.82
0.82
0.82
0.82
0.82
0.82
0.59
Depth
(tn)
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.34
0.43
0.43
0.43
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.34
Sample wt.
W (BB)
9
2063.0
1130.0
3252.0
912.0
112.0
449.0
81.0
1387.0
455.0
2814.0
2358.0
1225.0
655.0
305.0
496.0
1716.0
Tot. wt.
Wt(*m)
12182.0
6774.0
11147.0
4242.0
780.0
2748.0
1108.0
6044.0
4978.0
12494.0
8080.0
5621.0
3528.0
2200.0
2893.0
6983.0
Rate
(ptn/min)
812.1
677.4
655.7
282.8
52.0
110.0
55.4
456.3
331.9
832.9
404.0
561.2
352.8
366.7
578.6
232.7
Efficiency
W /.458W
s t
37.0
36.4
63.7
46.9
31.4
35.7
16.0
44.2
20.0
49.2
63.7
47.7
40.5
30.3
37.4
53.7

                                         (continued)

-------
TABLE 1 (continued).

Test
f
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
Date
1976
2/16
2/16
2/18
2/18
2/18
2/18
2/20
2/20
2/20
2/25
2/27
2/27
2/27
3/1
3/1
3/7
Grit
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
Mix
Mix
Mix
Mix
Mix
Mix
Mix
Mix
Mix
Mix
Time
(min)
15
30
32
30
22
135
10
10
15
10
15
20
30
45
60
30
Vel.
(mps)
0.59
0.59
0.59
0.43
0.82
0.43
0.82
0.82
0.59
0.82
0.59
0.59
0.43
0.43
0.43
0.59
Depth
(in)
0.34
0.34
0.34
0.43
0.27
0.43
0.27
0.27
0.34
0.27
0.34
0.34
0.43
0.43
0.43
0.34
Sample wt.
W (gm)
s
—
401.0
2175.0
0.0
4225.0
0.0
3156.0
5586.0
278.0
3515.0
154.0
1277.0
51.0
745.0
874.0
2946.0
Tot. wt.
Wt(pn)
—
3408.0
6327.0
0.0
16690.0
0.0
11755.0
17195.0
3536.0
11940.0
4106.0
7510.0
1396.0
3363.0
3453.0
10939.0
Rate
(gm/min)
—
113.6
197.7
0.0
758.6
0.0
1175.5
1719.5
235.7
1194.0
273.7
375.5
46.5
74.7
57.6
364.6
Efficiency
W /.458W
S t
—
25.7
75.1
—
55.3
—
58.6
70.9
17.2
64.3
8.5
37.1
8.0
48.4
55.3
58.8
                                         (continued)

-------
TABLE 1 (continued).






M
M
1
1— i


Test
t
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78


Date
1976
3/7
3/12
3/12
3/12
3/12
3/19
3/19
3/19


Grit
1
Mix
Mix
Mix
Mix
Mix
Mix
Mix
Mix


Time
(min)
20
15
12
7
10
40
50
30


Vel.
(mps)
0.59
0.59
0.82
0.82
0.82
0.52
0.52
0.52


Depth
(m)
0.34
0.34
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.30
0.30
0.30


Sample wt.
Wg(gm)
1987.0
798.0
2069.0
403.0
463.0
170.0
309.0
112.0


Tot. wt.
Wt(gm)
9316.0
4252.0
11233.0
3833.0
6186.0
2762.0
2939.0
1602.0


Rate
(gm/tnin)
465.8
283.5
936.1
547.6
618.6
69.1
58.8
53.4


Efficiency
W /.458W
8 t
46.6
41.0
40.2
23.0
16.3
13.5
23.0
15.3


-------
TABLE 2.  MATERIAL CHARACTERISTICS.

Grain Size
Analysis
Grit #2
Grit #1
Grit #1/2
Grit #40
Test #61
Sample
Test #61
Box
Test #62
Sample
Test #62
Box
Test #63
Sample
Test #63
Box
Test #64
Sample
Test #64
Box
# 10
(2.00)*
63.02
99.60
99.87
99.91
92.71
91.21
93.19
90.04
92.68
89.64
93.13
89.15
Percent
1 20
(0.84)
2.16
22.23
65.39
72.03
49.48
45.78
48.35
44.65
46.68
42.12
46.57
40.24
Passing
# 40
(0.42)
1.04
1.10
0.66
38.28
12.04
10.62
11.11
11.15
16.89
10.58
10.66
7.79
Sieve #
# 60
(0.25)
0.47
0.29
0.10
9.81
3.22
2.77
2.77
2.71
8.50
7.98
2.49
1.37
Size in mm.
#100
(0.15)
0.13
0.11
0.05
0.07
0.09
0.05
0.02
0.00
0.07
0.04
0.03
0.05
#200
(.074)
0.03
0.09
0.04
0.05
0.06
0.03
0.01
0.00
0.03
0.03
0.00
0.04
Pan
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.02
D
max
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
D
60
1.90
1.28
0.75
0.57
1.03
1.10
1.05
1.15
1.03
1.13
1.08
1.17
D
50
1.65
1.15
0.65
0.49
0.86
0.91
0.87
0.95
0.89
0.97
0.90
0.95
D
10
1.02
0.57
0.45
0.26
0.37
0.41
0.40
0.40
0.28
0.39
0.40
0.47
C
u
1.86
2.24
1.68
2.23
2.78
2.68
2.65
2.91
3.68
2.90
2.70
2.49
                                           (continued)

-------
TABLE 2 (continued).

Percent Passing Sieve #
Grain Size
Analysis
Test #65
Sample
Test #65
Box
Test #66
Sample
Test #66
Box
V Test #67
55 Sample
Test #67
Box
Test #68
Sample
Test #68
Box
Test #69
Sample
Test #69
Box
# 10
(2.00)*
96.38
95.76
95.66
91.40
90.97
90.34
91.74
88.66
91.28
90.26
# 20
(0.84)
45.41
37.92
52.97
43.47
54.85
41.82
43.53
41.95
48.48
46.78
I 40
(0.42)
19.21
8.65
12.68
10.33
31.80
11.67
12.20
12.16
15.03
16.56
# 60
(0.25)
9.44
2.05
3.20
2.42
15.86
3.59
2.90
3.16
4.30
5.10
#100
(0.15)
1.35
0.22
0.38
0.22
1.94
0.45
0.27
0.26
0.03
0.30
#200
(.074)
0.00
0.00
0.10
0.02
0.02
0.09
0.03
0.03
0.41
0.03
Pan
0.00
0.00
0.08
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.01
0.00
0.01
D
max
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
Size in mm.
D
60
1.00
1.12
0.96
1.15
0.95
1.18
1.15
1.19
1.10
1.05
D
50
0.85
0.97
0.79
0.96
0.72
1.00
0.96
0.98
0.89
0.86
D
10
0.26
0.44
0.37
0.40
0.21
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.31
0.34
C
u
3.85
2.55
2.63
2.88
4.52
3.10
3.07
3.13
3.54
3.08
                                         (continued)

-------
TABLE 2 (continued).

Grain Size
Analysis
Test#61-69
Bed
Test #70
Sample
Test #70
Box
Test #71
Sample
V Test #71
S Box
Test #70-71
Bed
Test #72
Sample
Test #72
Box
Test #73
Sample
Test #73
Box
# 10
(2.00)*
90.52
97.21
95.13
96.88
96.88
96.81
96.14
94.18
96.43
95.25
Percent
# 20
(0.84)
40.77
43.47
37.98
45.02
46.49
43.32
42.22
39.24
45.34
41.78
Passing
# 40
(0.42)
10.70
9. 15
7.38
9.64
10.30
7.94
7.94
7.80
8.54
6.64
Sieve #
# 60
(0.25)
2.68
1.94
1.27
1.89
1.53
1.03
1.64
1.30
1.23
0.86
Size in mn.
#100
(0.15)
0.22
0.19
0.12
0.15
0.10
0.07
0.08
0.10
0.08
0.07
#200
(.074)
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.02
0.03
0.02
0.00
0.02
0.00
0.00
Pan
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
D
max
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
D
60
1.10
1.12
1.18
1.10
1.07
1.10
1.14
1.19
1.10
1.15
D
50
0.95
0.95
1.02
0.93
0.89
0.92
0.97
1.00
0.93
0.96
D
10
0.39
0.46
0.45
0.44
0.42
0.44
0.43
0,46
0.42
0.46
C
u
2.82
2.43
2.62
2.50
2.55
2.50
2.65
2.59
2.62
2.50
> _ . . . , j i - M
                                         (continued)

-------
TABLE 2 (continued).

Percent Passing Sieve #
Grain Size # 10 1 20 # 40 I 60 #100 #200
Analysis (2.00)* (0.84) (0.42) (0.25) (0.15) (.074) Pan
Test #74 94>28 4Q>60 9>18 1>92 oao 0>QO Q>00
Sample
Test #74 95>91 40>77 6>6? 0>?7 Oi04 0>f)0 0>00
Box
Test #75 96>14 52>26 13<20 1>% 0>20 0>OQ 0>OQ
Sample
Test #75 9fi 5g 42>81 6>Q2 0>63 Q>05 0>OQ 0>00
Box
M
.i, Test#72-75 97_lg 49>Q9 g>86 1>y6 0>53 0>03 0>00
o Bed
Test #76 96<87 4g>71 u<22 1<83 0>12 0>OQ 0<00
Sample
Test #76 %>59 39<29 6>2? Q>60 0>Q3 Q<01 0>00
Box
Test #77 97.06 43.65 7.14 0.42 0.03 0.00 0.00
Sample
Test #77 96>52 39>16 5>59 Q>65 0>39 0>09 0>no
Box '
Test#76-77 g5 ?9 43>Q4 g>38 1>43 0>Qg n>01 0>00
Bed
Size in mm.
D D D D
max 60 50 10
2.00 1.15 0.98 0.44
2.00 1.14 0.97 0.45
2.00 0.97 0.79 0.36
2.00 1.11 0.97 0.47

2.00 1.03 0.85 0.42
2.00 1.03 0.86 0.40
2.00 1.18 1.00 0.46
2.00 1.11 0.95 0.45
2.00 1.17 1.00 0.46
2.00 1.12 0.96 0.56
C
u
2.61
2.53
2.69
2.36

2.45
2.58
2.56
2.47
2.54
2.00
                                         (continued)

-------
      TABLE 2 (continued).
                          Percent Passing Sieve v

     Grain Size   #  10     # 40    # 60    # 60    #100    #200
      Analysis    (2.00)*  (0.84)  (0.42)  (0.25)  (0.15)  (.074)  Pan
                                                                     Size in mm.

                                                             D     D     D     D     C
                                                              max   60    50    10    u
     Test #78
      Sample

     Test #78
      Box

     Test #78
      Bed
95.80    41.81    6.87    0.69    0.10    0.00   0.00


98.27    38.57    6.02    0.54    0.03    0.00   0.00


96.00    43.53   10.41    2.41    0.23    0.00   0.00
2.00  1.12  0.96  0.45  2.49
2.00  1.15  1.00  0.48  2.40
2.00  1.11  0.95  0.40  2.78
     * Sieve sizes are in mm.
M
I
NJ

-------
H
NJ
         100
      a:
      ui
         80
                   1.0 .8  .6   .4  .3    .2


               PARTICLE SIZE (mm)
   100
or so
Id
                                                   60
                                                oc
                                                ui
                                                   40
                                                UI

                                                £20
                                                UI
                                                a.
              1.0  .8  .6   .4  .3    2


          PARTICLE  SIZE (mm)
     FIGURE 3a.  Grain size distribution - Grit #2,
 FIGURE 3b.  Grain size distribution - Grit #1,

-------
          100
N)
U)
       o:
       UJ
          80
       u.

       _i 60
       tr
       UJ
          40
       UJ
       O 20
       £E
       UJ
       O.
                     1.0 fl  .6   .4  .3   .2

                PARTICLE  SIZE (mm)
      2.0      1.0 B   .6   .4  .3    .2

           PARTICLE  SIZE  (mm)
     FIGURE 3c.  Grain size distribution - Grit #1/2.
FIGURE 3d.  Grain size distribution - Grit #40.

-------
          0 [•
           2.0      1.0 .8  .6    .4  .3   .2
              PARTICLE SIZE  (mm)
FIGURE 3e.  Grain size distribution - Mixture.
                      11-24

-------
     In Figures 4a-4e  plots  of  bedload sediment  movement rate versus
velocity are shown  for the different  sediment  materials.  The plotted rate
of movement is the  average obtained  in the tests.   For all grain sizes, the
rate of bedload movement  increased with velocity.   All the curves have the
same general shape  and rates of bedload movement are increasing at an in-
creasing rate.

     There  is a critical  velocity below which  bedload movement will not
occur and above which  sediment  movement will commence.  This critical
velocity will be  different for  different grain sizes (assuming cohesionless
material) and is  higher for  larger sized sediments (ASCE, 1975).  In tests
using the Grit #2,  It  was found that  a velocity  of 0.42 m/sec was below the
critical velocity.  This  result is consistent  with Figure 2.46 of the ASCE
Manual (1975) which shows that  for a  sediment  size of 1.65 mm, the critical
velocity should be  between 0.21 and 0.46 m/sec.

     Figure 5 is  a  plot of bedload movement rate versus the grain size for
different velocities.   The characteristic grain  size used for the V$Q
size and bed sediment  transport rates were obtained from the results
plotted in  Figures  4a-4e. With the exception  of Grit #40, which has the
smallest grain size, the  bedload movement rate increased with decreasing
grain size, in the  range  tested.

     The amount of  total  bedload movement obtained using Grit #40 at a
velocity of 0.82  m/sec is less  than that obtained  from using the next
larger sand.  At  a  velocity  of  0.82 m/sec some of  the particles are enter-
ing the suspended load.  At  lower velocities the results are consistent
with the linear relations, since at these lower  velocities less particles
are entering the  suspended load. In  order for a particle to enter the
suspended load, the maximum  upward velocity component must be greater than
the settling velocity  of  the particle (Graf, 1971).  From Figure 4.4 of
Graf (1971), the  settling velocity of a Grit #40 is found to be
approximately 50  mm/sec.  The maximum upward velocity component is computed
from formula 8.7  of Graf  (1971):

              (Vmax  = °'17 (" D)°'46

        where (Uy)max  * maximum upward velocity  component

               U  *  mean water velocity

               D  =  depth  of  flow

The upward velocity component is computed to be  49.3, 46.6 and 44.9 mm/sec
for the 0.82, 0.60  and 0.43  m/sec velocities respectively.  Thus, for
Grit #40 and a velocity of 0.82 m/sec, some of the particles are entering
the suspended load.  For  larger sized particles, the settling velocity is
much greater than the  upward velocity component  and the coarser sediments
will remain as part of  the bedload.
                                  11-25

-------
       1200
     o>
                                           1200
    UJ

    UJ
800
                                        I-

                                        UJ

                                        UJ

                                        o
800
M
I
N5
400
    o
    UJ
    (O
                                                UJ
                                        o
                                        UJ
                                        CO
                                           400
    <

    o
   0.4   O.5   0.6    0.7   0.8   0.9

    FLUME VELOCITY (mps)
                                        o
    0.4   0.5  0.6   0.7   0.8   0.9

     FLUME  VELOCITY  (mps)
   FIGURE 4a.  Total sediment movement vs. velocity

             - Grit #2.
                                        FIGURE 4b.  Total sediment movement vs. velocity

                                                 - Grit #1.

-------
        1600
     E
     v.
     E
        1200
KJ
vj
     til

     UJ


     2 800
h-

UJ


5 400
UJ
CO
     O
                                               1200
            0.4    O.5   0.6   0.7   0.8   0.9

             FLUME  VELOCITY   (mps)
UJ


UJ


O
UJ

5
UJ
CO



£
O
                                               600
                                                    400
                                                   0.4   0.5  0.6   0.7   0.8   0.9

                                                    FLUME VELOCITY  (mps)
   FIGURE 4c.  Total sediment movement vs. velocity

             - Grit #1/2.
                                           FIGURE 4d.  Total sediment movement vs.  velocity

                                                     - Grit #40.

-------
                   82-11
 C5
I H
H- 0>
X M
rr
C CO
i-( (D
m a.
 I
 n>
 3
 01
 O
 n
      TOTAL SEDIMENT  MOVEMENT (gm/min)
                  o
                  o
                     o
                     o
        8
        O
      m
   P
 H ^


 ^ P
 3 oo
 •o
 (0
 "^ p
 I
 w
 H
 O
 (0
 a.
 (D
 ca
Ul
o
 N
 m
TOTAL SEDIMENT  MOVEMENT  (gm/min)

                          o       o
                          o       o
       .- o
       01
  s
     O K
    CM  Ol
    o
     N
     rn o
II
  o
             O
             O
s
o

-------
     Similar  results  were  obtained for the tests utilizing the mixture.  At
higher velocities  the smaller grains  became suspended, while at lower
velocities all  the material  remained  as part of the bedload.  At lower
velocities the  results from  the  mixture are consistent with the observed
linear relations.

     Plots of sampler efficiency versus water velocity are presented in
Figures 6a-6e.   In general,  sampler efficiency increases with velocity.
The increase  in efficiency is large for lower velocities but decreases at
higher velocities. This behavior was observed in most of the tests.  For
the Grit #1/2 size, the plot of  the data appears to be of a slightly dif-
ferent shape, but  follows  the same general trend.  Considering  the highly
variable nature of bedload movement,  the results shown in Figures 6a-6e are
quite consistent.

     A statistical summary of efficiencies based on test results is
presented in  Table 3.  The two most important statistical summaries of
experimental  data  are the  mean and the variance (Myers and Walpole, 1972).
The mean is the summation  of all measurements divided by the number of
measurements.  The variance  quantifies the variability of the observed data
about the mean. The  positive square  root of the variance is defined as the
standard deviation, and the  non-dimensional ratio of the standard deviation
to the mean is  called the  coefficient of variation (Myers and Walpole,
1972).  The mean,  standard deviation, and coefficient of variation for
sampler efficiency are presented in Table 3.  Tests 22, 23, and 24 were not
included in the computations for Table 3 since there was insufficient depth
of water to cover  the sampler in these tests.  Tests 58 and 60 were also
not included  since the velocity  was too low to move the Grit #2 particles.

     The variability  of efficiency as measured by the standard deviation is
about one-half  the mean value for most tests.  Differences in coefficients
of variation  are significant when comparing results for different grain
sizes.  Coefficients  of variation for the different grain sizes varied from
.341 for Grit #40  to  .714  for Grit #1/2.  With increasing velocity, more
consistent results were obtained and  the variability decreased.  For tests
at the lowest velocity, the  coefficient of variation is extremely high
(.860), a value close to unity.   However, the variability decreased at
higher velocities.

     The mean efficiencies obtained for all tests using the sand mixture
were within 1 percent of each other.   Also, the difference between the
coefficients  of variation  was less than 0.05.

     To stimulate  a typical  bedload measurement in which the stream would
be moving at  a  constant velocity and  in which the bed material would be a
graded sand,  a  series of tests were run using a velocity of 0.82 m/sec with
the sand mixture.   The results show a mean efficiency of about 45.5 percent
with a coefficient  of variation  close to 0.5,  This illustrates the kind of
variability to  be  expected when  taking a bedload sample in the field.
                                   11-29

-------
i
OJ
o
        50
       40
     y 30
     O
     u_
     (O
£5 10
          0.4   0.5   0.6   0.7   0.8  0.9

           FLUME  VELOCITY  (mps)
                                               70



                                            2 60


                                            >-
                                            O 50

                                            UJ
                                            Ul
                                               30
                                            oc
                                            UJ
                                            -120
                                                 <0
                                                    10
                                                  0.4   0.5   0.6   0.7   0.8   0.9

                                                   FLUME  VELOCITY  (mps)
    FIGURE 6a.  Velocity vs. efficiency - Grit #2.
                                           FIGURE 6b.  Velocity vs. efficiency - Grit #1.

-------
CO
        70 r
        60
        50

     UJ

     S240
     u.
     u.
     UJ
flC

UJ
        30
        20
         I0
           0.4   0.5   0.6   0.7   0.8   0.9

            FLUME  VELOCITY (mps)
                                                   70
                                                   60
UJ

O

C 40
u.
UJ


a:30
UJ


a! 20
                                                   10
                                                0.4    0.5   0.6    0.7   0.8  0.9

                                                 FLUME  VELOCITY  (mps)
    FIGURE 6c.  Velocity vs. efficiency - Grit //1/2.
                                           FIGURE 6d.  Velocity vs. efficiency - Grit #40.

-------
    70
 geo


 O 50
 UJ
 040
 U_
 U.
 W 30

 cc
 3 20
 0.

 <  10
 CO
7
      KEY
— —  MIXTURE
      TOTAL
       0.4   0.5  0.6   0.7   OB   0.9
        FLUME  VELOCITY  (mps)
FIGURE 6e.  Velocity vs. efficiency - Mixture and total.
                  11-32

-------
 TABLE  3.   EFFICIENCY  OF  THE  BOGARDI  T-3  SAMPLER -  STATISTICAL  SUMMARY*
DESCRIPTION
Tests Using
Grit 12
Tests Using
Grit #1
Tests Using
Grit #1/2
Tests Using
Grit #40
Tests Using
Mixture
All Tests
Tests At
Vel. - 0.43mps
Tests At
Vel. - 0.60mps
Tests At
Vel. = 0.82mps
Tests Using
Grit #2 at
Vel. - 0.82mps
Tests Using
Mixture at
Vel. " 0.82mps
NUMBER
OF TESTS
12
14
11
10
18
65
13**
22***
27
9

6

MEAN
EFFICIENCY^
45.24
34.74
31.31
36.28
35.89
36.65
21.78
38.46
44.50
43.15

45.55

STANDARD
DEVIATION
15.82
22.65
22.35
12.38
20.70
19.50
18.74
16.75
18.00
13.09

22.61

COEFFICIENT
OF VARIATION
.350
.652
.714
.341
.577
.532
.860
.436
.404
.303

.496


*  Tests 22, 23, 24, 58, 60 not entered into statistics.



** Includes Tests 10, 15, 16.



***Includes Tests 8, 9, 11, 12, 13.



N-l Weighing Used.
                                   11-33

-------
     The high variability of  the  results  obtained  was  expected.   Helley and
Smith (1971) state that bedload transport  is  extremely variable  in time and
space.  They found a great  deal of  scatter in their  data,  with standard
deviations in some cases equal to the mean value.  The standard  deviations
obtained in this project were somewhat  less.   Considering  the  nature of
bedload movement, the variabilities obtained  in  this testing program appear
very reasonable.

     One of the reasons for the high variability in  the test results can be
attributed, in part, to the presence of scour and  sand waves.   Some degree
of scour and sand wave activity was observed  in  all  of the tests.  If a
test was concluded at a time when scour was prevailing near the  sampler
opening, the corresponding  efficiency was  usually  low.  On the other hand,
if a test was concluded at  a time when a  sand wave had just reached the
sampler, the corresponding  efficiency was  high.  The problems  of sand waves
and scour are likely to occur in  the field as well as  the  laboratory,
making the sampler efficiency at  least  as  variable in  the  field  as was
found in the laboratory.

     To investigate the possibility of  sampler selectivity, several grain
size curves were plotted.   Selectivity  is  defined  as the condition when the
sampler collects a limited  range  of particle  sizes while allowing other
particle sizes of the total bedload to  pass through  the sampler.  For
example, if the sampler allows fines to pass  through while continuing to
catch coarser sized particles, the  sampler is being  selective.  Complete
results of the sieve analyses for all tests can  be found in Table 2.  Using
representative grain size curves  from the  test results (see Figures 7a-7c),
a comparison was made between those of  the total bedload transported and
those of the sampler material.

     As shown in Figures 7a to 7c,  which  represent typical results, slight
differences in the grain size distribution curves  were obtained  for the
sediment collected in the box and the sediment collected in the  sampler.
However, total bedload movement is  the  addition  of the box material and
sampler material.  Thus, differences in grain size curves  between the bed-
load sediment movement and  the sediment trapped  in the bedload sampler are
even less than shown in Figures 7a  to 7c.

     Therefore, it Is concluded that the  Bogardi Bedload Sampler collects a
representative portion of the total bedload transported.  For  the range of
sediment sizes and velocities utilized  in these  experiments,  sampler
selectivity is not a problem.

     As a result of the flume tests, some general  conclusions  can be made
relative to the efficiency  of the Bogardi  T-3 Bedload  Sampler.  For
velocities at or above 0.92 m/sec an efficiency of approximately 45 percent
was measured.  Between 0.61 and 0.92 m/sec an efficiency of approximately
40 percent was obtained.  These results are consistent with other tests
utilizing the Karolyi sampler (which is similar in design, but much larger
than the Bogardi T-3), in which Novak  (1959)  concludes that the average
efficiency is 45 percent.   At velocities  much below 0.61 m/sec the results

                                   11-34

-------
    100
  KEY
— SAMPLE
— BOX
— BED
      2.0     1.0 .8  .6   .4 .3   .2
         PARTICLE  SIZE (mm)
FIGURE 7a.  Grain size distribution - Test #64.
                     100
                                                              — — SAMPLE
                        2.0      1.0 .8 .6   .4 .3   .2
                         PARTICLE  SIZE  (mm)
                 FIGURE 7b. Grain size distribution - Test // 68,

-------
        100
                          — — SAMPLE
           2.0     1.0 .8  .6   .4  .3   .2
            PARTICLE   SIZE  (mm)
FIGURE 7c. Grain size distribution - Test #71.
                     11-36

-------
obtained were  highly variable and an accurate general conclusion can not be
made.   From  a  practical standpoint this may not be serious, since the
associated amount  of bedload movement is small at low velocities.

     Variability of  sampler efficiency was an expected problem.  For tests
conducted at velocities above 0.61 m/sec, coefficients of variation of the
resulting efficiencies  were on the order of 0.4 to 0.5.  The observed trend
indicates that the variability is reduced at higher velocities, however
this should  be verified by further tests.

     At significantly higher velocities than those tested, the sampler
efficiency may decrease markedly, as sediment may be able to wash through
the sampler  without  having a chance to be retained as part of the sample.
Additional tests to  verify this possibility should be performed in a flume
where higher velocities can be attained (approximately 1.83 m/sec).

     It is recommended  that the sampler not be allowed to fill more than
one-third of capacity.   When the sampler was filled beyond this amount, a
significant  amount of scour was observed near the upstream opening of the
sampler causing a  subsequent decrease in efficiency.  Novak (1959) also
found that efficiency changes when bedload samplers are filled to more than
25 to 30 percent of  their volume.

     At the  higher test velocities the sampler was not stable and moved
downstream if  not  restrained.  In the laboratory, the sampler was provided
with a  handle  and  was secured by wedging the handle against an overhead
discharge pipe.  This solution to the stability problem is not feasible
under field  conditions.  Field sampling procedures are discussed in
Section 4 and  the  Appendix.

     Some field sampling has been accomplished in Mill Creek and in the
Hudson  River with  water velocities approaching 2.4 m/sec.  Under these
conditions the Bogardi  T-3 Sampler had to be provided with 11 to 14 kg of
lead weights which were placed in the collection chamber.

     Within  the range of sediment sizes tested, the sampler was not ob-
served  to be selective  in obtaining a bedload sample.  The sample obtained
was an  accurate representation of the actual bedload movement.

     Some general  conclusions can also be made regarding the rate of bed-
load movement.  An increase in water velocity or decrease in grain size
results in a large increase in the rate of sediment movement*  Bedload
movement increases at an increasing rate with velocity while increasing
linearly with  decreasing grain size (provided all the sediment remains part
of the  bedload).

     As noted  previously,  the results of the laboratory experiments using
the Bogardi  Sampler  are similar to those of Novak (1959), who used similar
types of bedload samplers.   The sampling efficiency does not vary radically
with velocity  or particle  size.  In addition, sampler selectivity does not
appear  to be a problem  with the Bogardi Sampler.  Overall sampler


                                  11-37

-------
efficiency values obtained were also very similar, i.e., about 45 percent
from Novak's experiments and about 40 percent for the Bogardi Sampler.
                                 IIr38

-------
                                  SECTION  4

                                FIELD  TESTING
GENERAL

     Although this project  was  part  of  the  Genesee River Watershed Study,
the field testing program was conducted in  a  small pilot watershed in
eastern New York State.  A  number  of other  IJC-PLUARG studies were also
being conducted in the same watershed.   The selection of the watershed
location was based on practical and  economical  considerations, since many
of the studies required  intensive  field efforts.

     The Mill Creek watershed is located in the southwestern part of
Rensselaer County in eastern New York State (Figure 8),  and lies in the
towns of North Greenbush and East  Greenbush.  It  is a few miles south of
Troy, New York, and a few miles east of Albany, New York.  It is a rela-
tively small watershed,  approximately 26 knr  in area above the sampling
station, semi-rural in character,  and contains  no significant point sources
of pollution.  The water quality in  Mill Creek  is excellent.  Additional
information about the watershed can  be  found  in the detailed report by
El-Baroudi (1975).

     The sampling station was located at the  intersection of a roadway
bridge and Mill Creek.   All samples  were collected on the downstream side
of the bridge.  A sampling  platform  was attached  to the  roadway bridge.
This allowed sampling during peak  flow  periods  when personnel could not
enter the stream.

     It was imperative that continuous  discharge  records be available, both
for this project and others being  conducted at  the sampling station.

     United States Geological Survey, Albany  Office, Installed and main-
tained a continuous recording gage station  at the sampling station.  The
stream was gaged at frequent intervals, and an  excellent stage-discharge
relationship was available.

     Field sampling was  conducted  over  an 18-month period, January 1975
through June 1976.  Samples were collected  on a routine  basis (typically
weekly) and on an event  basis.  This was necessary since bedload sediment
transport is event dominated, a characteristic  common to many hydrologic
measurements.  Most of the annual  quantity  of bedload transport occurs on  a
few days of the year (major events).  Conversely, routine sampling at
Mill Creek during periods of low flow often yields no measurable bedload

-------
                             Wothinqton Co
              Sorotogo
              Co.
             MOHAWK
             RIVER
 MILL.
 CREEK
 WATERSHED
      HUDSON
      RIVER
              Albany
              Co.
FIGURE 8.  Mill Creek watershed, Rensselaer County, New York.
                                 11-40

-------
sediment movement.

PROCEDURE

     A procedure  that  can  be  used  for bedload sampling in the field in-
volves a water discharge measurement  and  the  subsequent calculation of the
centroids of areas  of  equal water  discharge.   For example, the centroids of
areas representing  20  percent  of the  total  discharge can be computed.  As a
limit, the width  of any area  should be kept under 7.6 m (Helley and Smith,
1971).  Bedload measurements  should then  be taken on the bed at verticals
through these centroids*   Repeated measurements should be taken as long as
the flow is steady,  because of the variability of bedload movement with
time (Hubbell, 1964).  Average values should  then be calculated after dis-
carding obviously erroneous measurements.  For example, a very low value
might indicate forward tipping of  the sampler with subsequent loss of
sample through the  front orifice.   A  very high value might indicate drag-
ging of the sampler forward during placement  or removal from the stream, or
it might indicate placement of the sampler  mouth in front of a dune where
excessive quantities of sand  might be scooped up (Helley and Smith, 1971).

     Measurements with a bedload sampler  would be made by lowering the
sampler to the stream  bed  and leaving it  in position for a measured period
of time.  Sampling  time should probably be  limited to that which would ap-
proximately fill  the sampler  to no more than  33 percent of capacity (Graf,
1971).

     The rate of  bedload movement  per unit  time per foot of cross-section
can be calculated from the average dry weight of the samples collected, the
time of sampling  as measured  by a  stopwatch,  and the sampler dimensions.
Total bedload transport for each area of  equal water discharge is calcu-
lated by multiplying the corresponding rate of transport by the width of
the area.  A factor considering efficiency  should also be included.  Total
stream bedload transport is the summation of  the bedload discharges for
each area.

     For sampling in Mill  Creek, the  above  procedure was modified.  Because
sampling took place  immediately on the downstream side of a bridge with
vertical concrete abutments,  the flow was nearly uniform under the bridge.
Therefore, only one  sample was taken  at approximately the middle of the
bridge.  The rate of bedload  transport was  assumed to be constant for the
width of the stream flowing under  the bridge  (approximately 4.4 m).  This
assumption was verified by sampling at various points across the stream
bed.  Thus, the total  amount  of bedload transport for Mill Creek could be
calculated from the  results of one bedload  sample*  In most instances only
one sample was obtained on each sampling  date due to time and economic
reasons.

     The easiest  and most  reliable method of  sampling is to have personnel
enter the stream  directly  (Fig. 9).  When this was impossible during periods
of high flow, longer rods  were attached to  the sampler sides and the sampler
was lowered to the  stream  bed from the sampling platform (Fig. 10).  During
                                  11-41

-------
FIGURE 9.  Method of bedload sampling for low flow periods.
FIGURE 10.  Method of bedload sampling for high flow periods,
                          11-42

-------
 very high flows, a system of ropes was also utilized to provide  stability
 during the lowering and raising processes.  This requires at  least  two
 sampling personnel.

     If  a  platform  or  low  bridge  is  not  available  or the  water depth is  too
great, then the  sampler must  be lowered  into  the watercourse using ropes.
As mentioned later,  this method was  utilized  on the bedload  sampling pro-
gram in  the Hudson  River.

     It  was mentioned  in the  section on  Laboratory Experiments that  the
sampler  must be  completely immersed  in water  when  sampling.

     Once  on the stream bed,  the  sampler was  left  in position for a  period
of time  measured by  a  stop watch.

     Upon  removing  the sampler  from  the  stream bed, the front of  the
sampler  was lifted  up  higher  than  the rear to prevent  the  loss of any
sample.  The rear trap door of  the sampler was also caulked  prior to
sampling to prevent  the loss  of any  sediment  through the  joints between  the
door and the body of the sampler.  The  sample plus the  water retained was
removed  through  the  rear door and  placed In a watertight  plastic  container
for  shipment back to the laboratory.  A velocity measurement was  also made
at the point of  sampling by means  of  a  Price-type  current  meter.   This
measurement was  made at the six-tenths  depth, according to the standard
USGS stream gaging  procedure  (Davis,  Foote and Kelly,  1966).  The tempera-
ture of  the water sediment mixture was  also determined, plus the  approx-
imate gage height  from the staff  gage at the  sampling  station.  Any  other
pertinent  information  regarding the  sampling  was also  recorded.  Additional
sampling details are given in the  Appendix.

     In  addition to  the bedload samples  obtained by using  the Bogardi
Sampler, at frequent intervals  bed material samples were  collected by
scooping the top layer of  the stream bed.   These samples  were also oven
dried and  sieved.

     The Bogardi T-3 Bedload  Sampler is  a small, lightweight sampler ori-
ginally  developed  for  use  in  small streams.  In spring 1976, bedload
sampling was conducted in  the upper  Hudson River between  Fort Edward,
New York,  and Troy,  New York. Various  highway bridges  were  utilized as
sampling stations  since personnel  could  not enter  the  river  due to water
depth.   Because  of  the height of  the  bridges  above the  water, the sampler
was lowered into the water by using  ropes. In most cases, weights were
added to the sampler to increase  its  stability. On one sampling  day, a
major event occurred on the upper  Hudson River. A 100-year  flood occurred
and water velocities above 2.1 m/s were  encountered.  The  sampler performed
quite well and satisfactory bedload  samples were obtained  in all  cases.

     A major consideration with a  bedload  sampler  is the maximum  water
velocity in which  the  sampler can  be  used. The stability of the  Bogardi
Sampler  can be greatly Increased  by  adding weights.  Since the weights are
inside the sampler,  there  is  no increased  resistance to the  flow of  water.
                                 11-43

-------
Because the weights are placed  in the  lower  collecting  box  of  the sampler
where the velocities are low, there  is no measurable  effect  on sampling
efficiency when weights are used (maximum of 13.6 kg  lead plates were
used).  At Mill Creek, the highest velocity  encountered was  about 2.4 m/s.
It is felt that samples can be  obtained  in water velocities  as high as 3.0
m/s and probably even at higher velocities.

ANALYSIS OF FIELD DATA

     The general methods applied in  computing sediment  discharges depend on
the kind, accuracy and frequency of  the  available samples,  and on on the
expected use of the computed  discharges. The general procedure differs for
computations that are based on  frequent  sediment discharge  measurements and
for those based on occasional sediment discharge measurements  (Colby,
1963).

     Sediment  samples are  generally  obtained infrequently unless a reason-
ably accurate  time distribution of sediment  discharge and concentration is
desired.  With occasional  measurements of  sediment  discharge over the usual
range of flow  in the stream,  the sediment discharges  or concentrations can
be plotted against the streamflow  or gage height.   A curve drawn through
these points defines an average sediment discharge  or concentration re-
lation  for the cross section.  Usually,  individual  points scatter widely
from such a curve (Colby,  1963).   For example, see  Figures  11 and  12.

     For a particular sediment  measuring station,  curves based on sediment
discharge measurements and concurrent streamflows  can be used to compute an
approximate sediment discharge  at  any time  when the streamflow is known.
Although sediment discharges  computed from  such curves may be reasonably
correct on the average, at individual times they may be greatly  in error.

     Sediment  discharges  for  a  day,  storm  period,  month, year or longer
period  can be  computed directly by using a flow duration curve for the
period, and by using a sediment discharge  curve that is assumed  to be rep-
resentative for  the  period.   The  range of  flow is divided into several  sub-
ranges, and the amount of  time  that  the  flow was within each subrange is
determined.  The  sediment  discharge  per unit time is obtained for each  sub-
range,  and this  is multiplied by  the amount of time that the flow was in
that  particular  subrange.   The  total sediment discharge  is  the sum of  these
products  (Colby,  1963).

      The  above general  procedure is  usually modified to  fit a specific
situation.

      The  field sampling  results are shown in Figure  11 which  is  the  bedload
sediment-discharge  relation for Mill Creek.  Total bedload  transport  is
plotted versus the  stream discharge, assuming a constant efficiency  of  40
percent.   The  best  fit  solid line was obtained by using  a least  squares
criteria.   The bedload data  is listed in Table 4, and  values  of  total
bedload have  been computed assuming sampler  efficiencies of 40  percent.
The spread of  data  points is considerable in  Figure  11,  i.e.  for a given


                                   11-44

-------
*-
Ui
         I05
      S  I02
      CD
         10'
                   EFFICIENCY* 40%
                   10
                     -I
10'
            DISCHARGE   (m3/sec)
                                                   ^  if)3
               o
               <
               o
               o
               id
               CD
                                                   -J  I0«
                                                           CLEARWATER  RIVER
                                                               After Emmeft
        IOZ       I03       10
DISCHARGE    (m3/sec)
      FIGURE 11.  Bedload sediment-discharge relation
                for Mill Creek.
             FIGURE 12.  Bedload sediment-discharge relation
                       for Clearwater River.

-------
      TABLE  4.   BEDLOAD DATA.
•e-
Date
1975
Jan.
23
Feb.
24
25
26
27
Mar.
6
20
21
Apr.
3
10
25
Jun.
12
17
26
Station

11

11
13
13
12

12
12
13

13
11
12

10.5
10.5
10.5
Water
Temp.
(°C)

0

0
1
1
2

1
4
4

-
8
11

19
20
24
Gape
Ileipht
(cm)

-

128
113
101
95

87
109
101

122
88
82

84
81
74
Discharge
r-3/s

—

7.67
3.25
1.46
0.896

0.420
2.63
1.46

5.35
0.613
0.241

0.365
0.218
-
Velocity
m/s

0.205

1.95
1.19
0.528
0.534

0.248
0.976
0.573

2.59
0.323
0.206

0.261
0.20
0.062
Time
(min)

110

-
15
15
30

135
15
15

—
60
45

20
40
40
Sample
Weight
(R)

5.0

-
2470.3
115.6
122.0

4.1
3141.1
68.4

—
4.0
-

0.5
1.1
-
Kg/m/day
*

1.17

-
4235
198.2
104.6

0.787
5384
117.3

—
1.71
-

0.64
0.71
-
Total
Bedload
(kp/dayj*

5.19

-
18732
877
463

3.48
23819
519

—
7.56
-

2.83
3.15
-
                                                   (continued)

-------
TABLE 4 (continued).

Date
1975
Jul.
2
9
15
Aug.
7
8
15
21
Sep.
3
9
12
13
19
23
24
Station
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
Water
Temp.
(°0
23
23
23
17
17
18
-
16
15
16
15
16
14
14
Gage
Height
(cm)
73
88
80
87
117
81
76
76
76
76
75
76
84
81
Discharge
m3/s

0.613
0.162
0.524
4.59
0.195
-
0.076
-
0.076
-
-
0.348
0.229
Velocity
m/s
0.050
0.393
0.183
0.381
1.373
0.200
-
0.084
0.082
0.084
0.078
0.084
0.323
0.239
Time
(min)
60
30
40
60
2
40
-
45
90
45
-
-
90
60
Sample Kg/in/day
Weight *
(g)
0.2 0.09
5.1 4.37
1.3 0.83
16.0 6.86
1078.3 13864
-
-
0.1 .056
-
0.1 .056
-
_ _
4.0 1.14
- -
Total
Bedload
(kg/day)*
0.38
19.33
3.70
30.33
61324
-
-
0.25
-
0.25
-
-
5.06
-

                                             (continued)

-------
       TABLE 4 (continued)
i
*-
o>
Date
1975
Sep.
25
26
Oct.
3
10
11
15
18

19
20
21
Nov.
7
13
14
20
26
Station
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.0

10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10
10
Water
Temp.
<°C)
13
14
11
12
12
14
11

11
11
12
13
9
4
5
5
Gape
Height
(cm)
95
95
80
77
92
86
125

128
114
101
82
95
99
81
88
Discharge
m3/s
1.31
1.20
0.173
0.106
0.969
0.479
5.85

6.41
4.09
1.93
_
-
-
-
0.658
Velocity
m/s
0.659
0.580
0.188
0.121
0.448
0.375
2.00

2.21
1.13
0.671
0.217
0.519
0.647
0.241
0.421
Time
(min)
30
60
^
-
90
30
2
1
2
5
5
_
-
-
30
30
Fample
Weight
(R)
54.60
26.65
.
-
14.66
2.40
123.20
69.56
55.56
1067.90
14.60
_
-
-
0.50
10.05
Kg/in/day
*
46.81
11.42

-
4.19
2.06
1584
1789
714.36
5492
75.08
^
-
-
0.43
8.61
Total
Bedload
(kg/day)*
207.01
50.52

—
18.52
9.10
7006
7912
3160
24293
332.13
L
-
-
1.89
38.10

                                                    (continued)

-------
TABLE 4 (continued).

Date
1975
Dec.
1
10
17
1976
Jan.
14
27
M 27
*- 28
VO
28
29
Feb.
17
18
19
27
Station

10
10
10

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Water
Temp.
(°C)

7
3
2

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Gage
Keight
(cm)

96
95
92

107
146
146
148
148
123
113
102
113
94
Discharge
m3/s

1.37
1.27
0.91

2.88
0.49
9.49
9.77
9.77
5.45
3.84
2.16
3.84
1.12
Velocity
m/s

0.448
0.464
0.415

_
1.66
1.66
1.66
1.66
0.671
1.10
0.778
1.10
0.659
Time
(min)

30
30
30

30
2
2
2
5
5
5
5
5
5
Sample
Weight
(R)

19.70
98.35
-

7.30
40.60
62.80
22.90
11.00
59.30
35.2
-
-
2.6
Kg/m/day
*

16.88
84.30
-

6.25
522.01
807.44
294.43
56.56
304.97
181.04
-
-
13.37
Total
Bed load
(kg/day)*

74.69
372.89
-

27.67
2309
3572
1302
250.23
1349
800.75
-
-
59.15
                                            (continued)

-------
 TABLE 4 (continued) .

Date
1976
Mar.
12
26
30
Apr.
1
9
22
26
May
7
14
18
19
20
Jun.
1
11
21
Station

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

10
10
10
Water Gage
Temp. Height
(°C) (cm)

86
86
88
116
86
81
100
88
88
89
109
116

86
79
79
Discharge
m3/s

0.501
0.479
0.613
4.34
0.479
0.195
1.81
0.591
0.636
0.734
3.23
4.34

0.482
0.151
0.151
Velocity
m/s

-
.308
.305
1.16
0.296
0.149
0.814
0.314
0.323
0.363
1.11
1.42

0.218
0.198
0.198
Time
(min)

-
-
30
2
30
30
5
30
30
15
4
2

30
15
—
Sample Kg/m/day
Weight *
(e)

-
-
2.8 2.41
135.42 1741
0.75 0.64
-
-
1.4 1.20
_
2.5 4.26
1.1 7.07
212.0 2726

1.9 1.63
_
- -
Total
Bedload
(kg/day)*

-
-
10.61
7702
2.85
-
-
5.31
-
18.85
31.27
12057

7.20
-
-

* Sampler Efficiency Assumed «= 40%

-------
discharge the total bedload can vary considerably.  This normal  variability
of bedload transport is of much greater significance  than  that due  to + 5
percent differences in efficiency.  As previously noted, the efficiency
does not vary radically with velocity and discharge.  However, the  effi-
ciency does increase somewhat with discharge, approximately 35 percent  at
low flows to 45 percent at high flows.  Values of total bedload  were
computed using efficiencies appropriate to the discharges, and the  line of
best fit was obtained.  Similarly, values were computed assuming constant
efficiencies of 35 percent, 40 percent (Fig.  11) and  45 percent. The four
lines virtually coincide when plotted on Figure  11.   Therefore,  from a
practical standpoint, the assumption of a constant efficiency value of  40
percent for the Bogardi T-3 Bedload Sampler is justified for field
sampling.

     It appears necessary to establish the range of sampler efficiency  when
calibrating a bedload sampler, perhaps to the nearest 5 or 10 percent.
However, extensive efforts to improve the accuracy of the  laboratory ef-
ficiency values appear unwarranted.

     Total bedload transport can also be plotted against velocity
(Figure 13).  The plot looks very similar to  Figure 11, a  fact which  is not
surprising considering the fairly uniform flow conditions  at the Mill Creek
sampling station, i.e., discharge and velocity correlate very well.  In
general this will not be true, especially for water courses with complex
cross-sections.  Correlations of bedload transport and discharge can differ
radically from correlations of bedload transport and  velocity.

     As noted previously, the variability of  the field sampling  results
shown in Figure 11 is typical of bedload sampling programs and  is not  unique
to this project.  Bedload transport in natural systems is  highly variable
(Graf, 1966).  Values of total bedload transport versus discharge derived
from a field bedload sampling program by Emmett  (1976) are shown in
Figure 12.  The similarity between Figure 11 and Figure 12 is evident.
Similar relationships are found for suspended load transport (for example,
Mansue and Anderson, 1974).

     It was imperative that continuous discharge records be available,  both
for this project and others being conducted at the sampling station.  The
United States Geological Survey, Albany Office,  installed  and maintained a
continuous recording gage station at the sampling station. The  stream  was
gaged at frequent intervals, and an excellent stage-discharge relationship
(rating curve or table) was available (Table  5-a, 5-b).

     In order to estimate the amount of bedload  transport  in Mill Creek,
the number of occurrences of mean gage height were tallied from  the USGS
gage station records and corresponding water  discharges were found  using
rating tables (Table 5-a, 5-b and Table 6-a and  6-b). For each  discharge,
the corresponding bedload transport was obtained from the  bedload sediment-
discharge relation curve (Fig. 11).  The total bedload movement  in  Mill
Creek was then calculated.
                                  11-51

-------
           3K

           •o
           V.

           E
           LU
           X
           o
           CO

           Q 10
           O
           <
           o
           _J
           o
           bJ
           OQ
10°
        EFFICIENCY»40%
                    10
                      -I
                      10
                  VELOCITY  (m/sec)
FIGURE 13.  Bedload sediment-velocity relation for Mill Creek.
                       11-52

-------
TABLE 5a.  RATING TABLE FOR MILL CREEK (11/7/74 - 4/2/75).

Gage Height
(cm)
79.30

82.35

85.40

88.45

91.50

94.55

97.60

100.65

103.70

106.75

109.80

112.85

115.90

118.95

122.00

125.05

128.10

131.15

134.20
Discharge
(m3/s)
0.11

0.20

0.34

0.50

0.67

0.90

1.18

1.46

1.82

2.27

2.72

3.25

3.86

4.56

5.35

6.13

6.92

7.70

8.57
Difference
(o3/s)

0.09

0.14

0.16

0.17

0.23

0.28

0.28

0.36

0.45

0.45

0.53

0.61

0.70

0.79

0.78

0.79

0.78

0.87


                            11-53

-------
TABLE 5b.  RATING TABLE FOR MILL CREEK (from 4/2/75)
Gage Height
(cm)
76.25

79.30
82.35
85.40
88.45
91.50
94.55
97.60
100.65
103.70
106.75
109.80
112.85
115.90
118.95

122.00
125.05

128.10
131.15
134.20

137.25
140.30

143.35

146.40

149.45

152.50

155.55
Discharge
(ir3/s)
C.08

0.15
0.26
0.43
0.66
0.91
1.20
1.54
1.93
2.38
2.83
3.33
3.84
4.34
4.84

5.35
5.85

6.36
6.86
7.36

7.87
8.37

8.93

9.49

10.05

10.60

11.20
Difference
(ro3/s)

0.07

0.11
0.17
0.23
0.25
0.29
0.34
0.39
0.45
0.45
0.50
0.51
0.50
0.50
0.51

0.50
0.51

0.50
0.50
0.51

0.50
0.56

0.56

0.56

0.55

0.60

                             11-54

-------
TABLE 6a.  DISCHARGE OCCURRENCE (1/23 - 4/2/75).

Mean Gage
Height (cm)
82.66- 83.88
84.18- 85.40
85.71- 86.93
87.23- 88.45
88.76- 89.98
90.28- 91.50
91.81- 93.03
93.33- 94.55
94.86- 96.08
96.38- 97.60
97.91- 99.13
99.43-100.65
100.96-102.18
102.48-103.70
104.01-105.23
105.53-106.75
107.06-108.28
108.58-109.80
110.10-111.33
111.63-112.85
113.16-114.38
114.68-115.90
116.21-117.43
117.73-118.95

Average
(CO)
83.27
84.79
86.32
87.84
89.37
90.89
92.42
93.94
95.47
96.99
98.52
100.04
101.57
103.09
104.62
106.14
107.67
109.19
110.72
112.24
113.77
115.29
116.82
118.34

Discharge
(o3/s)
0.24
0.31
0.39
0.47
0.55
0.64
0.74
0.85
0.98
1.12
1.26
1.40
1.57
1.75
1.95
2.18
2.40
, 2.63
2.88
3.14
3.43
3.74
4.07
4.42

Bedload
(kg/day)
3.4
5.4
10.0
14.0
20.0
27.0
36.0
52.0
70.0
91.0
127.0
150.0
193.0
240.0
317.0
385.0
498.0
634.0
680.0
861.0
997.0
1404.0
1540.0
1812.0

Number
of
Occurrences
4
8
13
11
10
8
3
3
3
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
Total
Bedload
Total Eedload
(kg)
14.0
44.0
129.0
155.0
204.0
217.0
108.0
156.0
211.0
91.0
0
149.0
193.0
240.0
0
385.0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1540.0
1812.0
« 5648.0 kg

                                  11-55

-------
TABLE 6b.  DISCHARGE OCCURRENCE (3/3/75 - 6/2/76; missing 8/22-8/27/75).
Mean Gage
Height (cm)
71.98- 73.20
73.51- 74.73
75.03- 76.25
76.56- 77.78
78.08- 79.30
79.61- 80.83
81.13- 82.35
82.66- 83.88
84.18- 85.40
85.71- 86.93
87.23- 88.45
88.76- 89/98
90.28- 91.50
91.81- 93.03
93.33- 94.55
94.86- 96.08
96.38- 97.60
97.91- 99.13
99.43-100.65
100.96-102.18
102.48-103.70
104.01-105.23
105.53-106.75
107.06-108.28
108.58-109.80
110.11-107.97
111.63-112.85
113.16-114.38


Average
(cm)
72.59
74.12
75.64
77.17
78.69
80.22
81.74
83.27
84.79
86.32
87.84
89.37
90.89
92.42
93.94
95.47
96.99
98.52
100.04
101.57
103.09
104.62
106.14
107.67
109.19
110.72
112.24
113.77


Discharge Bedload
(m3/s) (kg/day)
_
-
-
0.10
0.14
0.19
0.24
0.31
0.40
0.50
0.61
0.73
0.86
1.00
1.15
1.31
1.47
1.66
1.85
2.07
2.29
2.51
2.74
2.98
3.23
3.48
3.74
3.99


_
-
-
0.50
1.02
1.90
3.44
5.44
10.4
15.9
25.4
36.5
52.1
72.5
92.9
125
163
217
272
353
417
544
657
702
770
1020
1270
1520
(continued)
11-56
Number
of
Occurrences
4
25
35
22
23
25
35
34
48
55
32
34
14
19
7
12
4
7
3
7
3
1
0
2
1
2
3
1


Total Bedload
(kg)
-
-
-
11.0
23.4
47.6
120
185
500
872
812
1240
729
1380
650
1490
652
1520
815
2470
1250
543
0
1400
770
2040
3800
1520



-------
  TABLE  6b  (continued).

Mean Gage
Height (cm)
114. 68-115. 90
116. 21-117. A3
117.73-118.95
119.26-120.48
120.78-122.00
122.31-123.53
123.83-125.05
125.36-126.58
126.88-128.10
128.41-129.63
129.93-131.15
131.46-132.68
132.98-134.20
134.51-135.73
136.03-137.25
137.56-138.78
139.08-140.30
140.61-141.83
142.13-143.35
143.66-144.88
145.18-146.40
146.71-147.93
148.23-149.45
149.76-150.98
151.28-152.50
152.81-154.03
154.33-155.55

Average
(cm)
115.29
116.82
118.34
119.87
121.39
122.92
124.44
125.97
127.49
129.02
130.54
132.07
133.59
135.12
136.64
138.17
139.69
141.22
142.74
144.27
145.79
147.32
148.84
150.37
151.89
153.42
154.94

Discharge
(m3/s)
4.24
4.49
4.74
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.26
6.51
6.76
7.01
7.26
7.52
7.77
8.02
8.27
8.54
8.82
9.10
9.38
9.66
9.94
10.22
10.50
10.78
11.06

Bedload
(kg/day)
1630
1830
2130
2310
2630
2900
319D
358 D
3990
4100
4510
4980
5440
5780
6120
6340
6800
7700
8150
8610
9290
9970
10900
11300
12200
12700
13400

Number
of
Occurrences
0
1
1
2
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
Total
Bedload
Total Bedload
(kg)
0
1830
2130
4620
2630
2900
3190
0
3990
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
9290
0
0
0
12200
12700
13400
- 93720 kf

Therefore, total bedload in Mill
5648.0 + 93720 «= 99368 kg; i.e.,
Creek from Jan. 23, 1975 to Jun.2, 1976 is
approximately 100,000 kg.
                                    11-57

-------
     Total bedload  transport  in Mill  Creek  during  the  period  of January 23,
1975 to June 2, 1976 (missing data 8/22/75  to  8/27/75)  (491 days)  was esti-
mated to be about 100,000 kg, an  average  daily amount  of  about  240 kg/day.
However, as noted previously, bedload is  event dominated,  and approximately
65 percent of the total bedload was transported during  the ten days when
flows were highest*  Almost 50 percent  of the  total  bedload transport
occurred during the four days of  highest  flows.

COMPARISON WITH BEDLOAD FORMULAS

     If bedload samples are not available,  bedload formulas are commonly
used to calculate the quantity of bedload sediment transport.  Many bedload
formulas have been  developed  and  an extensive  amount of literature is
available.  The reader is referred elsewhere  (Graf 1966,  ASCE 1975, Yalin
1972) for additional information.

     Historically,  bedload formulas have  been  developed from  closely con-
trolled laboratory  conditions, and are  empirical relations.   Strictly
speaking, they should only be applied within  the experimental boundaries.
The developers of bedload formulas should point this out  quite clearly.
The range of variables encountered under  natural conditions  is almost uni-
versally greater than that of the laboratory.   In addition,  the numbers of
variables encountered in the  field is much  greater than in the laboratory.
Therefore, it is not surprising that  no universally applicable bedload
formula has been developed (Graf, 1966),  and  that no formula  has been
developed  which clearly predicts with  a  sure  degree of accuracy,  the bed-
load transport (Falcone, 1974).   Yalin (1972)  states:   "It is regrettable
that the authors of (sediment) transport  formulae do not  always indicate
the validity regions of their expressions,  and therefore  the  transport
formulae are often  used for cases where they  should not be used.  As a
consequence, the transport formulae are often criticized  on the grounds
that they give the  transport  rates that are 'five or ten  times different'
from the measured rates.  In  this context it  should be remembered that if
the limits are not  indicated, it  does not mean that they  do not exist.  All
it means is that it is up to  the  user of  the  formula to discover the
limitations not mentioned by  the  author,  and  to use the formula
accordingly."

     Notwithstanding the above,  the  engineer  faced with the task of comput-
ing bedload yield must select a  formula,  and  in practice  the  formulas are
applied well outside of the experimental  boundaries.

     There are essentially three  different  approaches to the  bedload com-
putation problem.   They are as  follows (Graf, 1971):

     1.  The duBoys-type equations,  considering a shear stress relation-
         ship.

     2.  The Schoklitsch-type equations,  considering a discharge relation-
         ship.
                                  11-58

-------
     3.  The Einstein-type  equations,  based  on  statistical  considerations
         of the lift forces.

     The duBoys-type equations  are  based  on  the oversimplified model of
bedload moving in sliding layers.   The  Schoklitsch-type  equations  consider
discharge and the critical  discharge at which sediment  begins  to move.
Einstein's equation represents  a departure from the  other types of equa-
tions.  This is largely because Einstein's physical  model makes ample use
of the advancements in fluid mechanics  (Graf, 1971).

     For bedload computations,  Shulits and Hill recommended the following
formulas from the 14 formulas examined  (Falcone 1974, Tywoniuk 1972):

     1.  Skoklitsch, 1934:  A discharge formula

     2.  Meyer-Peter & Muller:  A tractive stress  formula

     3.  Straub:  A tractive stress formula.

     In order to compute bedload transport using bedload transport for-
mulas, the required basic data  are:

    (1)  stream width, average  depth

    (2)  mean velocity or water discharge

    (3)  energy gradient

    (4)  particle-size analysis of  bed material

    (5)  water temperature.

We can define some of this  data fairly  accurately  while  some is not easy to
obtain.

     It is of interest to compare the Mill Creek field  results with those
predicted by bedload formulas.  Following Shulits  and Hill's recommenda-
tion, the Schoklitsch, 1934 Formula and Meyer-Peter  Equation are used,
while the Straub Equation is eliminated because it yields bedload  values
too large in comparison with the other  formulas and  field measurements  in
Mill Creek.  The Einstein bedload formula is also  used  because of  its
classical importance.  Bedload  formulas are  often  modified  after original
development, but may still  carry the original name.  Therefore, the reader
is referred to the sources  of the formulas used herein:  1.  Einstein for-
mula as presented in Graf (1971), 2.  Meyer-Peter  formula (Gray, 1973), and
3.  Schoklitsch formula (Falcone, 1974).

     The Schoklitsch (1934) formula is engineering units is given  the fol-
lowing form by Shulits and Hill and presented in Falcone (1974):

               g  - 25 (s'-'/D'-
                                  ir-59

-------
where:

               gg; bedload discharge transported  (Ib/s/ft)

               S ; water surface slope

               Dg; effective grain diameter  (ft)

               q ; water discharge (cfs/ft)

                  ; critical discharge  (cfs/ft).
Schoklitsch gives the critical discharge in engineering unit  as:
                                4/3
               qoj = 0.0638 Dfi/S

where:
               q0l; critical discharge  (cfs/ft)
               D£ ; mean grain diameter for given  fraction  (ft)

               S  ; water surface slope.

For a non-uniform mixture, the grain  size distribution curve  is divided
into a number of fractions, and for each fraction  the mean  diameter  and
percentage of the total mixture is obtained using  the above equation.   Bed-
load transport is then computed for each fraction  and summed  to compute
total bedload using the relationship:
               g  - ag   + bg ,+ eg   +  ...
                s     sa     sb     sc
where:
               g   , g ,,...; bedload  discharge  for  any  given set  of  size
                              fractions
               a,b, ...      ; percentage  of  total  mixture  which each  mean
                              grain  diameter represents.

     Since the grain size curve  can  be arbitrarily divided Into parts,  this
procedure can yield a wide  range of  results.

     For coarse material and flat  slopes  this equation should be used with
care (Graf,  1971).

     The limitations of this formula are  (Falcone, 1974):
               water surface slope        0.003 - 0.024
               specific gravity  of grains 2.53  - 2.69

               mean grain diameter (mm)    0.305 - 7.01.
                                11-60

-------
     Gray (1973) presents  the Meyer-Peter  bedload  formula  in a simplified
form.  In engineering units  it  is:
                 2/3          2/3
               q Z/J =  39.25 q  '   S -  9.95 D
where:

               qs = sediment discharge in  Ib/sec/ft  width  of channel,

               q  * water  discharge in cfs/ft width,

               S  * slope  of the channel in ft/ft,

               D  = mean size of sediment  in feet  as  defined below
               D =

where pj is percent by weight of  bed  sediment  with a mean size d^,
where d^ is in feet.

     D is determined  from a  size  analysis  of a representative sample of bed
material.  The size distribution  is divided into  a convenient number of
size fractions, and the mean size and  weight percentage of each is  deter-
mined.

     The Meyer-Peter  equation was formulated after a long series of experi-
mental measurements and was  carried out  using  a wide range of character-
istics (Falcone, 1974):
               water  surface slope        0.004  -  0.2
               specific gravity of grain  1.25  -  4.00
               mean grain diameter (mm)    0.400  - 30.0.

     The Einstein bedload formula can  be written  in the following form
(Graf, 1971):
             * =  fct

             .,   Ps -p
                        SRh
                  Ys  Pg -P   gd
                               1_
                                11-61

-------
where:

               g; bedload discharge

               pg; density of sediment

               p  ; density of water

               d  ; average diameter

               S  ; slope of channel

               g  ; gravitational constant

               Yg; specific weight of sediment

               R.*; hydraulic radius, due to  particles

               *  ; intensity of bedload transport

               t  ; intensity of shear on particles.

The Einstein bedload  formula is dimensionally homogeneous and has been
checked out for a very wide range of characteristics.   Graphs are available
for practical calculations (Graf, 1971).   For further  discussion of this
formula see Einstein  (1950), Shen (1972),  Graf  (1971)  or Yalin (1972).

     The bedload  formulas have a D dimension term,  representing some size
characteristics of the sediment.  If no bedload samples are available, bed
material samples  are  obtained by scooping, dredging, or using piston
sampling devices  (ASCE, 1975).  Generally, the  mean grain size will be much
greater for the bed material than for the  sampled  bedload, since the mean
sediment size of  the  bedload in transport  will  depend  on the discharge and
velocity of the stream.  In other words, bedload is the material that is in
motion along the  stream bed while bed material  is  the  material making up
the stream bed that is available for transport.  Therefore, particle-size
analyses of bed material and bedload at a  given point  and time are not
usually the same.
                                                                            \
     In order to  compute bedload transport,  it  is  necessary to obtain
representative samples of bed material.  There  are four major classes of
bed material samplers available in use  to  date:

    (1)  drag bucket

    (2)  grab bucket

    (3)  vertical type or piston sampler

    (A)  rotating bucket scoop type.
                                  11-62

-------
     In shallow streams,  satisfactory  samples  can often be obtained using
shovels, scoops, or even  by handpicking.   However,  there are certain phases
of the procedure that are not  yet  adequately defined,  for example (Carlson
and Miller, 1956):

    (1)  How many samples are  necessary to define the  mean?

    (2)  Is there a change in  the  mean bed size  with discharge?

    (3)  How is a representative  sample obtained in a  cobble-bedded stream
         (for example, Mill Creek)?

    (4)  How are representative samples obtained under deep flowing water?

    (5)  How deep should  a sample  be taken to  give  particle size informa-
         tion applicable  to the various bedload  formulas?

     Obviously, the normal variability of  bed  material samples is as high
or higher than that for suspended  and  bedload  sediment samples.

     Total bedload transport was computed  for  Mill  Creek using the
appropriate D size obtained from bed material  samples  and by using the D
sizes obtained from bedload samples.   The  bed  material derived values
appear unsatisfactory, largely due to  the  large  D sizes.  Use of the
Einstein and Meyer-Peter  formulas  predict  essentially  no bedload transport.
The Schoklitsch formula can yield  a range  of sediment-discharge relations
depending on the method of analyzing the grain size distribution curves
(Falcone, 1974).  The field results fall within  this range; however, in
general, one would have no idea where  the  actual answer lies.

     Sediment-discharge relations  predicted by using the appropriate D
sizes obtained from bedload samples are presented with the field data (data
points omitted for clarity) in Figure  14.   The values  computed by the use
of the bedload formulas agree  quite well with  each  other and yield satis-
factory agreement with the field data.

     The Schoklitsch formula was used  to compute bedload yields using the
bedload sampling data of  Emmett (1976), shown  in Figure 13.  As for Mill
Creek, the agreement is satisfactory and the computed  sediment-discharge
relation is essentially parallel to and shifted  to  the left of the field
relation.

     It appears that bedload formulas  can  yield  satisfactory results if the
correct sediment size characteristic is used.  Of course, the 0 size of the
bedload in transport will not  be known without bedload sampling, in which
case the use of bedload formulas becomes academic.

     The previous conclusions  appear valid for Mill Creek and the Clear-
water River, where a wide range of sediment sizes exist.  If a watercourse
has a narrow range of sediment sizes,  the  D sizes of the bedload sediment
transport and the bed material sediment may be similar and, thus, quite
different results may be  obtained.

                                  11-63

-------
              10'
           5 *o4
           o»
           Q I03

           O
           _J
           O
                              A'SCHOKLITSCH
                              B'MEYER-PETER
                              C'EINSTEIN
                              D'FIELD DATA
                         IO'1     10°       10

                 DISCHARGE    (m3/sec)
FIGURE 14.  Bedload sediment-discharge relations for Mill Creek:
          field data and bedload formulas.
                          11-64

-------
                                REFERENCES
American Society of Civil Engineers.  1969.  Sediment Measurement Tech-
     niques:  A. Fluvial Sediment.  Journal of the Hydraulic Division,
     ASCE, Vol. 95, No. HY5, Proc. Paper 6756.  September, pp.  1477-1514.

American Society of Civil Engineers.  1975.  Sedimentation Engineering.
     Manual and Report on Engineering Practice, No. 54.  New York.

American Society for Testing Materials.  1956.  Standard Method  of  Test  for
     Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates.  Selected ASTM Engineer-
     ing Materials Standards.  ASTM, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.

Carlson, E.J. and Miller, C.R.  1956.  Research Needs in Sediment Hydrau-
     lics.  Journal of Hydraulics Division, Proceedings of the  American
     Society of Civil Engineers, Vol. 82, No. HY2.  Proc. Paper 953.
     April, pp. 1-33.

Chien, N.  1954.  The Present Status of Research on Sediment Transport.
     Transactions, ASCE, Vol. 121.  Paper No. 2824.  p. 833.

Colby.  1963.  Fluvial Sediments - A Summary of Source, Transportation,
     Deposition, and Measurement of Sediment Discharge.  United  States Geo-
     logical Survey Water Supply Paper 1181-A, Washington, D.C.

Colby.  1964.  Discharge of Sands and Mean-Velocity Relationships in  Sand
     Bed Streams.  United States Geological Survey Water Supply Paper 462-A,
     Washington, D.C.

Davis, Foote and Kelly.  1966.  Surveying, Theory and Practice,  Fifth
     Edition, McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York.

Emmett, W.W.  1976.  Bedload Transport in Two Large Gravel-Bed  Rivers,  Idaho
     and Washington.  Proc. of the Third Federal Inter-Agency Sedimentation
     Conference, Denver,  pp. 4-101 - 4-114.

El-Baroudi, H.  1975.  Inventory of Forms of Nutrients Stored in a  Water-
     shed.  Report prepared for New York State Department of Environmental
     Conservation and IJC.  Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, Troy, New
     York, August.

Einstein, H.A.  1948.  Determination of Rates of Bedload Measurement. Pro-
     ceedings Federal Interagency Sedimentation Conference, United  States
     Department of Interior.

                                  11^65

-------
Einstein, H.A.  1950.  The Bed-Load Function for Sediment Transportation in
     Open Channel Flows.  United States Department of Agriculture, Soil Con-
     servation Service Tech. Bull. 1026.

Falcone, F.E.  1974.  Bedload Discharge for Irregular Cross-Sections.  Pre-
     print 2385, ASCE Annual and National Environmental Engineering Conven-
     tion.  October, pp. 1- 30.

Graf, W.H.  1971.  Hydraulics of Sediment Transport.  McGraw-Hill Book
     Company, New York.

Gray, Donald.  1973.  Handbook on the Principles of Hydrology.  Water Infor-
     mation Center, Canada.

Grover, N.C. and Harrington, A.W.  1966.  Stream Flow-Measurements, Records
     and Their Uses.  Second Edition, General Publishing Company, Ltd.,
     Canada.

Guy, H.P., Simons, D.B., and Richardson, E.V.   1961.  Summary  of Alluvial
     Channel Data from Flume Experiments.  1956-61, United States Geological
     Survey Prof. Paper 462-1.  Washington, D.C.

Guy, H.P. and Norman, V.W.  1970.  Field Methods for Measurement of Fluvial
     Sediment.  Techniques of Water-Resources Investigations of the United
     States Geological Survey, Book 3, Chapter  C2.  Geological Survey.
     Washington, D.C.

Helley, E.J. and Smith, W.  1971.  Development  and Calibration of a Pres-
     sure-Difference Bedload Sampler.  United States Geological Survey
     Open-File Report.  Menlo Park, California.

Hubbell.  1964.  Apparatus and Techniques for Measuring Bedload.  United
     States Geological Survey Water Supply Paper 1748.  Washington, D.C.

Lambe, T.W. and Whitman, R.V.  1969.  Soil Mechanics.  John Wiley and Sons,
     Inc., New York.

Leliavsky, S.  1966.  An Introduction to Fluvial Hydraulics.   Third Edition.
     General Publishing Company, Ltd., Canada.

Mansue, L.J. and Anderson, P.W.   1974.  Effects of Land Use and Retention
     Practices on Sediment Yields in the Stony  Brook Basin, New Jersey.
     United States Geological Survey Water-Supply Paper 1798-L.   United
     States Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C.

Novak, P.  1959.  Vyzkum Funkce A Ucinnosti Pristroju  Na Mereni  Splavenin
     (Study of the Performance and Efficiency of Bedload Meters).   No.  99.
     Vyzkumny Ustav Vodohospodarsky.  Prace A Studie,  Prague.

Shen, H.W. (editor and publisher).  1972.  Sedimentation.   Symposium  to
     Honor Professor H.A. Einstein, Fort Collins, Colorado.

                                11-66

-------
Simons, D.B., Richardson, E.V., and Haushild, W.L.   1963.   Some  Effects  of
     Fine Sediment on Flow Phenomena.  United States Geological  Survey Water
     Supply Paper 1498-G.  Washington, D.C.

Tywoniuk, W.  1972.  Sediment Discharge Computation Procedures.  Journal of
     the Hydraulics Division.  Proceedings of the American  Society  of Civil
     Engineers, Vol. 98, No. HY3.  March, pp. 521-540.

Waslenchuk, D.G.  1976.  New Diver-Operated Bedload Sampler.  Journal of the
     Hydraulics Division.  Procedings of ASCE, Vol.  102, No. HY6, paper
     12179.  June, pp. 747-757.

Williams, G.P.  1967.  Flume Experiments on the Transport of a Coarse Sand.
     United States Geological Survey Professional Paper 562-B.   Washington,
     D.C.

Williams, G.P.  1970.  Flume Width and Water Depth Effects  in Sediment
     Transport Experiments.  United States Geological Survey Professional
     Paper 562-H.  Washington, D.C..

Yalin, M.S.  1972.  Mechanics of Sediment Transport.  Pergamon Press,
     Oxford.
                                 11-67

-------
                                 APPENDIX

               FIELD METHODS FOR FLUVIAL BEDLOAD MEASUREMENT

                   USING THE BOGARDI T-3 BEDLOAD SAMPLER
INTRODUCTION

     Knowledge of the movement of  fluvial  sediment  is  important to those
involved directly or indirectly in the  development  and management of water
and land resources.  Total  sediment  load  in  a stream can be considered to
consist of two types of sediment,  the bedload and  the  suspended.  The usual
suspended sediment samplers cannot be used in the  lowest 0.09 to 0.12 m
depth of the stream bed.  The sediment  in  transport in this region consists
of the bedload, and some  suspended load.   If the bedload is measured, the
suspended load in this lower region  is  still not measured,  and is referred
to as the unmeasured load.  Normally, the  unmeasured load is negligible and
is neglected; however, it can be estimated using empirical  or other quanti-
tative methods.

     The usual sediment study consists  of  the measurement of suspended load
and the computation of bedload transport  using one  or  more  of several bed-
load formulas.  The actual  bedload transport may  or may not be a sizable
part of the total sediment  load.   Typical  values of bedload as a percentage
of total sediment transport range  from  10  to 50 percent, but values outside
of that range are not unusual.

     No matter how precise  the theoretical prediction of sedimentation pro-
cesses becomes, it is inevitable that man's  activities will continue to
cause changes in the many variables affecting sediment transport.  Also,
none of the computational methods  for determining  bedload or total load
that have been developed  is universally acceptable for all sediment sizes,
bed configurations and flow regimes (Graf, 1971).   Therefore, there is an
increasing need for the direct measurement of sediment movement in streams
including the bedload.

     The required knowledge of sediment transport  for a large variety of
applications makes it necessary to work in a wide  range of hydrological
environments.  The complex  phenomena of fluvial sedimentation makes the
required measurements relatively expensive in comparison with other kinds
of hydrological data.

     The purpose of this  appendix  is to relate some efficient techniques in
using the Bogardi T-3 Bedload  Sampler.

                                   11-68

-------
THE BOGARDI SAMPLER

     The Bogardi T-3  Bedload  Sampler  is  extremely lightweight and small,
making it ideal for transportation  to and  from different sampling sites.
In most instances one person  can  successfully sample.  The sampler front
opening is 10 cm high.  Therefore,  the flow through the sampler is very
close to that of the  unsampled  zone in suspended sediment sampling.  The
sampler was found to  be excellent for use  in small streams, even though at
high velocities it is necessary to  hold  the sampler in place or to add
weights due to the sampler's  light  weight.   In larger rivers it was also
found to perform satisfactorily,  as will be discussed later.

GENERAL SAMPLING TECHNIQUES

     For information  on general sediment sampling techniques, for example,
site selection, the frequency of  sampling,  location and number of verticals
to be sampled, water  discharge  measurements, computation of sediment dis-
charge, cold weather  sampling suggestions,  recording of information, etc.,
the reader is referred to  the literature (e.g., Guy, Harold P. and Norman,
Vernon W., 1973).

     For this project, samples  were taken  approximately once a week and
after events such as  rainfalls  and  thaws.   It is to be emphasized that it
is extremely important to  sample  after events since most of the bedload
transport occurs at these  times.  Other  data measured were water tempera-
ture, water stage, water velocity and location of the sample in the cross
section.  In practice, the actual data needed will vary with the specific
application.

     All equipment should  be  checked  to  assure that it is in good working
order before use in the field.  To  avoid unnecessary delays, a check should
also be made to assure that none  of the  equipment is left behind.  Some
spare equipment such  as an extra  battery for a current meter (if needed)
should be carried.

     For sampling on  bridges  with traffic,  bright clothing should be worn,
and an extra person may be needed to  help  direct traffic.

     Often the sampling personnel will find it necessary to be in preca-
rious positions above a swiftly flowing  watercourse.  Emphasis must be
placed on safety considerations.

SAMPLING IN SMALL STREAMS WITH  LOW  VELOCITIES

     The most precise and  preferred method  of sampling is for the sampling
personnel to enter the stream and directly  place the sampler on the stream
bed.  Naturally, this method  can  only be utilized in shallow streams flow-
ing at low velocities.  Even  in shallow  streams, it is extremely helpful to
attach short rods to  the sides  of the sampler to enable placement of the
sampler on the bottom.  This  keeps  the arms of the sampling personnel dry,
a consideration during cold weather.
                                 11-69

-------
     The sampling location  should  be  one  where the stream bed is fairly
uniform and level and where there  is  an absence of boulders which would
interfere with the water  flow  and  sampler placement.   Care should be taken
during placement to prevent scooping  up of any bed material and to insure
that the front of the sampler  is sitting  on the bottom so that the bedload
does not roll underneath  the sampler  entrance.  If the velocity is rela-
tively high, the sampler  may have  to  be held in place, or a small flat
weight added to the bottom  of  the  sampler catch area  to prevent the sampler
from tipping over.

     Measurement of the bedload  is made by leaving the sampler in place for
a period of time measured by a stopwatch.  The sampling time varies depend-
ing on the transport rate.   Experience at low velocities indicates that
times from 15 to 60 minutes are  adequate.  Sampling time should be limited
to that which would fill  the sampler  to about 33 percent of capacity
(Graf).

     Upon removal of the  sampler,  care should be taken to prevent scooping
up of bed material, especially if  sand waves or dunes have formed in front
of the sampler.  The front  of  the  sampler should be lifted higher than the
rear to prevent the loss  of any  sample through the front opening.  The
sample plus water retained  should  be  removed through  the rear door and
placed in a water-tight container  for shipment back to the laboratory.
Note that the rear door should be  caulked or sealed before sampling to
prevent any sample loss through  the joints between the door and body of the
sampler." Finally, any other measurements such as water temperature, water
stage, water velocity, etc., should be made.

SAMPLING IN SMALL STREAMS WITH HIGH VELOCITIES

     When wading is impossible due to high water velocities, another pro-
cedure can be used if a bridge is  available.  For the sampling done at Mill
Creek in conjunction with this project, 6-foot flat steel bars were bolted
to the sides of the sampler.  The  tops of the bars were bent into a "u"
shape to facilitate handling.  This procedure allows  the bars to be easily
removed and transported.  The  length of the bars depends on the height of
the bridge and, if necessary,  they can be made of several attachable
sections.  However, this  procedure will not work for  very high bridges, as
the bars will be too flexible.

     Another procedure which has been used by others  is the attachment of a
pipe to the top of the sampler,  instead of bars.  In  this project the use
of a pipe to lower and raise the sampler  was found to be unsatisfactory.
Due to the flexibility of the  top  plate of the sampler, buckling of the
plate occurred even at moderate  velocities.  If a thicker plate is used,
the bolts attaching the plate  to the plexiglass sides of the sampler can
themselves bend and shear or split the plexiglass.

     The sampling procedure consists of rapidly pushing the sampler down
through the water to the  stream  bed by means of the bars.  The sampler is
held in place by pushing  down  on the bars while time is measured by a


                                 11-70

-------
stopwatch.  For very  high water velocities, sampling times on the order of
one minute may be adequate.

     For very high velocities,  flat lead weights (up to 13.6 kg) can be
placed in the bottom  of  the  sampler for increased stability.  Also, a rope
or ropes can be attached to  the front of the sampler and held taut by one
person while the other lowers  the  sampler.

     For high water velocities, a  certain amount of Judgment must be
exercised relative to the addition of weights and the use of the ropes.
The ultimate measures that can  be  utilized  (that is, for highest veloci-
ties) consist of the  use of  the maximum amount of weights and the use of
two ropes to stabilize the sampler while it is lowered to the stream bed.
The maximum velocity  encountered at Mill Creek was 2.4 mps and it was not
necessary to resort to these ultimate measures.  That is why it is felt
samples can be obtained  at velocities higher than 2.4 mps.

     When the water velocity is high, the stream bed usually cannot be
seen, due to the high sediment  load.  It is advisable to locate suitable
sampling points when  the water  level is low and the stream bed can be seen.
If this is not possible, then  the  sampling  must be .accomplished by feel.
Usually it is possible to determine if the  sampler is sitting on a boulder;
and if so, a new sampling location should be found.  It is also recommended
to push slightly forward on  the bars to insure that the front of the
sampler is sitting on the bottom.

     Recommendations  for placing,  removing  and sealing the sampler, and for
securing the sample are  identical  with that of the last section.

SAMPLING IN DEEP RIVERS  AND  FROM HIGH BRIDGES

     In this situation,  a system of ropes should be utilized in lowering
the Bogardi Sampler.  Two ropes are used which are at about a 30 to 45
degree angle from the vertical, forming a triangle, with the sampler as the
point.  A central vertical rope can also be used.  The central rope sup-
ports the weight of the  sampler and the two side ropes provide stability.
Of course, two or three  people  are required for sampling in this case.

     In this situation,  lead weights placed in the bottom catch area of the
sampler are usually required (except at very low velocities) to insure that
the sampler is stable on the stream bed. Lead weights of up to 13.6 kg
have been used.

     The sampler Is lowered  to  the surface  of the water, aligned, and
rapidly dropped to the bottom of the river.  The best results were achieved
when no weight was supported by the middle  rope during the lowering pro-
cess, since tension on the side ropes and water pressure on the sampler
stabilizing fin tends to keep the  sampler aligned properly.  However, the
central rope is quite useful when  raising the sampler.  Once the sampler is
on the bottom, tension can be applied to the two sides ropes to assure that
the sampler is aligned upstream.  This must be done carefully to avoid the


                                 11-71

-------
possibility of scooping  up  the  bed material.   Removal of the sampler should
be accomplished as rapidly  as possible,  with  the  front end kept higher than
the rear.  Similarly,  sealing the sampler,  removal of the sample, and
measurements of other  quantities are  the same as  in the previous sections.

     When sampling in  large rivers,  sampling  technique is important.  The
processes of lowering, raising  and aligning the  sampler requires experience
and teamwork.  It is suggested  that  a sampling team Inexperienced in the
use of the Bogardi Sampler  practice  prior to  securing actual samples.
Practice is best accomplished in clear water  or  shallow water, where the
bottom is visible, so  that  the  final  position of  the sampler can be
verified.

     Large rivers are  usually very turbid;  and since the stream bed cannot
be seen, some judgement  is  required.   If the  character of the bottom is un-
known, it is possible  for  the sampler to land on a boulder or other
obstruction.  If no sample  is obtained,  it  can normally be assumed that
something of that nature has occurred.  As  both  sampling experience and
familiarity with the character  of the watercourse is obtained, such occur-
rences become obvious.
                                  11-72

-------
                     REPORT III

           NITROGEN AND PHOSPHORUS LOSSES
         IN DRAINAGE WATERS FROM ORGANIC SOILS
                           by


                    John M. Duxbury


                          and

                    John H. Peverly
                Department of Agronomy
                  Cornell University
                     Prepared for

New York State Department of Environmental Conservation

                          and
     United States Environmental Protection Agency

-------

-------
                                  REPORT III

                                   CONTENTS
                                                                       Page
Abstract	  i
Figures	 ii
Tables	iii
Acknowledgements	  v

     1.  Introduction	  1

     2.  Methods	  4
           Study Sites	  4
              Oak Orchard Creek - Elba Muck	  4
              Little Conesus Creek - South Lama Muck	  6
           Analytical Procedures	  8
              Water	  8
              Plants	  8
              Water flow and sanple collection	10
           Nitrogen Mineralization and Denitrification in Soil Columns.. 11
              Collection of soil columns	 11
              Nitrogen mineralization studies	 12
              Denitrification studies	 12
           Aquatic Plant Nutrient Remobilization	 14

     3.  Results and Discussion	 17
           Nutrient Output of Mucklands	 17
              Oak Orchard Creek	 23
              Little Conesus Creek	 34
              Metals losses	 39
              Aquatic plant nutrient dynamics	 45

References	 55

-------
                                  ABSTRACT
    The contrUbution by diffuse sources to water pollution is thought to be
an appreciable fraction of the total.  However, the contribution by differ-
ent land types and uses is poorly understood.

    Organic or peat soils, which can be very intensively and profitably cul-
tivated after adequate drainage, appear to be an important diffuse source
for N, P and other elements in drainage water.  Drainage water from two
organic soil deposits in northwestern New York State was monitored for flow
rates and nutrient concentrations over the period March 1975 to June 1976.
Continuous flow records with composite water sampling for concentration
determinations were used.  At other sites, partial flow measurements and
water sampling were performed on a twice-weekly schedule.  Rain events were
intensively sampled.

    The total annual losses from the soils ranged from 0.9 to 30.7 kg/ha for
ortho-P, 41. to 92.6 kg/ha for NO--N, and <1. to 1.9 kg/ha NH4~N.  The P
losses seem to be directly correlated with the depth of organic material.

    Concentrations in the drainage water increased as flows increased, so
that by far the greatest losses were during spring and fall events.

    Because organic soils constantly undergo decomposition with the simulta-
neous release of N and P, it is not known what the previous fertilizer
practices contribute to these losses.  It is clear that organic soils
contribute to N and P in land runoff at a much greater proportion than
indicated by the total area of such soils.  Appreciable quantities of metals
may also be lost frcm certain organic soils.

    The downstream fate of the elements released include sediment tie up,
biological incorporation and passage into receiving waters.  Most N and P
seems to be transported downstream, with substantial quantities incorporated
into aquatic plants during sunmer and fall.
                                   Ill-i

-------
                                    FIGURES



Number                                                                   Page

   1    Oak Orchard Swamp	  5

   2    Soil map of the cultivated muckland near Elba, New York	  7

   3    Hie South Lima muck near Avon, Livingston County, New York,
          drained by Little Conesus Creek	  9

   4    Apparatus for collecting nitrous oxide from Histosol columns...... 13

   5    Diagram of experimental setup for measuring phosphorus movements
          between water and sediments	 15

   6    Pumping time, NO^-N and P concentrations for water flowing from
          the muck area served by Site GR-A	 24

   7    Pumping time, N03-N and P concentrations for water flowing from
          the muck area served by Site GR-B	 25

   8    MRP vs. discharge for Oak Orchard Creek at Oak Orchard Road (1975-
          1976)	 31

   9    MRP vs. discharge for Oak Orchard Creek at Harrison Road  (1975-
          1976)	 32

  10    NO^-N vs. discharge for Oak Orchard Creek at Oak Orchard Road
          T1975-1976)	 32

  11    NO,-N vs. discharge for Oak Orchard Creek at Harrison Road  (1975-
          1976)	 33

  12    Changes in MRP in the water of control and planted jars over the
          experimental period	 48

  13    Growth of plants in culture jars over the experimental period,
          given in both dry weight and total stem length	 49

  14    Percent and total phosphorus in plant tissue growing in culture
          jars	 51
                                     Ill-ii

-------
                                    TABLES


Number

   1    Soils in Oak Orchard Swamp	  6

   2    Characteristics of the Histosol columns	 11

   3    Nutrient output of cultivated mucklands	 17

   4    Mineralization of nitrogen from Histosol columns	 19

   5    Denitrification of nitrate-amended Histosol columns	 21

   6    Nutrient losses from 2000 ha of the Elba muckland in a 24-hour
          high flow period (2/19-2/20/76)	 22

   7    Concentration of molybdate reactive phosphorus in Oak Orchard
          Creek	 26

   8    Concentration of nitrate (NO.,) in Oak Orchard Creek	 29

   9    Load data for Little Conesus Creek three kilometers downstream
          from the muck at the site designated 'F1 near East Avon	 35

  10    Total annual loadings in Little Conesus Creek near East Avon
          CF1), March 6, 1975 to March 5, 1976, calculated by three
          different methods	 36

  11    Flow (floating object method), concentration and load data for
          single days upstream of the muck on the main stem of Little
          Conesus Creek designated 'U'	 38

  12    Flow (floating object estimate), concentration and load data for
          single days at the east feeder stream to Little Conesus Creek,
          entering midway through the muck, designated 'B1	 38

  13    Metal concentrations in Little Conesus Creek one kilometer below
          the muck, designated '0', near South Lima	 40

  14    Approximate metal loads in Little Conesus Creek, one kilometer
          below the muck, designated '0', near South Lima	 41

  15    Summary of elemental losses from the basin of Little Conesus
          Creek	 42

-------
Number                                                                 Page

  16    Estimated standing crop for submerged aquatic plants, Little
          Conesus Creek.	 43

  17    Elemental content of submerged aquatic plants, Little Conesus
          Creek  (dry weight basis)	 44

  18    Sediment characteristics determined at the beginning of the
          experiment	 45

  19    Soluble phosphorus in sediment or interstial water	 45

  20    Summary of inorganic phosphorus fractionation data for
          sediments	 47

  21    Summary of data for plants harvested May 15, one month after
          planting	 50

  22    Summary of data for plants harvested May 28, two months after
          placement in demineralized water	52

  23    Summary of data for plants harvested June 22 after growth in
          phosphorus-enriched water	53

  24    Summary of entire experiment, representing the means of four
          jars including all plant material, not just the samples	54
                                     Ill-iv

-------
                               ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
     This study was supported in part by contract No.  C-81701 fron the
New York State Department of Environmental Conservation.   The expert tech-
nical assistance of R. Clayton, E. Goyette and K. Jones is gratefully
acknowledged.
                                    III-v

-------

-------
                                  SECTION I
    There are approximately 2.8 million hectares of organic soils
 (mucklands) within the Great Lakes basin  (262,000 ha in New York).  Only a
small percentage of these soils are drained for agricultural production;
there are about 12,000 ha of cultivated mucklands in New York.

    The predominant use of the cultivated mucklands is for production of
vegetable crops, which generally receive heavy applications of fertilizer
nitrogen and phosphorus  (commonly 100 kg/ha of both N and P_05 in New York).
The soil itself, which consists of the partially decomposed remains of plant
material, is also a source of nutrients as it is constantly being subjected
to mineralization processes which cause release of N and P into soil water.
Most cultivated organic soils contain 2-3% N and 0.1-0.2% P and, based on
long-term subsidence rates, an estimated 1000 kg/ha of N and 60 kg/ha of P
are mineralized annually in cultivated organic soils in the Great Lakes
region  (Duxbury, unpublished data).  Thus, it is apparent that a high
potential for leaching of nutrients from these soils exists.  Also, it can
be noted that additions of fertilizer N are unlikely to influence N losses
because of the large amount of N released through mineralization of soil
organic N.  On the other hand, fertilizer P could be an important source of
P to drainage water, depending upon the rate of application.

    Organic soils that are not artificially drained can act as either sinks
or sources of nutrients depending upon their state of development and
natural wetness.  Indeed, the process of peat formation is one of conserva-
tion of nutrients, and it is only when the agent of conservation, usually
water, is removed that the process is reversed.

    In a detailed study of losses of soluble N and P from four shallow
organic soil sites in Ontario, Miller (1974) found that between 91-196
kg/ha/yr of N and 14-26 kg/ha/yr of P were lost in drainage water in the
years of 1972-73.  These values contrasted with average values of 25
kg/ha/yr of N and 0.3 kg/ha/yr of P in drainage water from eight mineral
soil sites sampled in the same experiment.  Of the annual N losses from the
organic soils, NO--N comprised 80-91%, organic-N was 8-18%, and NH.-N was
<2% of the total.  The distribution of phosphorus varied markedly Between
the two years of study, 1972 and 1973; in 1972 ortho-P accounted for 32-48%
of the total, but 63-85% in 1973.  Hortenstine and Forbes (1971) found
concentrations of N and P in soil water from cultivated muckland adjacent to
Lake Apopka, Florida, similar to those obtained by Miller, but they did not
measure actual losses.
                                    III-l

-------
    Others  (Erickson and Ellis, 1971; Nicholls and MacCriitmon, 1974) have
measured considerably smaller losses of both N and P in leachate from
cultivated mucklands.  losses of N and P from the Michigan State University
experimental muck farm in 1969 were 18.7 and 1.45 kg/ha, respectively
(Erickson and Ellis, 1971) .  The N losses were similar from two farms on
mineral soils but P losses were 10X higher.  Only 4.1 kg/ha of N and 1.6
kg/ha of P were contained in drainage water pumped from the Holland Marsh,
Ontario, in the spring of 1971  (Nicholls and MacCrinmon, 1974) .  This was
the only period during the year when water was pumped from the soils, but
the authors noted that the 1971 growing season "was characterized by an
unusually dry spring".

    All the published data for N losses in organic soil drainage water is
consistent in that losses are well below the potential of plus 1000
kg/ha/yr.  This is undoubtedly due to the activity of denitrifying microor-
ganisms.  It is clear that the denitrification process is not limited, as it
often is in mineral soils, by lack of a suitable carbon source (energy
source) in the zone where denitrification can take place.

    Losses of soluble phosphorus from cultivated mucklands vary consid-
erably, but in all cases appear to be from 10-1000X those from cultivated
mineral soils  (cf Hanway and Lablen, 1974; Baker et al. , 1975; Hergert,
1975) .  Hie reasons for the variability in P output from the mucklands are
not clear, but may be related to differences in fertilizer practices and the
ability of the different soils to fix phosphorus.  The negatively charged
organic colloids have little ability to fix PO.-P  (Pox and Kamprath, 1971)
and any PO. fixing capacity of organic soils is usually attributed to
mineral components associated with the soil  (Kaila and Missila, 1956; Kaila,
1959; Larsen, et al. , 1959; Okruszko et al., 1962; MacLean et al . , 1967;
Ismirah and Keeney, 1973) .  The quantity and composition of mineral material
in organic soils varies widely from soil to soil and it is likely that many
organic soils have a finite capacity for PO.-P fixation.  Thus, the length
of time since drainage of an organic soil deposit and the history of fertil-
izer additions could have an important influence on P losses.

    In addition to measuring N and P losses directly from organic soils, it
is also important to know how far the nutrients are transported downs team,
how much biological and chemical immobilization may occur, and what factors
effect remobilization.
         simplest indication of downstream transport  is the difference in
 stream load between two sampling sites a reasonable  distance apart, down-
 stream of the muck. Assuming there to be no appreciable  feeder stream
 inputs between  the two sites, this measurement would give an indication of
 inmobilization  by stream sediments, aquatic organisms, and perhaps other
 losses between  the two sites.

     Chemical and physical losses of ortho-phosphate  to the sediments would
 include adsorption to  colloid surfaces and  possible  precipitation with iron,
 aluminum or calcium.  This P may be remobilized when sediments are resus-
 pended, as during high flow (Johnson et al. , 1976) .  Similar types of
 nitrogen loss may be by ammonium adsorption on colloid surfaces,  or by


                                     III-2

-------
volatilization.  Nitrate may be denitrifed and lost to the atmosphere as
nitrogen gas or oxides of nitrogen (Bouldin et al., 1974).  The reactions of
dissolved organic N and P are not understood.

    In addition to sediment losses, N and P may be lost to organisms in the
stream.  The major biological component of the stream used in this study in
terms of biomass and, therefore, nutrient content, was submerged, rooted,
vascular plants.  These plants can accumulate N and P to levels greater than
that needed for growth as indicated by both field and laboratory studies
(Gerloff and Krombholtz, 1966; and Lathwell et al., 1973).  This "luxury
consumption" is likely to occur in the drainage water which probably con-
tains elevated nutrient levels.  Therefore, just as these plants are signif-
icant sinks for N and P during the growth season, they could also be signif-
icant sources as they senesce during the fall when flow volume is low.

    Booted aquatic plants are also able to absorb N, P, and Ca from sediment
water and transport them to the plant tops (Demarte and Kartman, 1974).
Submerged aquatic plant tissue is also leaky.  It is entirely possible for
rooted plants to remobilize appreciable nutrients by absorption from sedi-
ments, transport to the plant tops, and release back into the water while
they are growing.  Laboratory and greenhouse experiments were initiated to
see if this does happen and to what extent.
                                    III-3

-------
                                  SECTION 2
                                   METHODS
STUDY SITES

Oak Orchard Creek - Elba Muck

    Oak Orchard Swamp lies in an east-vest direction along the Genesee-
Orleans County line in northwestern New York (Figure 1).   The swamp is
dominated by organic soils and mucky mineral soils.  The eastern section of
the swamp has been drained and approximately 3000 ha of muckland developed
from woody parent material are in vegetable crop production.  Two wildlife
refuges, the Oak Orchard Wildlife Management Area and the Iroquois National
Wildlife Refuge, occupy a major portion of the swamp west of the
agricultural area.  The swamp is drained by Oak Orchard Creek, which rises
southwest of Elba, New York, and discharges into Lake Ontario at Point
Breeze.  The creek channel has been diverted and improved through the
muckland to aid drainage.  The drainage basin is about 32,000 ha at the
point where the creek leaves the Iroquois refuge (Harrison Rd).

    Three tile-drained sites with defined drainage areas were chosen for
study on the cultivated muckland  (Figure 1).  At each site, tile drainage
water emptied into a cistern and was then pumped into Oak Orchard Creek or a
main drainage ditch.  There was no surface runoff from any of the sites.
The farmers had some control over the depth to water table in that they
could raise or lower the pressure switches which controlled the operation of
the pumps.  The fanners changed the depth to water table as they wished
throughout the study period.  Two of the sites  (48 ha and 32 ha) were
located on the Grinnell farm and the third  (4 ha) on the Karas farm.  The
48-ha site  (GR-A) was on deep muck  (>107 cm) and the tile lines were in
organic soil material at a depth of 100 cm.  The 32-ha site  (GR-B) ranged in
depth from 45 cm to >107 cm with tile lines predominantly in the mineral
layer underlying the organic soil.  The mineral substratum under the western
section of the site was sand, with a thin layer  (1-2 cm) of silty clay at
the muck-miJieral interface.  Marl  (CaCOj underlay the center section, and a
calcareous silty clay was under the eastern section adjacent to the cistern.
The 4-ha site was about 90 cm deep and the  tile lines were  in an underlying
layer.  The locations of the sites are shown in Figure 1.

    The areas of organic soils and mucky mineral soils within Oak Orchard
swamp are given in Table 1.  In brief, there are 3000  ha of cultivated
organic soils, 2500 ha of uncultivated organic  soils,  and 2500 ha of mucky
mineral soils.  About two-fifths  of the cultivated muckland is mapped as
being deep  and one-fifth of the uncultivated soils are deep.  Figure 2  is a


                                    III-4

-------
                            OAK ORCHARD SWAMP
                          N
01
                                                                             CULTIVATED MUCKLANC
              RT63
                          Shollow Mucklond (Ms)
                          Deep Muck land
                          Mucky Mineral Soils
                          Sampling Points
—---Ook Orchord  Creek
	Feeder Canal
                            0123
                            ^^^^^^MMB^^MMOT^
                                 km
       FIGURE 1.  Map of Oak Orchard Swamp.

-------
soils map of the cultivated muckland and the major blocks of uncultivated
organic soils are shown in Figure 1.
 TABLE 1.  SOILS IN OAK ORCHARD SWAMP.
       Soil Type*                            Cultivated     Uncultivated
                                                (ha)             (ha)
Organic - deep (>107 cm)
Organic - shallow (300107 on)
Organic - Edwards
Canandaigua mucky silt loam
Alden mucky silt loam
Fonda mucky silt loam
Lamson muck very fine sand loam
1290
1670
150
100
15
100
0
525
1970
65
1220
140
860
90
 *Taken from soil survey maps of Genesee County (1969) and Orleans County
   (unpublished).
Little Conesus Creek - South Lima Muck

    This muck area is 35 km south of Rochester in the Town of Lima,
Livingston County, and is about 230 ha in area.  It developed from woody and
reed vegetation and is used primarily for potato production.  The surface pH
is about 6.0.  It is drained by Little Conesus Creek, which at the muck
outlet has a basin area of about 2040 ha.  Drainage from the muck is by open
ditch and tile and no water monitoring of any kind was done in the muck
itself.  The basin is generally made up of scattered, drumlin-like features
superimposed upon broad, rolling hills characteristic of the Erie-Ontario
Plains in this part of New York State.  The area is underlain by calcareous
till.

                                    III-6

-------
                                      ELBA  MUCK
          Mi
          Ms
          Mr
          Creek lines
                                                                                    ORLEANS
                                                                                           -County Lint
                                                                                    6ENESEE
• Approx. 1 km
FIGURE 2.  Soil map of the cultivated muckland near Elba, New York.   Mi is mineral soil, and Ms
           and Mr are shallow and deep muck, respectively.

-------
    Little Conesus Creek rises in the Town of Livonia to the south and flows
north through the muck in an improved channel, the bottom of which lies in
calcareous material (pH>7).  North of the muck outlet it curves to the west
and joins Conesus Creek at Avon.  Conesus Creek flows into the Genesee
River, which runs north and empties into Lake Ontario at Rochester.

    Two stations on Little Conesus were chosen at which flow measurements
and water samples were taken to determine the contribution muck soils made
to nutrient load.  The first was just downstream of the muck, designated as
the outlet or 'O1 site.  The second site was about 2 km further downstream
and was designated 'F1.  There was no major nutrient or water inputs between
the sites.

    Two minor stations were also established, one being above the muck on
the main channel  CU") and one on a feeder stream ("B").  These locations
are shown in Figure 3.
ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES

Water

    Water samples were centrifuged at 35,000g for 30 minutes before being
analyzed for NH.-N and soluble P in an autoanalyzer, essentially as outlined
in USEPA Methods  (1974).  Nitrogen as NH. was measured colorimetrically as
the indophenol blue.  For total soluble P, samples were digested with
persulfate according to Menzel and Corwin  (1965), and the digests reacted
with molybdate to form a molybdophosphoric acid, which was subsequently
reduced with ascorbic acid.  Blue intensity was measured on an autoanalyzer.
Ortho-P, or molybdate reactive P  (MRP), was determined on the same sample
with no digestion.

    Total N03 plus N02-N was determined according to USEPA Methods (1974).
Nitrate was first reduced to N02 with copper in alkaline hydrazine sulfate,
and then the entire NO2 content was measured cholorimetrically as an azodye,
after diazotization of sulfanilimide and coupling with N-(l-Naphtyl)
ethylenediamine dihydrochloride.

    Ca, Mg, Na, Fe, Cu, Zn, Mn, Pb, and Cd concentrations were determined by
flame AA spectometry, using lanthanum to minimize anion interference.  If
needed, the samples were concentrated 20 times by evaporation.  This may
nave produced low readings for Cu, Mn, Pb and Cd as an acid insoluble,
amorphous precipitate formed in these samples.  Potassium was determined by
flame emission spectrophotometry.

Plants

    Standing crops of submerged rooted aquatic plants plus filamentous algae
were estimated by removing all the live plant material from randomly
selected meter square plots in Little Conesus Creek.  The plots selected
ranged 5 to 50 m up and down the creek bed from the  'O1 and 'F1 sites.
Duplicate samples above and below the sites were taken monthly from December


                                   III-8

-------
                         SOUTH  LIMA  MUCK
                                                      Qwinerol Soils

                                                      [3Shallow Muck
                                                       £3 Deep Muck

                                                      —Creek Bsd
                                    Little  Conesus Creek
                                       —^
                                       Livonia
FIGURE 3.  The South Lima muck near Avon, New York in Livingston County,
           drained by Little Conesus Creek.
                                  III-9

-------
1974 to November 1975.  Samples were sorted as to species, dried at 85°C,
and dry weights were recorded.

    •total N in the plant tissue was determined by the Kjeldahl method.  For
other elements, plant samples were ashed overnight in quartz crucibles at
500°C.  The ash was treated with nitric acid, dried, heated to 400-°C,
cooled, and taken to dryness with HCl.  The residue was dissolved in normal
HC1 containing 0.5% lanthanum.  Phosphorus was determined by the
molybdovanadophosphoric acid method of Kitson and Melton  (1944).  Cd and Pb
were determined by atomic absorption spectrophotonetry.

Water Flow Measurement and Sample Collection

    Elba Muckland: Flow data was calculated from pumping time multiplied by
pumping rate.  Pump operation was monitored continuously and pump discharge
was determined by measuring the rate of draw down in a cistern.  Water
sample collection was automatic and was based on pumping time.  Thus, a
250-mL sample was collected for every 1 or 2 h of pump operation.  Samples
from the GR-A site were discretely collected using a Sigma sampler, while
samples were composited at the other two sites.  Samples were picked up
every 24 h, then stored at 2-4°C.

    Oak Orchard Creek: A continuous recording gauge was located at Oak
Orchard Road  (station 2) and partial record stations were located at Watson
Road  (station 1) and at Harrison Road  (station 11).  The partial record
gauges were installed in the fall of 1975.  Support for all these gauges was
provided by the Soil Conservation Service.  Oak Orchard Creek was sampled
monthly in 1974, bi-weekly in 1975, and on an event basis in the spring of
1976.  The sampling locations are shown in Figure  1.  Samples were placed in
ice after collection and analyzed within 24 h, except for the period
February 17 to February 29, 1976, when they were analyzed within one week of
collection.

    South Lima: Flow measurements at the stations  '0' and "F" were made by
wire weight and staff gauges, respectively.  The equipment was  installed and
the rating curves developed by USGS personnel in Ithaca,  New York.  Samples
and gauge height readings were routinely recorded  twice weekly.  Event
periods were monitored more often, and during ice  cover only water samples
were taken.  At stations  'U1 and  'B1, samples were collected occasionally
during events and flows were estimated by simply measuring the
rate of movement of a barely  floating object.  The geometry of these  sites
was defined by culverts.  Water samples were collected frctn March  1975 to
June  1976.  The samples were not  filtered before storage  as they contained
very  little particulate mineral material.  They were placed on ice immedi-
ately after collection and then stored at 2-4°C until analysis within one
week.
                                      IIJ-10

-------
NITROGEN KQ3ERALIZATION AND DENITRIFICATION IN SOIL COLUMNS

Collection of Soil Columns

    Columns  (1.2 m) of natural Histosol  (muck) profiles were obtained from
the Grinnell farm in August, 1975.  PVC waste pipe (1.37 m x 7.6 qn i.d. x
6.4 mm wall) with a sharpened tip was used to obtain the soils column.  The
purpose of a lucite insert was to aid in collection of the soil columns by
reducing the diameter of the soil core to slightly less than that of the PVC
tube.  Non-compacted soil columns were obtained when the PVC tubes were
driven into the soil using a sledge hammer.  The tubes were removed by using
a chain and an automobile bumper jack.  Attempts to obtain soil columns
using a hydraulic ram to drive the PVC tubes resulted in collection of about
25 cm of compacted soil in the bottom of the tube.  Apparently the vibration
from the sledge hammer enabled the soil to remain in place as the tube was
driven down.  After collection, the soil columns were sealed with rubber
stoppers and stored at 2°C until used.  Some characteristics of four of the
columns are given in Table 2.  The dead volume of a column was determined by
adding 10 mL of solution containing 51.5 mg of NO--N  (as Ca(N03)2) to the
column, followed by 50 mL of IN CaCl- and then leaching with distilled
water.  The leachate was collected in fractions ranging fron 100-800 mL.
The Cl content of the fractions was determined by a standard Mohr titration
using 0.05 N AgNO_and 5% K2Cr20_ as indicator.  The NO--N and NH.-N content
of the fractions were determined by the steam distillation method of Brenner
 (1965).
TABLE 2.  CHARACTERISTICS OF THE HISTOSOL COLUMNS.


Column No.
15
16
17
18
Flow Rate
PH
(15 cm H_O head) Surface
(raLTh)
1920
5105
280
2010
5.85
5.95
6.05
5.90
pH
Weight of
122 on Drained Column
(kg)
6.15
6.15
5.85
6.15
4.42
4.31
4.54
4.71

                                    III-ll

-------
Nitrogen Mineralization Studies

    Four columns, designated 15, 16, 17 and 18 were used.  Glass wool plugs
were placed at the top and bottom of each column and a rubber stopper,
fitted with a tygon drainage tube was inserted in the bottom.  The columns
were leached free of NH.-N and NCL-N using distilled water and then were
allowed to drain before the drainage tube was closed.  The columns" were
incubated uncovered at 23°C for 14 days, then 50 mL of a IN CaCl2 solution
was added to each column followed by leaching with 6.5 L of distilled water.
The leachate was collected in several fractions, which were stored at 2°C
until analysis for Cl, NO--N and NH.-N as previously described.  The
chloride analysis was usea to indicate the percent recovery of nitrate-N,
which in all cases was found to exceed 95%.  Experiments were conducted in
this manner with incubation periods varying between 7 and 29 days.  The
columns were also incubated in a flooded condition by adding 1.5 L of
distilled water to each column.  This resulted in a 10 cm depth of water
above the soil.

Denitrification Studies

    In the first experiments, 50 mg of NO--N as Ca(NO.)2 (equivalent to 110
kg N/ha) in 10 mL of water was added to the top of each column and rinsed
into soil with 500 mL of distilled water.  Following the nitrate addition,
two columns (17 and 18) were flooded by adding another liter of distilled
water, and two columns (15 and 16) were allowed to drain.

    A rubber stopper was fitted into the top of each column.  A gas
dispersion tube passed through the stopper and extended almost to the soil
surface (Figure 4).  Another glass tube which protruded slightly through the
stopper was connected to a nitrous oxide adsorption train which consisted of
a CaCl2-drierite drying tube, an ascarite trap to remove C02, a second
drying tube, and finally two stainless steel tubes (15 cm x 6.4 mm i.d.)
filled with preconditioned molecular sieve 5A to trap N_0.  The exit of an
adsorption train was connected to an air pump or water aspirator which
pulled air through the gas dispersion tube and flushed the column head space
to remove any evolved gases.  In the case of the flooded columns, the
dispersion tube extended below the level of the water so that any dissolved
nitrous oxide would be forced out of solution.  The drained columns were
purged continuously at a slow rate  (2-4 mL/min), whereas the flooded columns
were purged every 2-4 days for a 2-h period at about 60 mL/minute.  Every
2-4 days, the traps were removed and their nitrous oxide determined by gas
chromatography.  A correction was made for the amount of nitrous oxide added
from the air purge.  Following analysis, the traps were put back into the
adsorption train, and the air flow was continued.  It was found necessary to
replace the first calcium chloride drying tube after each analysis due to
the accumulation of water and the resulting tendency to become plugged.

    Twelve days after the nitrate application, the columns were leached with
50 mL of 1 N calcium chloride followed by 6.5 L of distilled water.  The
leachate was collected over a two-day period in two fractions of about 3 L
each.  Two-hundred mL of distilled water were added initially to the 3.8-L
plastic collection bottle to cover the end of the column drainage tube in


                                    111-12

-------
                     Flowmeter
                      Gas Oispersic
                         Tube
                            122 cm
                     Glass Wool
  ^SU-LsSJ
/ZZEJr
                                           15cm
                                                 CoCU
                                               i-*Swogelok Fitting
                                                  bleculor Sieve 5A
                                             6.4mm
                                           -Rubber Stopper
  FIGURE 4.   Apparatus for collecting nitrous oxide from Histosol columns.
order to minimize nitrous oxide  loss.   From each fraction 1200 mL was saved
and kept at 2°C in tightly capped bottles until analyzed for N~0, NO--N,
NH4-N and Cl.

    To analyze the nitrous oxide content of the leachate, a 1000-mL saicple
was placed in a liter suction flask which was sealed with a rubber stopper
through which a fritted gas dispersion tube extended to within 2 cm of the
bottom of the flask.  A separate piece of glass tubing, which barely pro-
truded through the bottom of  the stopper, was connected to the adsorption
train used to collect gaseous nitrous  oxide.  Using a water aspirator as a
                                    111-13

-------
pump, air was drawn through the gas dispersion tube and bubbled through the
water sample at about 60 iriL/miriute to remove dissolved nitrous oxide.  The
water was simultaneously stirred using a magnetic stirer.  The air purge was
continued for 2 h, which removed more than 99% of the dissolved nitrous
oxide.  The NO content of the molecular sieve traps was determined by gas
chroraatography, and a correction made for the N00 added from the air.

    The same experiment was repeated, except that the two previously flooded
columns (17 and 18) were drained, and the two previously drained columns  (15
and 16) were flooded.  N?0 evolution was again monitored in the headspace
and in the leachate for a 12-day period.

    Following this experiment, the columns were left in a drained condition
without addition of NO. for another 12-day period so that baseline data for
the rate of N_0 evolution without addition of nitrate could be determined.
AQUATIC PLANT NUTRIENT REMOBILIZATION

    Experiments were carried out in a greenhouse beginning April 15, 1976
and ending June 19, 1976.  Cultures consisted of 12-L battery jars filled
with 3 kg of high fertility soil, and fitted with sediment water testing
devices consisting of gas dispersion tubes set into the sediment, with a
smaller plastic tube inserted from the top with which to withdraw water,
filter it  (0.45p), and analyze for MRP (Figure 5).  These devices were
placed in the center of the jars at a depth of 5-6 cm below the sediment
surface.  Six, 4-5 cm shoots with roots present of Myriophylluro spicatum
were planted in each of four jars.  Before this was done, all leaves were
removed and shoots were washed to remove epiphytes.  Depth of planting was
1-2 cm, and 300 g of autoclaved soil was spread evenly over the sediment
surface to retard the development of algae.  Demineralized water was added
to each culture so that a volume of 10 L bathed the shoots.  Four control
jars were prepared in a similar manner, the only difference being that they
were left unplanted.  A glass tube  (diameter 2 ran) was immersed to a depth
of about 20 on in each culture.  Air filtered through carbon and glass wool
was then bubbled through each container at a rate of approximately 2.5 L/h
to provide for mixing and aeration of the water.  Each jar was also fitted
with a 4-mm diameter tygon tube for gravitational drawing-off of water
samples.  All containers were covered with clear plastic, and black plastic
was taped around the outside of the base of each jar to the level of the
sediment surface, in order to curtail growth of algae at the sediment-glass
interface.

    For the first phase of the experiment lasting four weeks, changes in MRP
concentration were monitored for sediment and water compartments.  All
samples were filtered through 0.45u Millipore filters before analysis by the
method of Murphy and Riley  (1962).  After one month of growth, one plant was
harvested  from each jar, the length of the harvested material measured, and
the number of nodes recorded.  Node counts were made to 1 cm from the tip of
the shoot, with leaves dried at 105°C, and percent phosphorus determined by
the method of Grewling  (1966), with Murphy and Riley1s  (1962) ascorbic acid
reduction method used for analysis.


                                   111-14

-------
FIGURE 5.  Diagram of experimental setup for measuring P movements between water
           and sediments, including sampling tubes/  aeration line/ and plants in
           battery jars of 10-L capacity.
     For the second phase of this experiment (two weeks) the response of
 well-developed milfoil plants was monitored in water with a poor nutrient
 supply.  Sidewall algae was removed from the drained battery jars and
 demineralized water was added.  Monitoring of ortho-P concentration in the
 water compartment was continued/ and a reading for ortho-P in the sediment
 water was taken.  Six days later (May 21/ 1976)/ cultures were drained, node
 counts and shoot length measurements were made, and cultures were refilled
 with demineralized water.  After eight additional days of growth/ one total
 plant, including senescing shoots, was harvested from each jar.  All visibly

                                     111-15

-------
senescing shoots were also removed at this time so that only actively
photosynthesizing tissue remained in the cultures.  A sample of this live
tissue was also taken.  Node counts were made on the plants remaining in the
cultures.

    For the final experiment (three weeks), sidewall algae was removed, and
culture and control water was exchanged with demineralized water.  Suffi-
cient KH2PO. was added to each jar to raise the phosphorus level to about
500 ppb.  Monitoring of water and sediment-water was continued for 25 days,
at which time all plants were harvested.  Epiphytes and necrotic tissue were
separated by dipping the harvested material in distilled water and shaking
lightly.  As before, node counts, stem lengths, dry weights and tissue P
analysis data were obtained.  In addition, dry weight and percent P was
established for a composite of epiphytes and necrotic tissue which had been
separated in distilled water.
                                    111-16

-------
                                   SECTION 3
                           RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
 NUTRIENT OUTPUT OF MUCKLANDS

     The losses of nutrients from the cultivated muckland sites are given in
 Table 3.   The annual per hectare loss of NO.-N did not vary greatly among
 the sites studied and was on the order of  10% or less of the estimated
 potential. The NO.-N losses measured were nevertheless higher than those
 expected from most cultivated mineral soils.  The variation in the depth of
 the organic soil  sites  studied did not appreciably affect NO--N losses.
 Mineralization of organic N, which is the  major source of N and largely
 restricted to the aerobic soil zone, was probably comparable in the soils
 studied.   In  general, one might  expect that the denitrification process
 which converts NO- to N_O and/or N2 would  be progressively reduced as the
 depth of an organic  soil decreases since carbon sources may become limiting.
 Counteracting factors are  (1) the  possibility that the drainage water
TABLE 3.  NUTRIENT OUTPUT OF CULTIVATED MUCKLANDS
Site                    Period          NO,-N     NH.-N      MRP     TSP
                                      - * - (kg7ha)
Elba muck


  GR-A             2/1/75 - 7/31/75     36.0      <0.5       12.      ND*

                   8/1/75 - 7/31/76     87.5      <1         30.7     ND

  GR-B            2/20/75 - 7/31/76     41.       <0.5        0.9     ND

                   8/1/75 - 7/31/76     69.5      <1          0.9     ND

South Lima         3/6/75 - 3/5/76      92.6       1.9       11.0    17.9
*Not determined

                                   111-17

-------
contains sufficient available carbon so that denitrification occurs in the
mineral substratum; and (2) the quantity of N mineralized may be less in the
shallower soils.  Comparison of our data with that obtained by Miller (1974)
for organic soils shallower than the New York sites suggests that any
influence of organic soil depth on NO,-N losses is minimal.  It may be that
the most important factor is the deptn to water table maintained by the
farmer since this affects both mineralization of organic N and the creation
of a favorable environment for denitrification.

    The amount of N mineralized in the soil column studies corresponded to
500-600 kg N/ha on an annual basis for columns 15, 16, and 18 incubated in a
drained condition  (Table 4) .  These values are without correction for the
amount of N denitrified.  Based on the denitrification studies, an estimated
one-third of the N mineralized under these conditions would be denitrified,
so that between 750-900 kg N/ha was likely mineralized.  The amount of N
mineralized per unit time was independent of incubation time and was main-
tained over successive incubation periods.  This result would be expected
for soils that have a large reserve of organic nitrogen.

    Under flooded conditions, the amount of N mineralized decreased to
170-190 kg N/ha for columns 15, 16 and 18, and almost one-half of this was
NH.-N.  Column 17 was poorly drained compared to the others and the
N-mineralization data obtained reflect its wetter condition in the drained
state.

    Denitrification in soils has long been of interest because the process
causes loss of fertilizer nitrogen.  In organic soils, denitrification
appears to be beneficial in that it dramatically reduces the output of
NCL-N.  However, the question of whether NJ3, one of the denitrification
products, has a detrimental effect on the earth's protective ozone layer has
recently been raised.  This question is a long way from being resolved, but
is conceivable that pollution from NO- would be preferred to pollution from
N2°'


    The denitrification sequence is:
                                     nitric     nitrous
        nitrate        nitrite       oxide       oxide       nitrogen


The biochemistry of denitrification is complicated and is not fully under-
stood.  Nitric oxide appears to be an enzyme-bound intermediate and is not
usually released.  Nitrous oxide and nitrogen are the cannon products of
denitrification, but the N20:N2 ratio is extremely variable and cannot be
predicted.  This fact, and the ubiquity of nitrogen make it extremely
difficult to study denitrification directly.

    The usual approach is nitrogen balance studies is to attribute to
denitrification the difference between the initial NO,-N and the sum of that
remaining plus the amount lost by leaching.  This approach was adopted in

                                    111-18

-------
       TABt£ 4.  MINERALIZATION OF NITRQGBt FROM HISTOSOL COUMJS.
K
VO
Column
No.

15




16

•


17




18




IncUbation
Time
Days

7
14
20
29
14
7
14
20
29
13
7
14
20
29
14
7
14
20
29
14
Soil
Condition

Drained
Drained
Drained
Drained
Flooded
Drained
Drained
Drained
Drained
Flooded
Drained
Drained
Drained
Drained
Flooded
Drained
Drained
Drained
Drained
Flooded
NO,-N in
Leachate

4.75
9.88
13.90
19.92
1.90
5.22
8.85
13.82
16.26
2.08
1.91
3.59
6.73
10.99
1.16
4.68
8.93
11.78
16.91
1.74
NH.-N in
Leachate
rag
0
0.15
0.45
0.31
1.38
0.04
0.32
0.20
0.08
1.04
0.48
1.56
0.53
0.73
1.02
0
0.49
0.15
0.07
1.28
Total N
in Leachate

4.75
10.03
14.35
20.23
3.28
5.26
9.17
14.02
16.34
3.12
2.39
5.45
7.26
11.72
2.18
4.68
9.42
11.93
16.98
3.02
Annual
rag/column
248
261
262
255
85.5
274
239
256
206
87.6
125
142
132
148
56.8
244
246
218
214
78.7
Release of N
kg/ha
545
575
576
560
188
604
526
563
453
193
274
313
291
325
125
537
540
479
470
173

-------
the present study of denitrification in soil columns, with additional
monitoring of N20 production.  The procedure for collection of N2O was
developed in this study.  The results, which are shown in Table 5, should be
interpreted in terms of trends and generalizations rather than accurate or
absolute quantities.  A substantial amount of the added NO was denitrified
in the soil columns when they were flooded for a 12-day period and
denitrification occurred even when the soils were kept drained for this
period.  These two conditions often exist together in an organic soil
profile in the field, e.g. when the water table is maintained above the
drainage tile.  The data for the soil columns incubated in a drained condi-
tion also support the hypothesis that denitrification can occur at anaerobic
raicrosites within a well aerated soil.  Thus, both mineralization of nitro-
gen and denitification can occur simultaneously within the soil.

    The data clearly show that large amounts of nitrogen are being
mineralized annually in histosols and that denitrification removes about 90%
of this nitrogen before the drainage waters enter streams.  It is possible
that the soluble nitrogen output of histosols could be further reduced by
maintaining the water table as high as possible consistent with the use of
the soils.

    There was a great variation in the loss of MRP (nominally orthphosphate)
from the sites studied  (Table 3).  At the Grinnell farm, the A and B sites
are deep and shallow soils, respectively.  The tile lines are soley in
organic material at the former site but are in a mixture of organic and
mineral materials at the latter site  (see site description).  The smaller
loss of MRP from the shallow site is attributed to fixation of phosphorus
through interaction with the mineral material, perhaps mostly the marl.

    Some idea of how representative the data is fron the Grinnell A and B
sites can be obtained by comparing their nutrient output with the nutrient
load in Oak Orchard Creek at Oak Orchard Poad (station 2).  For this pur-
pose, the assumption is made that the nutrient load in the creek at Oak
Orchard Poad is derived soley from the 2000 ha of cultivated muckland in the
drainage basin at this point.  Data for a 24-h high flow period (discharge
7.1 m3/s at Oak Orchard Road) is presented in Table 6.

    The 4.0 kg N/ha value derived from loading in the creek is slightly
higher than either of the two Grinnell sites.  This is because the creek
contains a significant NO--N load before it enters the muckland.  We cannot
determine this loading precisely until an accurate rating curve is estab-
lished for the staff gauge at station 1 but it will likely be less than 20%
of that at Oak Orchard Road.

    The data for MRP indicates that the Grinnell A site is more representa-
tive of the 2000 ha of muckland than is the Grinnell B site.  This is not
unexpected as much of the muckland is deep.  The MRP loading in Oak Orchard
Creek at station I is insignificant.

    The output of MRP from the South Lima site was intermediate between the
two Grinnell sites.  Although the Lima deposit is underlain by calcareous
material it is not extensively tile drained and water may not move through


                                    111-20

-------
                 5.  DDHTOIFICfiTION OF NITWaE-flMQJDH) HXSTOSOL CXUMIS.
H
Oolum
No.
15
16
17
18
15
16
17
18
Soil
Condition
Drained
Drained
Drained
Drained
Flooded
Flooded
Flooded
Flooded
Total
(ng)
0.894
0.582
1.866
0.470
7.636
5.786
3.462
6.357
Leachate
% Total
52.0
35.6
11.3
43.0
97.6
95. 5
79.9
78.1
Control*
N2O-N

0.326
0.345
0.239
0.255




Net Total
u riifii
n»\^n

0.568
0.237
1.627
0.215
7.310
5.441
3.223
6.102
mineralized

6.15
6.17
2.68
5.25
1.62
1.92
0.99
1.49
Total NO,-*!
in soil"
m
56.15
56.17
52.68
55.25
51.62
50.99
50.99
51.49
C SO,-N
recovered

49.95
48.98
32.40
46.71
11.09
10.97
11.95
16.92
NO.-N
denitrified

6.20
7.19
20.28
8.54
40.53
40.95
39.04
34.57
t Total
N03-N
11.0
12.8
38.5
15.5
78.5
78.9
76.6
67.1
Tbtal N.O-N
% of Nof-M
denitrified
9.2
3.3
8.0
2.5
18.0
13.3
8.3
17.7
             Value* derived from unfertilized, drained ooluma.
            ' Values derived from previous mineralization studies fron each oolunt.
            1 Values include 50 ag NOj-N added to each colun.

-------
TABLE 6.  NUTRIENT LOSS FROM 2000 HA OF THE ELBA MUCKLAND IN A 24-HOUR HIGH
           FLOW PERIOD  (2/19/76 TO 2/20/76).
             Site                             NO.-N             MRP
                                                J      (kg/ha)
             Grinnell A                        3.8             0.89
             Grinnell B                        2.2             0.023
             Calculated  from load
             in Oak Orchard Creek              4.0             0.43
the calcareous material, but rather over it until it intercepts a drainage
ditch.  There may be limited contact between the drainage water and the
underlying mineral strata in the creek bed.  The data from the Karas site,
where the tile lines are in marl, could not be quantified because of diffi-
culty in measuring the pumping rate and unreliable sample collection.
However, it can be deduced from the concentration data obtained that the
output of MRP from this site was similar to the shallow Grinnell B site.

    Considerable trouble was encountered with measurements of total soluble
phosphorus (TSP) in samples from the Elba muckland sites.  The USEPA
persulfate digestion procedure was used for digestion of samples.  Sample
TSP values at least 1 ppm less than the corresponding MRP values were
obtained on a number of occasions, and on others there was essentially no
difference between the TSP and and MRP values.  If the digested samples were
diluted by various amounts, but always working within the linear range of
the method, values differing by as much as 10X were obtained.  The TSP
values increased with increasing dilution which suggested that digestion of
the samples released an interfering substance;  however, none could be
detected.  Some samples from Little Conesus Creek were analyzed for TSP
after a dry ashing procedure, but dilution of one set of samples by various
amounts prior to ashings of a standard volume gave values 10X those for TSP
in the original samples.

    The manipulations mentioned in the preceding paragraphs did not affect
the values obtained for MRP, which was also unchanged when an iso-butanol
extraction procedure was used.  After much effort it was concluded that the
MRP values were accurate and that there probably was little organic
phosphorus in the samples studied.


                                    111-22

-------
    From a survey of the literature/ it can be seen that generalizations on
the leaching of phosphorus from organic shallow soils cannot be made.
Certainly losses of phosphorus from shallow soils can be as high as those
found from the deep Grinnell A site.  On the other hand, it is not clear
whether the losses of phosphorus from deep histosols are necessarily high.
Even so, it is apparent that the losses of phosphorus from histosols are
considerably higher than those for mineral soils  (300 to 1000X in the
present study).  In this connection it should be noted that the phosphorus
leached from histosols is soluble, whereas much of that derived from mineral
landscapes may be in a particulate form that is biologically inert.

    It is difficult to assess possible management practices for reducing
phosphorus losses from histosols because of uncertainty in which factors
control phosphorus release.  At this time, the effects of reducing or
eliminating fertilizer phosphorus are unknown and treatment of the effluent
by conventional sewage treatment methods would be expensive.

    The output of nutrients (N,P) and nutrient concentrations were
positively correlated with flow at all sites (Figures 6 and 7).  Thus, as
others have indicated, the importance of orienting a sampling program
towards flow events cannot be overemphasized.  The fact that a major portion
of the nutrient loss occurs during flow events complicates management of the
soils to reduce nutrient losses.  The major flow events on the New York
mucklands occur in the winter and spring months and are most intense at a
time when removal of water from the land is of prime importance to the
farmer.  They also occur during a time period when there is no agricultural
use for nutrient rich water.

Oak Orchard Creek

    Oak Orchard Creek was sampled monthly in 1974, bi-weekly in 1975, and on
an event basis in 1976.  The sampling locations are shown in Figure 1.  MRP
and N03 concentration data are presented in Tables 7 and 8, respectively.
Where available, discharge data are also presented.  The water status of the
creek can be inferred from the concentration of MRP at Oak Orchard Road
(station 2) for dates where discharge data were not available.  Thus, when
the concentration of MRP is 1 ppm or more flow is in the moderate-high
range.

    Plots of nutrient concentrations against discharge at Oak Orchard Road
(station 2) and Harrison Road (station 11) are shown in Figures 8-11.  From
these, it is evident that the creek load of both MRP and NO--N is positively
correlated with flow.  This is expected as nutrient losses from the muckland
increase as flow increases.  At Harrison Road, the concentration of MRP is
fairly constant between 2.8 and 21. m3/s, but increases where the discharge
is below 1.4 m3/s (Figure 9).   This appears to be a seasonal effect which is
not related to the cultivated muckland.

    At moderate to high flow there is a gradual decrease in MRP concen-
tration with increasing distance downstream from the cultivated muckland
(Table 7).  At low flow, which occurs during the summer and fall months, the
concentration of MRP decreases between Oak Orchard Road (station 2) and

                                   111-23

-------
K
V
ro
*>.
       90r
                                                                                                 PUMPING TIME
                                                                                                 MRP
                                                                                                 NOj-N
                                      1/30    Z/IO    Z/ZO   3/1   3/10    3/20   4/IO    4/ZO   4/30   S/IO    S/20    5/30
                                                             DATE
       FIGURE 6.  Pumping time, NO_~-N and P concentration for water flowing fron the muck area  served by
                   Site GR-A.  Pump time is directly proportional to flow volume.

-------
         90r
en
                                                                                                 PUMPING TIME
                                                                                                 MRP
                                                                                              	NOj-N
          12/1    12/10   12/20   12/30
             1975
                                                                                                         5/30
        FIGURE 7.   Pumping time,  NO- -N and P concentrations for water flowing from the muck area  served by
                    GR-B.  Punp time is directly proportional to flow volume.

-------
TABLE 7.  CXDNCENTRATIOJ OF MDLYBDATE REACTIVE PHOSPHORUS  IN OAK ORCHARD CREEK.

Date
1
2
Station
98 7
8 9
11
EO
ppn P (discharge m3/s)
12/7/73
1/4/74
2/6
3/5
4/3
5/1
6/5
7/1
9/15
3/24/75

4/8

4/17

4/25

5/21

6/3

6/18

7/2

7/16
7/30
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.08
0.08
0.01
0.08
0.03
0.01
0.08

0.02

0.0

0.02

0.02

0.02

0.04

0.04

0.02
0.02
1.5
1.3
1.3
1.4
1.8
0.36
0.66
0.77
0.42
1.50
(2.5)
0.53
(1.3)
0.97
(1.6)
0.43
(0.4)
0.38
(0.1)
0.48
(0.1)
0.68
(0.2)
0.57
(<0.1)
0.51
0.57
0.49
0.40
0.35
0.32
0.41
0.20 0.12
0.24 0.16
0.39 0.31
0.21
-

- -

_

- -

_ _

-

- -

>

-
_ _
0.38 0.29
0.31 0.21
0.27 0.23
0.29 0.18
0.38 0.29
0.08 0.06
0.14 0.09
0.24 0.15
0.21 0.18
-

- -

-

- -

- -

-

-

- -

-
v —
0.16
0.16
0.17
0.12
0.15
0.12
0.16
0.29
0.32
0.26

0.16

0.07
(14.)
0.12
(6.9)
0.25
(<0.1)
0.37
(<0.1)
0.45
(1.4)
0.58
(1.2)
0.38
0.38
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

-

0.02

0.07

0.15

0.12

0.19

0.10

0.13
0.10
                                     111-26

-------
Date

8/14
8/28
9/11
9/29
11/24
12/18

12/30

1/14/76

1/26

1/27

1/28

2/17

2/18

2/19

2/20

2/21

1

0.02
0.01
0.06
0.06
0.01
0.07

0.06

0.07

0.05

0.28

0.22

0.08

0.10

0.11

0.06

0.05

2 98 7 8 9
ppn P (discharge m3/s)
0.44 -
t^ f\ 1 t
i ^y ill
0.27 -
0.22 - 0.18 0.21
0.30 - 0.15 0,18
0.39 -
1.4 - 0.45 0.31
(0.9)
0.73 -
(0.3)
0.57 - 0.15 0.16
(0.3)
0.53 - 0.13 0.14

0.56 - 0.30 0.17

0.75 - 0.37 0.32

1.3 - 0.41 0.33
(7.2)
1.6 - 0.43 0.35
(6.8)
1.4 - 0.47 0.36
(7.1)
1.8 - -
(4.4)
2.1 - -
(3.5)
11

0.41
0.43
0.29
0.24
0.16
0.17
(4.7)
0.17
(0.9)
0.14

0.12
(3.3)
0.11
(3.5)
0.12
(3.3)
0.10
(17.)
0.09
(18.)
0.09
(18.)
0.11
(20.)
0.14
(20.)
EO

0.48
0.08
0.35
0.18
0.38
0.08

0.07

0.06

0.03

0.07

0.06

0.10

0.08

0.10

0.06

-

111-27

-------
Date        12          98       7       8       9        11        BO

2/22
2/23

2/24

2/25

2/26

2/27

2/29

ppn
0.10 1.5
(7.4)
0.07 1.9
(4.7)
0.07 2.1
(3.4)
0.05 2.1
(3.1)
0.11. 2.2
(2.4)
0.11 2.1
(2.0)
0.06 1.9
(1.2)
P (discharge m3/s)
- 0.15
(21.)
- 0.16
(21.)
0.52 0.43 - 0.17
(21.)
0.57 0.46 - 0.16
(20.)
0.55 0.45 - 0.18
(20.)
0.49 - 0.17
(19.)
0.59 0.46 - 0.15
(17.)

0.09

0.03

0.04

0.06

0.04

0.03


                                      111-28

-------
TABLE 8.  CONCENTRATION OF N03 IN OAK ORCHARD CREEK.

Date

12/17/73
1/4/74
2/6
3/5
4/3
5/1
6/5
7/1
9/15
3/24/75
4/17
4/18
4/25
5/21
6/3
6/18
7/2
7/30
8/14
8/28
9/11
9/29
11/24
12/18
12/30
1/26/76
1/27

1


2.3
10.5
12.0
2.2
5.2
8.0
5.0
5.5
0.2
4.2
6.9
4.1
8.2
4.9
5.1
0.5
3.3
0.3
0.1
0.1
0.06
0.06
0.0
4.7
1.1
4.5
3.2

2


15.3
12.6
13.3
6.6
8.8
3.7
2.3
2.9
0.2
7.3
6.3
6.1
5.2
3.6
2.0
0.4
0.4
0.3
0.0
0.0
0.2
0.3
0.1
23.9
7.6
8.1
7.8

Station
98 7
NO,-N ppn

8.9
7.0
4.8
3.4
3.7
3.4 2.6
1.6 1.2
2.4 1.7
0.4
-
-
- -
- -
- -
-
- -
- -
-
-
- -
0.2
0.2
-
7.4
- -
3.9
5.6
111-29
8


9.8
4,0
3.6
3.0
3.4
2.6
1.1
1.8
0.3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.2
0.2
-
5.5
-
3.1
4.1

9


5.7
3.3
3.2
2.2
3.3
1.1
0.7
1.1
0.1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

11


5.5
2.8
3.3
1.9
2.4
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.0
2.5
3.5
0.4
0.2
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.3
0.2
0.1
3.4
2.7
2.3
2.1

EO


-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.7
0.5
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.1
0.2
0.0
0.4
0.2
0.1
2.1
0.2
2.3
3.0


-------
                                   Station





Date        12          98        7       8       9       11        BO
NO,-N ppn
1/28
2/17
2/18
2/19
2/20
2/21
2/22
2/23
2/24
2/25
2/26
2/27
2/29
4.0
3.5
4.1
4.5
6.1
7.5
3.5
6.8
8.5
8.4
9.1
9.0
10.4
9.3
11.0
12.8
13.2
15.0
15.8
10.6
12.3
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
12.5
w -
4.9
6.0
6.5
5.9
-
-
-
-
7.0
7.1
7.2
-
7.3
5.3
5.3
2.7
2.7
-
- -
_ _
- -
6.0
6.2
6.3
6.8
7.1
2.0
2.4
2.5
2.6
3.1
3.3
3.3
3.7
3.8
4.3
3.9
3.8
3.6
3.1
3.0
2.0
2.7
2.8
-
2.7
-
3.1
3.0
3.4
3.5
3.7

                                     111-30

-------
Knowlesville Road (station 9), then increases between this point and
Harrison Road  (station 11) (Table 7).  The reason for this increase is
unknown; there are no obvious point sources.  It is possible that MRP is
picked up as the creek flows slowly through the swamp in the Iroquois
wildlife refuge.  At Oak Orchard Road, the concentration of MRP increases as
flow increases, but appears to plateau between 1.5-2.0 ppm at flows of 2.8
m3/s or greater (Figure 8).

    The concentration of nitrate in Oak Orchard Creek at Oak Orchard Road is
generally high at high flow  (Figure 10), which again reflects the behavior
of the cultivated muckland.  The highest concentrations are found during the
first event after the summer.  This is presumably related to mineralization
of soil organic nitrogen and its accumulation in the soil profile during the
warm summer months when little or no water is draining from the soil.
                 3 -
             0.
             cc
             5
                                                   • DEC- APR

                                                   O MAY-NOV
                             2           4
                                 DISCHARGE  (m3/s)
6
     FIGURE 8.  Oak Orchard Creek at Oak Orchard Road (station 2): MRP vs.
                discharge, 1975-76.
                                     111-31

-------
              .5
             1.3
             a
            a.
            tr
            5
              .2
                                      • DEC-APR
                                      O MAY-NOV
                                       1O
                                DISCHARGE (m3/s)
                    20
 FIGURE 9.  Oak Orchard Creek at Harrison Road  (station 11): MRP vs. dis-
            charge,  1975-76.
              25
              2O-
              15
              101-
           £
                 O
                 O
                        00
• Main spring event, 1976
O Fall, winter 1975
                            2           4
                               DISCHARGE (m?/s)
FIGURE 10.  Oak Orchard Creek at Oak Orchard Road (station 2): N03~-N vs.
            discharge, 1975-76.
                                     111-32

-------
    Relationships between nitrate concentration and discharge at Harrison
Road can be seen if the data are separated into two seasons  (Figure 11).
Between December and the middle of April, concentrations are in the range
2-4.5 ppm NO--N, with the higher values at high flow.  For the rest of  the
year, nitrate concentrations are always low, even though there may be
considerable inputs into the creek from the cultivated muckland.  During
this period, nitrate may be removed iron the creek by plant intake, by
denitrification, or by both processes.

    Two observations worthy of note here are:

    1) the maximum discharge at Harrison Road is about 3X that at Oak
Orchard Road, although there is a seven-fold increase in the area of the
drainage basin between these points.  Oak Orchard Swamp, which is flooded at
high flow, buffers the impact of a flow event.  The spreading out of water
in the swamp appears to reduce the load of MRP in the creek, but not the
load of nitrate.

    2) The loss of nitrate and MRP from the cultivated muckland always
increases as flow increases.  This leads to an increase in the concentration
of these nutrients in the creek at Oak Orchard Road during high flow
compared to low flow.  However, within an event the concentration of nitrate
and MRP does not always increase as flow increases.  For example, for the
principal event of spring 1976, the concentration of IKL-N and MRP increased
from 13 to 16 ppm and 1.3 to 2.1 ppm, respectively, over a 24-h period  as
discharge decreased from 7.6 to 3.3 ma/s.  Twenty-four hours later when
discharge was back up to 7.4 m3/s, NOv-N and MRP were down to 11 and 1.4
ppm, respectively.  A similar pattern was also noted for Little Conesus
Creek.  An obvious explanation for this observation is that the muckland
contributed a greater percentage of the water in the creek as discharge
decreased.  However, the nutrient load in the creek was highest at peak
flow.
                                     • DEC-APR 15
                                     O APR 15-NOV
               !T
                                       to
                                DISCHARGE (m3/s)
20
FIGURE 11.  Oak Orchard Creek at Harrison Road (station 11): NO,~-N vs. dis-
            charge, 1975-76.

                                    111-33

-------
Little Conesus Creek

    For the period when Little Conesus Creek was monitored at site 'F1 for
flow and N and P concentrations, the total annual losses from this muck
basin were about 18 kg/ha for TSP, 11 kg/ha for MRP, about 93 kg/ha for
N03-N, and 1.9 kg/ha for NH.-N  (Table 9).  The P loss is 10 to 100 times
that usually measured for a cultivated mineral soil, and the losses for N
are high but less spectacular.

    Flow was calculated by Equation 1, the regression equation (r=0.944,
n=102) correlating instantaneous flow readings based on the staff gage at
'F' (excluding December, January and February readings) and the average flow
on the same days established by a stage height recorder on Oak Creek at
Warsaw, New York:

                   Q - .99357 (W) (K) - 295.303                          [1]

where      Q = m3/km2/day at 'F1

           W = average daily flow at Warsaw in ft3/s

           K = 22.447, a constant converting ft3/s to
                 m3/km2/day for the basin

    The correlation coefficient between flow at site 'O1 and Warsaw was
0.875, so site 'F1 was chosen as the primary downstream site.  There are no
substantial inputs into the main stem between the muck and site 'F' and flow
did not increase appreciably between sites '0* and 'F'.

    From Table 9 it appeared that concentrations may decrease between site
'O1 and 'F1.  This was especially looked for in the case of NO--N, because
the streambed should be an ideal environment (anaerobic, warm and high in
organic carbon) for denitrification.  No such trend was established, and
there are uncertainties about apparent concentration differences between 'O1
and 'F1 in Table 9 because of the large error terms.  Therefore, it was
assumed that sites 'O' and 'F1 do not differ in flow or load, and that flow
at 'F1 is calculated with minimal error.

    Three methods were initially compared for calculating N and P loads
(Table 10).  The first method uses the mean annual concentrations with a
sizable standard error term.  In fact, these numbers appear to be low
compared to the other two methods, and the error terms range up to over
100%.  The second method, using mean concentrations and flows for shorter
time periods, and the third method, using both instantaneous values and
means, produce similar numbers for the total annual N and P loading in
Little Conesus Creek.  The second method was used to calculate the final
loss values as outlined in Table 9.  The error terms are relatively less
than those by the first method.  According to Treunert et al. (1974),
sampling once every two weeks with discontinuous flow measurements produces
a 20-35% error.  In this study, a total of 57 samples were collected over
the year for an average of one every six days.  Therefore, it is felt that
the error terms associated with the second method (Table 9) represent the
maximum.  However, they serve well to emphasize the problems in sampling


                                   111-34

-------
se-in



,
1
tff
s

s
*


9-
S

S
S



S

1
1
i
1
i
1


i



§

•
*i



s


1 1 1 i I ! 1 1 ! |
5* C K



S 1 1 8 s s 2 t * §
• • • • b in ' i, ii '
Ss!28~BI3SS
e * B *" ""*
iSSSscSsSS
• • • • i i ' u • '
S53SC..S8.H
- k - 8
tsspsKoSSc*
" " "S""""
£ -.4 • fc o C •» J - *
s B i I g « a i i i
«. s
5 2 i g s „ i * i 1
*
.S§»~SSBS
S • j. w v •» k
' » J» • !• * e e





£

R
f

R

S

R
f

R

*

R

V<5*>*VSS^KSiC
5 5
"s i S * 1 i "s s i a
52SS5SS6IS
§ 1 S 5 S § s 8 S S
; £ S s 5 si £ 2 5 i £'
s 5 8 E § k 88 § k
S215St'cSSsa
g i s s i s 2 k k k
|hssggbkbs
gggkJisbhKS
. • n k 1 1 g s i
• • k k k k k i k k
S g S S S S i S S 2
5 s i s k k k s s i
t g £ g g S E 2 i S
S5g5S?*I§l

g i s i 1 k § i e k
g s 3 S g | s e « s
§ S S » S S • 8 S i
- • g s § s i s i k
- ' s § i k k s k k
•ja
til
i
a
•
n
?
a
1
N
H
H
R
1
N
1
11
i
H
1
R
4
H
1
,


I
i
|
J
'
8

I

?!
i
^s

j



j






i
i
s
\
-



-------
       TABLE 10.   TOTAL ANNUAL LOADINGS IN LITTLE CCNESUS CREEK NEAR E. AVON  ('F'), MARCH 6, 1975 TO MARCH 5, 1976, CALCULATED BY
                  THREE DIFFERENT METHODS.
u>
Methods TSP MRP DOT NO~-N
1. Product of the annual mean
concentration, C, and total
flow, Q.
EQ » 4666666 m'/KTO". - — — --- — — — — •— - -- — — — ~ -- — — [411^-— -- — — — — -- — ~
0.330 0.236 0.095 1.73
c - SB* ±0.309 ±0.172 ±0.198 ±1.65
_____ Vn
*9
. 3210.9 2296.3 924.4 16833
cEQ - SE* ±3006.6 ±1673.6 ±1926.5 ±16054
NH*-N



0.054
±0.039


525.4
±379.5
       2.
Sum of products of mean
concentration and flows
for specified intervals
delineated by shifts in
concentrations (see
Table 9).
                                                4076
 494
1572
21,087
425
       3.
          Sun of products of the
          instantaneous concen-
          trations and flow for
          sample days, and the
          products of mean con-
          centration and flow
          between sample days.
                                                3911
2555
1363
23,117
479
       *SE, standard errors of the mean.

-------
frequency and timing which exist when attempting load calculations for small
streams, and the error that must be considered when using these numbers.

    Concentrations of TSP at the gauging station (site 'F') generally ranged
from about 0.1-1.5 ppm, MRP from 0.05-1.0 ppm, and dissolved unreactive
phosphorus (DUP) from 0-1 ppm.  Nitrate-N ranged widely from less than
0.003-7 ppm, and NH.-N ranged from 0.003-0.2 ppm.  There was no definite
relationship between flow and concentration as in Oak Orchard Creek,
although TSP and MRP concentration generally increased with flow, indicating
the nonpoint character of the P inputs as described by Johnson et al. (1976)
for a mineral stream.

    DUP, NO.-N and NH.-N showed a closer relationship to season than flow,
with highest concentrations in winter and spring and lowest in the summer
and fall months.  In fact, total phosphorus concentrations and loads were
higher than those for N during September and October.  Nitrate-N especially
seemed to follow this seasonal concentration pattern described by Johnson et
al. (1976) by a sinusoidal regression equation.  They suggested that NO.,-N
concentration is controlled by water movement through the profile with
little or no movement during the summer but increased leaching during fall
and winter from water recharge and plant decomposition.  This would seem to
be the case here.  Concentration of NH.-N and DUP may be influenced posi-
tively by temperature effects on biological processes and senescence as
evident by higher late spring and fall values  (Table 9).  These influences
are not precise, but are only suggested as explanations for the obser-
vations.

    Flow varied widely at 'F1, the highest flow occurring in March  (5.4
m3/s)  and the lowest (negligible) during August and September.  The creek
always had water in it and movement was discernible, but reliable flow
information was usually not obtained during these two months.  The same was
true of December and January because of ice problems.

    The greatest losses occurred during a relatively short period of high
flow.   Over 75% of P and N lost during the year was measured during a 60-day
period from the middle of February to the middle of April.

    The muck area (2.28 km2) makes up about 10% of the entire basin area
(20.85 km2), so major surface water inputs to Little Conesus Creek above the
muck were estimated at flow extremes and summarized in Tables 11 and 12.
Above the muck, the main stem drains predominantly old fields of mineral
soils with grass and brush cover, and some cultivated fields.  There was no
livestock associated with the main stem.  As indicated in Table 11, the main
stem carried into the muck 20% or less of the N and P measured at site  'F1
on March 4, 1976, while flow was about 11%.

    The east feeder  (site 'B') drains less total area but there is a small
pocket of muck and at least two barnyards close to or on the branch.  It
carried into the muck greater than 25% of the N03-N and less than 20% of the
P measured at 'F1 during the March 4 event.  During low flow, N and P loads
coming into the muck were less than 10% of those at 'F1, as were the flows.
The muck occupies only 10% of the area, but contributes at least 80% of the

                                    111-37

-------
                  11.
FLOW (FLOATING OBJECT ESTIMATE), CONCENTRATION, AND LOAD DATA FOR SINGLE DAYS UPSTREAM

OF THE MUCK ON THE MUM SIGH OF LITTLE CGNESUS CHEEK DESIGNATED *U'.
V
U)
CO
Average
estimated
flow
Date m'/s
3/2/76 0.16
3/4/76 0.64
3/16/76 0.02
3/22/76 0.02
4/8/76 0.02
4/16/76 0.02
4/26/76 0.15
5/4/76 0.01
Concentrations
upstream of muck

NOj-N
1.30
1.58
0.88
0.68
0.041
0.021
0.283
"
mg/L
TSP MRP
0.017 0.015
0.160 0.038
0.038 0.008
0.041 0.004
0.083 0.002
0.042 0.005
0.078 0.035
0.035 0.008
Load
upstream of muck
kg/day
DUP NO--N
0.002 18.4
0.122 87.3
0.030 1.70
0.037 1.46
0.081 0.071
0.037 0.043
0.043 3.58
0.027
TABLE 12. FUM (FLOATING OBJECT ESTIMATE), CONCENTRATION, AND
MIDWAY THROUGH THE

Average
estimated
flow
Date mVs
3/4/76 0.90
3/16/76 0.02
3/22/76 0.02
4/8/76 0.01
5/4/76 0.01




NU3-N
2.80
1.41
1.13
0.032
-
MUCK, DESIGNATED

Concentrations
East feeder
mg/L
•tse rm?
0.133 0.059
0.030 0.004
0.044 0.013
0.110 0.011
0.050
"'

ISfr
0.241
8.84
0.073
0.088
0.144
0.085
0.988
0.035
MHP DUP
0.213 0.028
2.10 6.74
0.015 0.058
0.099 0.079
0.003 0.141
0.010 0.075
0.443 0.545
0.008 0.027
HOj-N
209.
809.
56.4
94.7
3.95
2.85
239.
"
LOAD DMA FOR SINGLE DAYS NT THE






Load at
East feeder
kg/day
DUP NO--N
0.074 217.
0.026 2.07
0.031 2.38
•J.W
10.3
0.044
0.092
0.099 0.027 0.091
-
0.048
MRP BUP
4.57 5.74
0.006 0.038
0.027 0.065
0.009 0.083
-
NO--N
809.
56.4
94.7
3.95
-
Load
downstream of muck
site '¥'
kg/day
TSP MRP
43.5 34.1
68.8 34.1
10.1 9.78
21.4 16.2
2.44 1.75
1.31 0.720
29.1 31.7
4.17 3.32
EAST iJsnxH STREAM

Load
Upstream load
%of
,
load at 'F'
DUP NOj-N
9.34 8.8
34.6 10.8
0.380 3.0
5.18 1.5
0.680 1.8
0.590 1.5
0.0 1.5
0.850
TO LITTLE CONESO


lw
0.6
12.8
0.7
0.4
5.9
6.5
3.4
0.8
3 CREEK,


downstream of Buck East ft
site 'F1
kg/day
'k&f MRP
68.8 34.1
10.1 9.78
21.4 16.2
2.44 1.75
4.17 3.32
HW-
0.6
6.1
0.2
0.6
0.2
1.4
1.4
0.2
DUP
0.3
19.5
15.3
1.5
20.7
12.7
-
3.2
ENTERING




seder load
% of

DUP NO,-4)
34.6 26.8
0.38 3.7
5.18 2.5
0.68 0.7
0.85
load
rar
15.0
0.4
0.4
3.7
1.2
at 'F"
****'
13.4
0.1
0.2
0.5
-

DUP
16.6
10.0
1.2
12.2
-

-------
dissolved N and P carried downstream by Little Conesus Creek at site 'F'.

    The fate of these muck-derived, dissolved nutrients downstream of 'F1
could not be monitored because of substantial farming operations, including
mineral soil cultivation and dairying.

Metals Losses

    Approximations for metal concentrations are presented in Table 13.  It
must be stressed that these numbers and those in Table 14 are approximations
only, based on one analysis of composited water samples.

    Calcium was high, indicative of the calcareous till underlying the basin
and the marl layers  (calcium carbonate) at a depth of 1-1.5 m under the
muck.  The creek itself flows across these marl layers in the muck.

    Magnesium was about one-quarter the concentration of calcium, and seemed
to increase as flow decreased.  Potassium concentration was appreciable and
increased with flow, as did iron, zinc, and manganese.  This may reflect
increased quantities of colloidal-sized particles containing these elements,
which were not filtered out during the sample pretreatment.  Sodium, lead,
copper and cadmium concentrations were not especially elevated and
apparently bear little relationship to flow rate.

    Table 14 gives approximate dissolved metal losses from the muck area to
Little Conesus Creek.  Substantial quantities of calcium, magnesium,
potassium, sodium, and iron were lost from the basin even though these
elements probably do not affect water quality.  Those elements (Cu, Zn, Mn,
Pb, Cd) which may be harmful or interfere with water uses showed quite low
losses.  A summary of all measured losses from the basin by way of Little
Conesus Creek for the year March 1975 to February 1976 is presented in Table
15.
    Aquatic plant growth was estimated at two sites in the creek before,
during and after the 1975 growing season.  Site '0' was dominated by the
growth of elodea (Elodea canadensis), coontail (Ceratophyllum demersum) and
pondweed (Potomageton crispus).  In contrast, milfoil (Myriophyllum
spicatum) dominated at site 'F1 to the point of exclusion of elodea and
pondweed except in the winter and early spring.  This dominance of milfoil
during the warm months has been observed in experimental ponds at Cornell
and the north end of Cayuga Lake (Peverly et al., 1974).

    The differences between sites 'O' and 'F1 that explain the predominance
of milfoil at 'F1 are few and hard to precisely define.   The rooting medium
at '0' is soft, has high organic matter (12% on a dry weight basis) and is
very fine in texture.  At 'F1 the sediment is firm, high in sand but low in
fine-textured particles and organic matter.  In addition, the channel is
heavily shaded during the summer at '0' but is not at 'P1.  Milfoil seems to
prefer the greater light and coarse, firm bottom at 'F1.  However, in Cayuga
Lake, milfoil grows on soft, organic-rich sediments, but will not  (or
cannot) colonized the sandier areas (Peverly et al., 1974), especially a
large sandbar left from early dredging operations.  This suggests that light
or temperature may be the deciding factor in the growth of milfoil at 'F'.

                                    111-39

-------
TABLE 13.  METAL CONCENTRATIONS IN LITTLE OONESUS CREEK ONE KM BELOW THE MUCK, DESIGNATED 'O1 , NEAR SOUTH LIMA.

           Composite sanples made up of sanples grouped by flow as indicated.

H
0
O



Date Flow
1975 mVs
6/5
6/9
6/20 0.28-2.8
3/20

3/13
3/17

Metals, ppn
Ca Mg K Na Fe Cu Zn Mn It» Cd

86 21.0 4.4 8.7 0.533 0.004 0.006 0.019 0.014 0.002



     .....      0.03-0.28      86      22.4     3.2      9.6     0.238     0.004     0.003     0.011     0.010     0.002
     31 t.\l


     3/28




     7/17

     7/27      0-0.03         70      27.6     2.2      8.0     0.039     0.004     0.001     0.002     0.012     0.002


     8/2

-------
8£0*0
6££*£I
0£t*0
09*t
Z£*t
68*t
Z£*»
EO*E
06*1
Zt>*0
»££'0
9*0*0
ZU'O
9EZ*0
E£E*0
089-0
6WO
££E*0
iWO
9S£*0
E6t*0
9£'l
»9Z*0
iO

£99*0
6£*t9l
866*0
f£t
fOt
s*9t
£*8E
6*»Z
9*St
Z**Z
9S*»
69Z-0
£S*Z
99*t
£0*£
t9*9
6K'0
££*Z
6Z£'0
SZ'9
Eft
s-n
9S*I
'8
SZ't
9 '61
ti't
UH

8SZ*0
609 *8S
66Z*0
»9'9
£0*C
£9*9
9*91
£*0t
£9*9
9Z£*0
t£*t
180*0
Oft
6EfO
t£*t
0»*Z
6ZO-0
6ft
iZO'O
89 *Z
0*£'0
IZ'9
£9»*0
uz

*8t*0
££6*t»
66£*0
9£'£
»0*»
Z***
ftt
Zf£
9»*»
696*0
Z8*t
80fO
K£'0
SS9*0
££8*0
O9't
9tfO
JJ6i*0
OTT *0
8£'t
>9»'0
»f»
ZZ9*0
no
9V
£f£Z
££ZS
8*EZ
109
OK
68S
»£»t
6»6
»69
9*£S
sot
0»'9
8*£6
tf'S
ill
HZ
Eft
901
£0*t
BCZ
0'£Z
tss
0*£E
aa
peoi
mipoxiddtf
6*SOI>
Z6CZ6
8S6
Z£t8
E696
6196
»90»Z
Z6»9t
9696
SZEZ
9££»
89Z
969t
Ottl
£061
98ȣ
ZCZ
»Z£t
OZZ
609»
0601
£668
£6H
»N

9 •|'6I
tO£»»
6t£
EEtf
t£Z£
998»
0£tZt
S£8£
E06»
S££
89»t
f 98
£08
90E
••96
'E9£t
6*C9
Z£8
f'09
£961
E9E
OSS*
86*
y

Z*9£6
»96tZZ
SCZZ
»Z£6t
£t9ZZ
£IZ£Z
9808S
»6E££
ZOKZ
*Z*S
£OZOt
£09
Z98E
OE8E
Z09»
*t*8
ZOB
t9t»
£9£
69£6
Z*SZ
8UTZ
98*C
&H

»*OUE
Z6*»»8
C8S8
£££08
S£898
I80S6
t£8£EZ
6EtESl
8E8S6
SZ80Z
68I6E
*UZ
£££9t
El£6
8*881
9S»>£
»EOZ
6EO£t
tZ6t
69C8E
t9£6
8C688
6£EEt
*0



H'O
Z'Z
»Z'0
9't
9*t
ȣ'0
BE'O
80 '0
EZ'O
£0*0
Z»'0
zo-o
ZC*0
EE'O
zo-o
8£'0
zo-o
Z£*0
SfO
£*l
SfO
B/,a
8£*JaAV
:
(fee) P
8
9
8*
8
ZZ
8Z
*£
EC
EZ
Ot
S
£6
8
ft
ZZ
9
it
91
8
£
Zt
•Ana

PIM '»U/fa(
9£/S/£-9£/9/E
S/S-8Z/*
£Z/»-£Z/»
ZZ/»-9/E
9/E-9Z/Z
SZ/Z-t/Z
£/Z-£/t
9£/9/l-*/Zt
£/Zt-I/tl
IE/OI-6/Ot
8/OI-OE/6
6Z/6-SZ/6
*Z/6-»Z/9
CZ/9-9t/9
9t/9-Z/9
t/9-tt/S
Ot/9-S/S
»/S-8T/»
£I/»-Z/*
t/»-SZ/E
»Z/£-8t/£
£t/£-S£/9/E
SS^CQ

               H
   "El »iqm UT BaidiBS K)Tf»iu3D sif» jo
HUUS avsN ,o. oaLwoisaa 'xxw am tcnaa HX aw> XXIID
uoT3BX)uaauao auo Atuo uo paeeq are
snsaeo snun HI sown TOUM aiwtxoiddv
'ft

-------
TABLE 15.  SUMMARY OF ELEMENTAL LOSSES FROM THE BASIN OF LITTLE CONESUS
           CREEK. Nitrogen and phosphorus losses were measured three km
           below the muck, at 'F1.  Metals were measured one km below the
           muck at '0*, and are approximations.
                                                      kg/ha/yr
                                    kg                based on
           Substance         3/6/75 - 3/5/76          228 ha muck
NO--N
NH^-N
TSP
MRP
DUP
21,087
425
4,076
2,494
1,572
92.6
1.87
18.8
11.0
6.91
              Ca                 844,492             3,710.
              Mg                 221,964               975.
              Na                  92,392               406.
              K                   44,301               195.
              Fe                   5,273                23.2

              Cu                      41.98              0.184
              Zn                      58.61              0.258
              Mn                     142.0               0.624
              Pb                     151.8               0.667
              Cd                      17.78              0.078
Elodea and pondweed may be inhibited by higher summer light intensities and
temperatures, and may grow better during the cooler months.  This is
indicated in Table 16.

    The composition of the aquatic plant tissue, and total quantities of N,
P, Zn, Cd and Pb in the tissue are presented in Table 17.  Total N and P
seem to peak in late May at site 'O', where there was no milfoil.  At site
'F1 where milfoil dominates, the peak was in September.  In both cases, this
corresponds to the maxima in standing crops for the two sites (Table 16).
In general, this is also the case for Zn, Cd, and Pb, although in the last
column of Table 17, where average composition and standing crop are used to
calculate totals between 'O1 and 'F1, the two heavy metals Cd and Pb are at
higher total levels in the plants in late sunnier.

                                    111-42

-------
         TABLE 16.  ESTIMATED STANDING CROP FOR SUBMERGED AQUATIC PLANTS, LITTLE OONESUS CREEK.
U»



Date

12/17/74



4/11/75




5/27/75



7/9/75



9/10/75



10/15/75


11/14/75



Species

Elodea
Coontail
Pbndweed

Elodea
Coontail
Pondweed
Milfoil

Coontail
Pondweed
Milfoil

Elodea
Coontail
Milfoil

Elodea
Coontail
Milfoil

Elodea
Milfoil

Elodea
Milfoil
Near S. Lima, 'O'
g dry wt/ma
by species total

3.04
0.44
1.18
4.66
11.14
6.70
13.93
-
31.77
76.79
149.22
-
226.01
21.00
124.00
-
145.00
62.83
23.16
-
95.99
62.0
-
62.0
196.3
-
Near E. Avon, 'F'
g dry wt/m*
by species total

18.88
10.60
11.80
41.28
0.13
9.03
0.20
2.07
11.43
3.49
-
139.62
143.11
-
63.00
228.67
291.67

88.
369.98
370.86
-
387.35
387.35
-
316.8
Average total
kg
between 'O' and 'F'
(7559 m»)



173.6




163.3



1395.



1650.



1764.


1698.


                                                                196.3
316.8
1939.

-------
TABLE 17.  ELBBBAL CONTEOT OF SUBCRGED AQUATIC PUNTS, UTTI£ CCNESUS CREEK (DRY WT.  BASIS)
Date
12/17/7*
4/11/75
5/27/75
7/9/75

9/10/75
10/15/75
11/14/75
Species
Elodea
Ooontail
Pondweed
mg/m»
Elodea
Ooontail
Pondueed
Milfoil
ng/m*
Ooontail
Pondueed
Milfoil
ng/m»
Elodea
Ooontail
Milfoil
mg/ra*
Elodea
Ooontail
Milfoil
ma/"1
Elodea
Milfoil
ttg/m*
Elodea
Milfoil
mg/m1
Near S. Una,
Percent
N P Zn
3.45
1.43
122.
2.68
3.35
2.58
882
3.73
3.53
1.02
0.88
0.74
43.6
0.62
0.80
0.60
206
0.77
0.75
8132 1711
3.99
3.44
5104
3.68
3.08
3625
2.93
1817
2.48
4868
0.72
0.59
883
0.75
0.73
640
0.57
353
0.48
942
-
-
84
100
90
2.84
133
118
27.8
125
169
236
168
58
11. §
75
4.65
84
16.5
•0'
ppn
Cd Pb
-
••
1.0 13
1.0 10
1.0 13
6.032 0.3$
0.8 11
0.6 11
0.151 1.69
0.6 7
0.6 8
0.08? 1.14
0.6 11
0.5 7
6.649 6.8$
0.9 10
0.056 0.62
1.0 12
0.196 2.36
Near E.
PQEOGftt
N P
3.20
2.60
3.35
1275
2.39
2.13
260
3.48
4859
2.08
2.15
6227
2.64
2.39
8&3
1.85
7166
2.60
8237
1.02
0.65
1.10
391.
0.60
0.38
61.1
0.70
977.
0.45
0.51
1450
0.48
0.45
16"6*
0.36
1394
0.36
1140
Avon, 'F'
Zn
-
~
81
100
0.936
107
14.9
81
70
21.1
90
45
i6.1
65
25.2
68
21.5
ppn
Cd
™
~
0.8
1.0
0.009
0.07
0.098
1.6
1.6
0.467
0.7
1.5
0.556
1.9
0.736
1.3
0.412
Pb
"
«r
10
13
o.iis
12
1.68
13
12
3.56
8
2.97
12
4.65
13
4.12
Total grams between sites 'O' and 'f*
based on average dry wt. and composition
N P Zn Od Pb
5280 1643 -
4316 1013 14.4 0.155 1.92
49,099 10,159 161 0.941 12.7
42,826 8818 . 169 2.09 17.8

44.351 8727 108 2.29 14.4

33,951 6603 113 2.99 19.9
49,530 7869 144 2.30 24.5

-------
     If a comparison is made between the total quantity of N and P in aquatic
 plant tissue in Table 17 (1975)  and the amount  being transported downstream
 at any specific time, it is obviously that much greater quantities were
 contained in the tissue in late summer and fall (45 kg N, 8 kg P in  July and
 September)  than were carried by the stream water (average of 0.06 kg N and
 0.17 kg P per day during July,  August, and September, Table 9).  It  seems
 entirely possible that as the plants senesce in the water during late fall,
 they may contribute a relatively large fraction of the total dissolved N and
 P to the stream.

     Of the heavy metals in Table 17, Zn is the  only one which was
 accumulated in quantity (0.16 kg in July)  by aquatic plant  tissue compared
 to the quantity transported in  the stream at the same period (0.001  kg per
 day, Table 14).  Cadmium and Pb do not seem to  be accumulated by the plants
 compared to N, P, and Zn, or the quantities  moving down the creek.

 Aquatic Plant Nutrient Dynamics

     Phase one, four weeks:  In  the growth chamber experiments with milfoil
 growing in 10-L jars, analysis  of the sediment  by extraction with 10% sodium
 acetate at pH 4.8 (Morgan's solution) showed it to have adequate amounts of
 the primary plant nutrients N,  P, and K (Greweling and Peech, 1965).  The
 results of the entire analysis  is presented in  Table 18.

     The P nutrient status of the soil did not change over the period of the
 experiment, as indicated by constant phosphate  levels in  sediment water.
 These did not vary appreciably  either among treatments or over time.  As
 illustrated in Table 19, soluble phosphate levels were more than adequate
 throughout the experiment for good root growth  and phosphate absorption by
 the milfoil plants (Bistow and  Whitcombe,  1971).
TABLE 18.  SEDIMENT CHARACTERISTICS DETERMINED AT THE BEGINNING OF THE EXPERI-
           MENT.  Nutrients were extracted with 10% sodium acetate at pH 4.8
           (Morgan's solution)  and are presented on a dry weight basis.
      POM      pH      P      K       Mg     Ca      Mn       Fe     NO--N
                       	(ppm)  	i-
      9.1      7.0    3.5    37      387    3250     12      2.5       16
                                    111-45

-------
TABLE 19.  SOLUBLE P IN SEDIMENT OF INTERSTITIAL WATER, WHERE THE ROOTS
           ACTUALLY GROW.
                          Control Jars                  Planted Jars

Date                 Mean             Range         Mean          Range
May 15
April 29
June 3
June 16
June 19
_
0.826
1.05
0.958
1.120

0.583
0.944
0.819
1.000
*»
- 0.987
- 1.200
- 1.070
- 1.410
_
0.911
1.100
0.917
1.060
_
0.768 -
0.974 -
0.728 -
0.880 -

1.073
1.160
1.120
1.180
    Inorganic P fractionation of the sediments before and after the experi-
ments according to the scheme of Chang and Jackson (1957) showed an increase
in iron phosphate with a corresponding decrease in adsorbed P.  These
differences were a result of flooding, not the presence of growing milfoil.
These data are presented in Table 20, and further support the idea that
there was little change in the adequate supply of available P in the sedi-
ments during the experiments.

    With the release of P upon rewetting of the fertile sediment at the
start of the experiment, the level of phosphate in the overlying water rose
rapidly to about 300 ppb (Figure 12).  The subsequent decrease in P concen-
tration was more rapid in the planted jars compared to the unplanted con-
trols.  This is probably a result of absorption by the growing milfoil
shoots (Bristow and Whitcombe, 1971).  Within three weeks, P concentration
had fallen to similar levels in all jars and by the end of the month were at
5-10 ppb.  In a similar control jar which had a 2-cm layer of washed white
quartz sand on top of the sediment, P concentration in the jar was still 180
ppb after three weeks (Figure 12).  The sediments were obviously important
in removing P from the overlying solution, and were a bit slower than plants
in effecting this removal.  It should be noted that both plants and sedi-
ments removed P to a very low level even when sediment-water P concentration
was 100 to 1000X that in the overlying water.

    In the first part of the experiment, there was no evidence of leakage of
P from the sediment-water by virtue of the plants' presence.  There were
good sources of P in the sediments and water initially, and it was not

                                   111-46

-------
TABLE 20.  SUMMARY OF INORGANIC P FRACTIONATICIN DATA FOR SEDIMENTS (Chang and
           Jackson, 1957).
                      Sediment          Control Jars         Planted Jars
                       before              after                after
P fraction        a   b   c  mean     246  mean     1357  mean
adsorbed P

 (.5 N NaHC03)        239 245 226  237  194 190 174  186  184 191 171 159  176

Fe-P                 156 167 180  168  224 219 256  233  202 214 259 248  231

Al-P                 147 153 149  150  146 143 135  141  137 141 132 129  135

occluded Al-P          3-    4    4    454    4    4-    44    4

Ca-P                 204 399 313  305  245 346 443  345  296 335 260 285  294

occluded FeP          45  -   58   51   53  61  52   55   51  -   55  52   53
 surprising to see no apparent leakage during this period of rapid plant
 growth (Figure  13).  During this phase the young plants grew vigorously,
 producing auxiliary shoots and exhibiting no dead or dying leaves or tissue.
 Therefore, when the cultures were sampled May 15, only live, photosynthetic
 tissue was removed.  A summary of the data for the sampled milfoil plants is
 given in Table  21.

     Percent  P in all samples was high, indicating the presence in the jars
 of excess, readily available P.  Both percent P and total plant P increased
 during this  phase, as  indicated in Figure 14.

     Phase two,  two weeks:  The next experiment, involving the growth of
 well-developed  milfoil shoots in water with poor nutrient supplying
 capacity, was started  on May 15.  By this time a filamentous algal mat had
 formed over  the sediment surface in all  jars.  Epiphytes on the milfoil were
 not yet  conspicous.  Monitoring of phosphate concentration in the water
 compartment  showed no  significant difference between controls and planted
 cultures, with  phosphorus levels equilibrating at about 10 ppb  (Figure 12).

     During the  two weeks of growth in demineralized water, parts of the
 milfoil  plants  began to exhibit signs of senescence.  Typically, the termi-
 nal segment  of  each shoot continued to photosynthesize and elongate, while
 leaves yellowed and died.  At the completion of this phase, nearly one-half


                                    111-47

-------
           400 -
          PPb
           P
           200-
               0
              4/13
20             40
       5/15         5/28
      DAYS  and  DATES
                                                           60
6/19
 FIGURE 12.  Changes in MRP in the water of control and planted jars over the
             experimental period.  Note the high level after three weeks in
             the jar with white sand.  Each point represents the mean of four
             jars.
of the nodes present in the jars had dead or senescing  leaves, and sane
shoots had died.  Data for the harvested tissues after  two weeks on low P
water are presented in Table 22.

    Growth during this phase continued in terms of elongation, but dry
weight as indicated by whole plant sampling decreased (Figure 13), probably
as a result of leaf senescence.  Phosphate percentage and total  P content of
tissues both decreased, but this P did not appear in the  water.   Even if P
was lost from senescing tissues, in this experimental setup  it was not
detected.  This is in contrast to leakage of   P from leaves of  milfoil
(Myriophyllum exalbescens) detected by Demarte and Hartman  (1974).  Not only
did the plants in the experiment reported here lose  from  their tissues
during this phase, but they were also unable to absorb  enough P  from the
high P root medium to maintain the ambient tissue concentration.  This
                                  111-48

-------
        600

      DRY
     WEIGHT
        400
        200-
                              0ry Wtighf
                                               wig
                                                 ppm P
                                                   total)
            0
           4/15
20               40
         5/15
       (Mrs and DATES
5/28
             €0
                                          200

                                          LENGTH
                                            cm
                                                                      100
6/19
FIOTRE 13.  Growth of plants in culture jars over the experiment,  given in both
            dry weight and total stem length.  The dashed  lines  indicate
            removal of senescent tissue at the beginning of the  third phase.
            Each point represents the total for one  jar, averaged  over four jars.


contrast  to DeMarte and Hartman's data may be a result of differences in
experimental  setup  (their's was  an  axenic culture and they used  T?) or
physiological differences in absorption characteristics between M.
exalbescens and M. spicatum.   It appears  that the plant M. spicatum used in
this experiment would not act  as a  pipeline for P movement from sediments to
overlying water to any  extent  during the  normal growing season.   This is in
agreement with  findings by Brostgw  and Whitcome (1971)  for M. spicatum in
translocation experiments with  T?.

    Phase three, three weeks:  The  final  experiment ran 25 days starting on
May 28 and  ending June  22.  After harvesting at the end of the second phase,
only live photosynthetic tissue  remained  in the culture.   Four plants
remained  in each of four jars  at that  time when 500 ppb P was added.  The P
left the  solution very  rapidly (Figure 12)  and again fell to a level of 5
                                    111-49

-------
TABLE 21.  SIMMS? OF DATA FOR PLANTS HARVESTED MAY 15, ONE MONTH AFTER PLANT-
           ING.  One plant (of six) was harvested fron each of four jars.
                Tissue        Stem       Dry          Percent        P in
      Jar      harvested     length     weight           P       plant tissue
      No.      each jar       (on)       (ing)                        (ing)
      1        one whole       22        59.5          1.0           0.60

      3        plant of        35        85.5          0.85          0.73

      5        the six         54       210.8          0.74          1.56

      7        planted         38       144.0          0.94          1.35
     mean                      37       125.0          0.85          1.06
ppb after only two weeks.  There was no difference in the rate of decrease
between planted and control jars.  Again, the role of this particular
sediment seemed to dominate P removal, and adsorption was at a rate which
masked any leakage from plants if there was any way.

    The plants grew in length and dry weight as indicated in Figure 13, and
epiphytes also appeared in appreciable quantity.  The harvest data are
presented in Table 23 for milfoil.

    Even though there was adequate P in both the overlying water and the
root medium in this third phase, the plants grew but continued to lose P
from the tissue.  Total P in the milfoil tissue increased because of the 231
mg increase in dry weight.

    An experimental summary is presented in Table 24.  The plants grew well
and in a pattern that would be expected.  When soluble P was present in the
water at concentrations above about 20 ppb, it was absorbed and utilized as
evidenced by growth in the first and third phase.  When less than 10 ppb was
present however, the plants did not grow, but senesced and lost P from their
tissues, as in the second phase.  This happened even when soluble P concen-
tration in the root medium was 1000 ppb.  The P lost from plant tissues was
not measured in the water and was either transported to the roots, adsorbed
by the sediment particles, or reabsorbed in unsampled plant material such as
algae.

                                   111-50

-------
                                                       % in Ephiphytes
                                                     Totol in EphiphytetA
                                    "So
                                                                        %
                                                                        P
                                                                       .4
           4/15
                            20
          40
  5/19
DAYS and DATES
3/28
             60
6/19
       14.  Percent and total P in plant tissue growing in culture  jars.
            Dashed lines indicate removal of senescent tissue at the beginning
            of the third phase.  Each point represents the total for one  jar/
            averaged over four jars.
    Translocation to roots  from leaves has been measured in Heteranthera
dubia and Myriophyllum brasilense (Funderburk and Lawrence, 1963) and in M.
exalbescens  (DeMarte and Hartrnan,  1974),  but not in M. spicatum  (Bristow and
Whitcombe, 1971).  Tliis  argues  against the first suggestion above and points
out another difference between  M.  spicatum and M.  eyaltescens for P dynam-
ics.  It is more likely  that  in this experiment, excess or leaked P was
adsorbed by sediment or  absorbed by algae, as in the third phase.

    The roots showed little or  no capability to absorb P for translocation
to the plant tops, at  least not when tissue concentrations were above 0.5%.
According to Gerloff and Krombholtz (1966)  this is not a growth-limiting P
concentration, and indeed did not hinder  milfoil growth in the third phase.
From Table -24, it is obvious  that most of the added 500 ppb P was adsorbed
                                    111-51

-------
TABLE 22. SUMMARY OF DATA FOR PLANTS HARVESTED MAY 28,  TWD WEEKS AFTER PLACEMENT
          IN DEMINERALIZED WATER
Jar
No.
1
3
5
7
mean
1
3
5
7
mean
1
3
5
7
mean
Tissue
harvested,
each jar
One whole
plant of
5 remaining
plants

Live tissue
only: subsample
removed for
analysis

All
senescent
material
remaining

Stem
length
(on)
27
37
50
75
47
16
5
14
32
17
119
71
133
173
124
Dry Percent P in
weight P plant tissue
(mg) (mg)
64.7 0.72
54.6 0.66
97.5 0.75
199.5 0.82
104.1 0.74
35.6 1.07
14.6 0.85
50.5 0.80
79.5 1.12
45.1 0.96
219.8 0.72
90.6 0.50
285.6 0.78
389.1 0.75
246.3 0.69
0.46
0.36
0.73
1.64
0.77
0.38
0.12
0.40
0.89
0.43
1.58
0.48
2.23
2.92
1.70

                                     111-52

-------
TABLE 23.  SUMMARY OF DATA FOR PLANTS HARVESTED JUNE 22 AFTER GROWffl IN
                      WATER.

Jar
No.

1
3
5
7
mean
1
3
5
7
mean
1
3
5
7
mean
Tissue
harvested,
each jar
One whole
plant of
four remain-
ing plants

Live tissue
only: subsample
removed from
analysis

Rest of
plant mater-
ial: three
plants plus
epiphytes
Stem
length
(on)
40
44
39
34
39
7
5
6
10
7
75
43
74
147
85
Dry
Weight
(rag)
63.9
93.6
119.2
78.7
88.9
23.3
15.6
17.1
34.1
22.5
137.6
87.9
205.2
319.1
187.4
Percent
P

0.60
0.53
0.38
0.55
0.52
0.68
0.39
0.42
0.63
0.43
0.60
0.46
0.32
0.60
0.50
P in
plant tissue
(mg)
0.39
0.50
0.46
0.44
0.46
0.16
0.061
0.071
0.213
0.12
0.82
0.40
0.65
1.92
0.93
by the sediments and what was left was quickly absorbed by the algae.  If
algae had not been present, tissue P concentration for milfoil may have
increased again, as in the first phase.

    The roots of M. spicatum may become more functional when the P concen-
tration in the tops falls below 0.5%, but from the data presented here, in
terms of P removal from overlying water in planted jars and decreases in P
concentration of tissues, it appears that M. spicatum  depends upon its
leaves to absorb most of the P needed for normal growth, with little or no
leakage even when P concentration in the sediment water is 100 or 1000X
greater than in the overlying water from which the leaves must absorb.
                                   111-53

-------
H
V
TABLE 24. SUMMARY OF ENTIRE EXPERIMENT, REPRESENTING THE MEANS OF FOUR JARS INCLUDING ALL PLANT
MATERIAL, NOT ONLY THE SAMPLES.
Date
April 15
May 15
May 28
June 19
Experimental
stage
Water added,
planted
Drained, sampled;
water added
Drained, sampled;
Live tissue sub-
sampled, added
0.5 ppm P
All harvested
Change between
5/28 - 6/19
Dry
weight
(mg)
109
50
625
520 total
125 alive
356 total
90 alive
(471 epiphytes)
-1-231 total
(+471)
Percent
P
0.60
0.85
0.85
0.74
0.96
0.52
0.53
(0.20)
-0.44
Mg P in
plant
material
0.66
6.38
5.31
3.85
1.20
1.85
0.48
(0.94)
+0.65
(+0.94)
Mg total P
control planted
3.11 3.36
0.05 0.12
0 0
0.1 0.1
5.16 5.21
0.04 0.04
-5.12 -5.17

-------
                                   REFERENCES
Baker, J.L., K.L. Campbell, H.P. Johnson, and J.J. Hanway.  1975.  Nitrate,
    phosphorus, and sulfate in subsurface drainage water.  J. Environ.
    Quality 4:406-412.

Bouldin, D.R., R.L. Johnson, C. Burda, and C. Kao.  1974.  Losses of
    inorganic nitrogen from aquatic systems.  J. Environ. Qual.
    3:107-114.

Bristow, J.M. and M. Whitcotibe.  1971.  The role of roots in the nutrition
    of aquatic vascular plants.  Am. J. Bot. 58:8-13.

Chang, S.C., and M.C. Jackson.  1957.  Fractionation of soil phosphorus.
    Soil Sci. 84:133-144.

                                                                 32_  59
DeMarte,.J.A. and R.T. Hartman.  1974.  Studies on absorption of  T>,   Fe
    and   Ca by water milfoil  (Myriophyllum exalbescens Fernald).  Ecology
    55:188-194.

Erickson, A.E. and B.G. Ellis.  1971.  The nutrient content of drainage
    water from agricultural land.  Mich. State Univ. Res. Bull. 31.

Fox, R.L. and E.J. Kamprath.  1971.  Adsorption and leaching of P in acid
    organic soils and high organic matter sand.  Soil Sci. Sec. Amer. Proc.
    35:154-156.

Funderburk, H.W., Jr. and J.M. Lawrence.  1963.  Absorption and
    translocation of radioactive herbicides in submersed and emersed aquatic
    weeds.  Weed Res. 3:304-311.

Gerloff, G.C. and P.H. Krombholtz.  1966.  Tissue analysis as a measure of
    nutrient availability for the growth of angiosperm aquatic plants.
    Limnol. and Oceanog.  11:529-537.

Greweling, H.T. and M. Peech.  1965.  Chemical Soil Tests.  Cornell Univ.
    Agr. Expt. Sta. Bui. 960.

Hanway, J.J. and J.M. Lablen.  1974.  Plant nutrient losses from tile outlet
    terraces.  J. Environ. Quality 3:351-356.

Hergert, G.W. 1975.  Effects of manuring on phosphorus movement in soil.
    Ph.D. thesis, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N.Y. 14853.
                                    111-55

-------
Hortinstine, C.C. and R.B. Forbes.  1972.  Concentrations of nitrogen,
    phosphorus, potassium and total soluble salts in soil solution samples
    from fertilized and unfertilized histosols.  J. Environ. Quality
    1:446-449.

Ismirah, N.O. and D.R. Keeney.  1973.  Contribution of developed and natural
    marshland to surface and subsurface water quality.  Technical Report on
    project OWRR A-049-WIS, Water Resources Center, Univ. of Wisconsin,
    Madison, WI 53706.

Johnson, A.H., D.R. Bouldin, E. Goyette, and A.M. Hedges.  1976.
    Phosphorus loss by stream transport from a rural watershed: quantities,
    processes, and sources.  J. Environ. Qual. 5:148-157.

Kaila, A. 1959.  Effect of superphosphate on the retention of phosphorus by
    a peat soil.  Maatalons Aik. 31:259-267.

Kaila, A. and H. Missila.  1956.  Accumulation of fertilizer P in peat
    soils.  Maatalons Aik.  28:168-178.

Kitson, R.E. and M.G. Mellon.  1944.  Colorimetric determination of phospho-
    rus as molybdovanadophosphoric acid.  Ind. and Eng. Chem.  (Anal. Ed.)
    16:379-383.

Larsen, J.E., G.F. Warren, and R. Langston.  1959.  Effect of iron, aluminum
    and humic acid on phosphorus fixation by organic soils.  Proc. SSSA
    23:438-440.

Lathwell, D.J., D.R. Bouldin, and E.A. Goyetta.  1973.  Growth and chemical
    composition of aquatic plants in twenty artificial wildlife marshes.
    N.Y. Fish and Game Jour. 20:108-128.

MacLean, A.J., J.J. Jasmin, and R.L. Halstead.  1967.  Effect of lime on
    potato crops and on properties of a sphagnum peat soil.  Can. J. Soil
    Sci. 47:89-94.

Menzel, D.W. and N. Corwin.  1965.  The measurement of total phosphorus in
    seawater based on the liberation of organically bound fractions by
    persulfate oxidation.  Limnol. and Coeanog.  10:280-282.

Miller, M.H.   1974.  The contribution of plant nutrients and pesticides from
    agricultural lands to drainage water.  Report of research  conducted for
    Environmental Protection Service, Environment Canada, under DSS Contract
    No. OSR3-0031.

Murphy, J.,  and J.P. Riley.  1962.  A modified single solution method for
    the determination of phosphate in natural waters.  Analytica chimica
    Acta 27:31-36.

Nicholls, K.H. and H.R. MacCrimmon.  1974.  Nutrients in subsurface and
    runoff waters of the Holland marsh, Ontario.   J. Environ.  Quality
    3:31-34.


                                   111-56

-------
Okruszko, H., G.F. Warren, and G.E. Wilcox.  1962.  The influence of Ca on P
    availability in muck soil.  Proc. SSSA 26:68-71.

Perverly, J.H., G. Miller, W.H. Brown, and R.L. Johnson.  1974.  Aquatic
    weed management in th Finger Lakes.  Cornell Univ. Water Res. and Marine
    Sciences Center Tech. Report No. 90.

Reference Manual of Methods for Chemical Analyses of Water and Wastes.  U.S.
    EPA-625/6-74-003, 1974, Washington, D.C.

Treunert, E., A. Wilhelms, and H. Bernhardt.  1974.  Effect of the sampling
    frequency on the determination of the annual phosphorus load of average
    streams.  Hodrochem.  hydrogeol.  Mitte 1:175-198.
                                   111-57

-------
                               TECHNICAL REPORT DATA
                         (Please read Inunctions on the rtvenc before completing)
1. REPORT NO.
  EPA-905/9-91-005C
                          2.
                                                    3. RECIPIENT'S ACCESSION NO.
4. TITLE AND SUBTITLE
 Genesee River Watershed Study
 Volume  3  -  Special  Studies - Rensselaer
 Polytechnic Institute & Cornell  University
                                 6. REPORT DATE
                                    .   March  1978
                                 6. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION CODE
 . AUTHOR(S)
  Hasson  El-Baroudi
  Thomas  F.  Zimmie
                                                    B. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION REPORT NO
      John  M.  Ouxbury
      John  H.  Peverly
9. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS
 New  York  State Department of  Environmental
               ,  .   ,      .        .  Conservation
 Bureau  of Technical  Services  and  Research
 50 Wolf Road
 Albany,  New York  12233
                                 10. PROGRAM ELEMENT NO.
                                    A42B2A
                                 11. CONTRACT/GRANT NO.

                                    R005144
 12. SPONSORING AGENCY NAME AND ADDRESS
 Great  Lakes National  Program  Office
 U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency
 230 South Dearborn  Street
 Chicago,  Illinois 60604
                                 1J. 1 tr
-------